Skip to main content

Full text of "Sea-shore life; the invertebrates of the New York coast and the adjacent coast region"

See other formats


^^^♦»OG,4^ 


1930 


Gift  of 

Emily  Lowes 

November,    1930 


In   Memory  of 
Her   Husband 

John   Lowes 


-\ 


"^ 


SEA-SHORE    LIFE. 


0t\sy  $^orh  3tquarium  l^aturc  M^tvic^  ^umhct  \ 


SEA-8H()RE     LIFE 

THE  INVERTEBRATES  OF 
THE   NEW   YORK   COAST 


BY 


ALFRED     GOLDSBOROUGH     MAYER 

Director  of  the  Marine  Biological  Laboratory  of  the 
Carnegie  Institution  at  Tortugas,  Florida 


PUBLISHED    BY 


THE    NEW     YORK     ZOOLOGICAL     SOCIETY 

1905 


COPYRIGHT     1905 
NEW     YORK     ZOOLOGICAL     SOCIETY. 


EDITED   AND   ARRANGED   BY   E.   R.   SANBORN. 
PRINTED   BY  FRANK  PRESBREY  CO. 


ADVERTISEMENT 

The  present  work  is  the  first  of  the  New  York  Aquarium 
Nature  Series.  It  is  designed  chiefly  as  an  aid  to  the  study  of 
the  marine  invertelDrate  life  of  the  region  about  New  York.  It 
will  be  found  a  valuable  reference  book  for  visitors  studying 
the  collections  of  the  Aquarium,  as  the  species  herein  considered 
are  very  largely  those  which  may  be  seen  there  alive,  from 
time  to  time.  The  book  is  a  gift  of  tlie  author  to  the  New  York 
Zoological  Society,  and  the  proceeds  from  all  sales  are  devoted  to 
the  increase  of  the  collections  of  the  Aquarium. 

C.  H.  TOWNSEND, 
Director  of  the  Aquariuvi. 


OFFICERS 

OF    THE 

Ij^etD  ^orh  Zoological  ^ocictp 


President 
HON.    LEVI   r.   MORTON 


First  Vice-President  Second  Vice-President 

HENRY  FAIRFIELD   OSBORN  JOHN   L.    CADWALADER 


©vrcutitir  Committcf 

CHARLES    T.   BARNEY,    Chainnnn 
HENRY   FAIRFIELD   OSBORN  MADISON   GRANT 

JOHN   S.    BARNES  WILLIAM    WHITE    NILES 

PHILIP   SCHUYLER  SAMUEL   THORNE 

LEVI   P.   MORTON,   E.v-Offieio 

Secretary  Trcusurer 

M4DIS0N   GRANT  PERCY   R.   PYNE 

]1  Wall  St.  52  Wall  St. 

Director  of  the  Zoological   /'(/c^,-  Director  of  the  Aquarium 

WILLIAM  T.  HORNADAY  CHARLES  H.   TOWNSEND 

lS3d   St.  and  Soutliern    Boulevard  Battery    Parh 

Slquarium  Committee 

CHARLES    H.    TOWNSEND,    Chairman 

CHARLES    L.    BRISTOL,    University  of  Keic  York 

WILLIAM   E.    DAMON 

CHARLES    B.    r)AVENPORT,  Director  Biological  Lalorafory, 

Cold  Sprinij   llarhor,  X.   Y. 

BASHFORD    DEAN,  Cohtmhia   Univer.sity 

ALFRED    G.    MAYER,    Tortugas  Laboratory  of  Carnegie  Institution 

THOMAS    H.    xMORGAN,   Cohnnhia   I'nivrrsity 

ROSWELL   MORSE   SHURTLEFF 
EDMUND    B,    WILSON,  Columbia  University 


PREFACE 

nnMIS  little  work  attempts  to  present  in  clear,  untechnical  lan- 
guage, a  description,  accompanied  by  photographs,  of  the  larger 
and  more  conspicuous  marine  invertebrates  of  the  coast  of  New  York 
State.  In  order  to  increase  the  general  usefulness  of  the  work, 
however,  accounts  of  the  habits  of  a  few  creatures  from  other  re- 
gions are  introduced.  Such  are:  Commercial  sponges,  crayfishes, 
the  spiny  lobster,  the  edible  shrimp,  the  orchid  land-crab,  fresh- 
water mussels,  the  giant  clam,  the  ]3earl  oyster,  the  giant  scpiid, 
and  the  chambered  nautilus.  A  brief  description  of  some  of  our 
common  "sea  squirts,"  or  tunicates,  is  also  given  on  account  of 
their  interesting  position  among  primitive  vertebrates. 

This  work  is  intended  for  readers  who  may  be  unfamiliar  Avith 
the  technical  tei'ms  in  use  among  specialists,  and  consequently 
such  terms  have  been  avoided  whenever  a  simple  English  equival- 
ent could  be  substituted. 

Its  aim  is  to  increase  intelligent  interest  in  the  habits  and  life- 
histories  of  our  marine  animals,  and  to  disseminate  a  knowledge  of 
their  appearance  and  relationships.  It  is  not  a  textbook  of  syste- 
matic zoology. 

It  is  designed  to  be  of  use  to  the  beginner,  and  with  the  hope 
that  a  perusal  of  its  pages  may  stimulate  to  further  study,  many 
references  to  works  in  the  English  language  of  a  more  thorough 


10  PREFACE 

and  pretentious  character  are  given.  We  hope  that  it  may  thus 
serve  as  a  stepping-stone  to  those  whose  love  of  nature  may  lead 
them  to  achieve  to  that  greater  delight  in  her  works  which  can 
come  only  through  long  and  thoughtful  study  of  her  manifold 
forms  and  wonderful  ways. 

Lastly  we  hope  that  these  pages  may  serve  to  render  the  col- 
lections of  the  Aquarium,  and  of  the  Natural  History  Museums  of 
New  York  and  Brooklyn  more  intelligible,  and  to  aid,  even  if  it  he 
but  little,  in  the  educational  work  which  it  is  the  high  mission  of 
these  institutions  to  perform. 

It  gives  the  author  sincere  pleasure  to  express  his  gratitude  to 
the  authorities  of  the  Museum  of  the  Brooklyn  Institute  of  Arts  and 
Sciences  in  allowing  him  to  take  photographs  of  specimens  upon 
exhibition  within  the  Museum. 

Of  the  119  figures;  HI  are  derived  from  photographs  of  living 
or  dead  specimens,  while  eight  are  taken  from  hitherto  unpublished 
illustrations.  Of  the  illustrations ;  three  representing  a  coral  reef 
of  the  Bahamas,  the  giant  squid,  and  the  American  octopus  are  from 
paintings  by  Herbert  B.  Judy,  Esq.  The  originals  are  on  exhibi- 
tion at  the  Museum  of  the  Brooklyn  Institute  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 
Five  illustrations  are  from  drawings  by  the  author.  Of  the  ill 
photographs  of  animals;  one,  that  of  Sagartia  leucolena  was  pre- 
sented by  Mr.  William  F.  Patterson,  while  the  remainder  were 
taken  bv  the  author. 


CONTENTS 


I,     Introduction 

II.     Sponges  or  Porifrra     . 

1.  Commercial  Sponges 


IX.     Crustaceans 

1.  Barnacles  5.  Sand  Fleas 

2.  Crayfishes  C.  Crabs 

3.  Shrimps  and  Prawns        7.  Fiddler  Crabs 

4.  Hermit  Crabs  8.  Sea  Spiders 

X.  Mollusks 

1.  Clams,  Oysters  and  Mussels 

2.  Marine  Mussels 

3.  Fresh-Water  Mussels 

4.  Snails  and  Slugs 

5.  Naked  Mollusks  or  Sea  Slugs 

6.  Squid,  Octopus  and  Nautilus 

7.  Squids  or  Sea-arrows 

XI.  Tunicatks 


page 
15 

25 


III.  Jellyfishes  and  Hydroids 

IV.  Sea  Anemones  and  Corals 

V.  Starfishes,  Se\  Urchins  and  Sea  Cucumbers   . 

VI.  Worms 

Vlt.  Braciiiopods 

Vr[[.  Moss  Animals  and  Corallines      ....  '^ 


30 
40 
49 

r>2 


72 


(  t 


113 


ICG 


ILLUSTRATIONS. 


FIGURE  PAGE 

A  CoHAL  Reef  of  the 

Bahamas       .     .     .     Frontispiece 

1  Living  CoMMEuriAi.  Sponge      .  26 

2  Skeleton  of  the  CoMMEiiciM, 

Sponge 26 

3  Ret.  Sponge 27 

4  Red  Sponge 27 

5  Clam     Shell     infesteu    with 

boring  Sponge      ....  28 

6  The  Finger  Sponge     ....  28 

7  Urn  Sponge 29 

8  Portuguese  Man-of-Wai;      .     .  30 

9  MiLKY-wsK  Jellyfish    ...  33 

10  Speckled  .Jellyfish     ....  34 

11  GONIONEMUS  MuRBAcnii  .     .  35 

12  Passion-flower  HyoROiD       .     .  36 

13  Eel-grass  Hydroid   ....  37 

14  Sea-pu  ME 38 

1.5  Eyed-coral 40 

16  Star-coral,  showing  living 

POLYPS 41 

17  Stony  Skeleton  OF  Star-cor.vl  42 

18  Fleshy  Coral 12 

19  Brown  Sea-Anemone   ....  43 

20  Brown  Sea- Anemone  (contracted)  44 

21  White-armed  Anemone       .     .  45 

22  Sand-Anemone 46 

23  Cake-Anemone 48 

24  Common  Starfish 50 

25  Horseshoe  Crab,  Common  Star- 

fish AND  Green  Sea-Urchin  52 

26  Blood-Star 54 

27  Mud-Star 55 

28  GLiNT  Starfish 56 

29  Brittle  Star     ......  57 

30  Basket  Starfish 58 

31  Purple  Sea-Urcuin     .     ,     .     ,  58 


FIGURE 

page 

32  Sand-Doi.lar 

60 

33  Brittle  Sea-Cucumber     .     . 

.    61 

34  Ribbon-worm  and  Opal-worm 

65 

35  Sea-mouse 

.     65 

36  Clam  Worm 

66 

37  Red  Thread  Worm      .     .     . 

.     67 

38  Four-jawed  Worm    .     .     . 

67 

39  Fringed  Worm 

.     68 

40  Tufted  Worm 

68 

41   Blood-spot  Worm  .... 

.     69 

42  Dead  Scallop  Shell     .     . 

70 

43  Parchment  Shells  growing  upon 

A  STONE        

.     72 

44  Moss- Animal 

75 

45  False  Corai 

.     76 

46  Young  Rock-crab     .     .     . 

78 

47  Rock-crab 

.     79 

48  R(.)CK  covered  with  Rock  Bar- 

nacles      

81 

49  Deep-water  Barnacles    .     . 

.     81 

50  Whale  Barnacle      .     .     . 

.       82 

52  Stalked  Barnacles     .     .     . 

.     82 

52  American  Lobster    .     .     . 

.       83 

53  Spiny  Jjibster 

.     85 

54  Snapping-prawn    .... 

.       86 

55  Brook  Crayfish     .... 

.    88 

56  Common  Shrimp     .... 

.       89 

57  SiiiuMi's  AND  Prawns    .     .     . 

.    90 

58  Southern,  or  Edible  Shrimp 

91 

59  62  Hermit  Crab     .... 

92  94 

63  Little  Hermit  Crab      .     . 

.       94 

64  Sanhbug   

.     95 

65  Mantis  Shrimp      .... 

.       95 

66  Sand  Fleas   

.     97 

67  Blue,  or  Edible  Crab   .     . 

.       99 

68  Green  Crab 

.  100 

69  fjADY  Crab 

.     101 

ILLUSTRATIONS 


13 


FIGURE  I'AOK 

70  Gui.F-wEEo  Crab 101 

71  JoxAH  Crab;  Rock  Crau     .     .  103 

72  Female  Oyster  Crab  ....  lOl 

73  Ghost  Crab 105 

74  Fiddler  Crab 105 

75  BiRROws  OF  Fiddler  Crab      .  106 

76  Orchid  Lxm>  Crab      ....  107 

77  Male  Spider  Crab;  Female 

Si'iDER  Crab;  Ghost  Crab; 

Mid  Crab 109 

78  ACiVNTHOPLEIRA  (IRANI  LATA     .       .  Ill 

79  Mussels  exposed  at  low  tide  .  117 

80  Americvn  Oyster 122 

81  Sl-rf  Clam 123 

82  Soft-shell  Clam 124 

83  LiTTLE-SECK  Clam     ....  125 

84  Razor  Clam 126 

85  Sand-bar  Clam 126 

86  S\VIMMIN(i  Cl  AM 127 

87  Bloody  Clam 127 

88  Ship     Worm     with     siphons 

PliilTRITHNO 128 

89  Con  Clam 129 

90  KlilBLE  MUSSEI 130 

91  Ribbed  Missel 130 

92  Roc  K-BORINO  MrssEi 131 

93  Razor  Shell 131 

90  Co.MMON  Scallop 133 

96  Arctic  Scallop 134 


KiGi  re  page 

97  Jingle  Shell  upon  a  rock    .     .135 

98  Northern  Sand-Collar  Snail  130 

99  Southern  Sand-Collar  Snail    .  140 

100  Northern  Sand-Collah  Snail  141 

101  Knobbed  Whelk;  Channelled 

Whelk 142 

102  English  Whelk  and  Egg 

Cocoons 143 

94  Horse  MussEt 143 

103  Rock  Snails 144 

104  Ten-ribbed  Snail 145 

105  Oyster  Drili 146 

106  Nassa  Trivittata;  Nassa  Obso- 

LETA 146 

107  Periwinkles  clustering  upon  a 

ROCK 147 

108  Periwinkle 147 

109  Periwinklr;  Sea-weed  Snail     .  148 

1 10  Floating  Snaii 149 

111  Eel     (Jrass      covered     with 

Periwinkles        150 

112  Decker  Shell 150 

113  Octopus  Americanis  ....  153 

114  CiiAMBEREn,  OR  Pearly  Nai  Tin  s  157 

115  Bllnt-tah.ed  Squid  ....  160 

116  Gi.ANT  Squid 162 

117  Paper  Nautilus 164 

118  C'lONA  Intestinai.is     ....  168 

119  ^[ni.GiTA  ^Fanilattensis      .     .  170 


INTRODUCTION 

"IV'ATURALISTS  have  come  to  believe  that  all  of  the  higher 
animals  and  plants  have  descended  from  simpler  forms  which 
lived  in  the  past;  and  that  these  in  turn  were  derived  from  even 
simpler  ancestors.  Indeed,  it  is  possible  that  all  animate  nature 
is  the  offspring  of  one  primitive  living  cell  which  contained  within 
itself  the  power  of  giving  rise  to  all  of  the  plant  and  animal  life 
of  our  world. 

But  although  we  know  not  how  or  when  life  originated,  science 
has  been  able  to  make  known  some  few  of  the  remarkable  changes 
which  have  come  over  animate  forms  under  the  influences  of  evolu- 
tion, and  natural  selection. 

Excellent  examples  of  such  changes  are  exhibited  in  the  great 
Hall  of  Vertebrate  Fossils  at  the  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History,  where  we  may  see  a  series  of  fossil  skeletons  which  prove 
that  the  horse  was  once  a  four-toed  creature  hardly  larger  than  a 
fox  but  that  now  it  walks  upon  its  middle  toe,  the  side  ones  having 
disappeared.  Another  series  of  fossils  shows  that  in  Eocene  times 
the  camel  was  also  a  little  four-toed  creature;  but  nt)w  there  are  but 
two  toes  on  each  foot,  the  side  ones  having  disaiDpeared. 

A  careful  study  of  living  creatures  has  shown  that,  while  off- 
spring usually  bear  a  close  resemblance  to  their  j^arents,  a  few 
dejDart  widely  from  the  parental  types,  and  that  some  of  these  de- 
partures show  a  strong  tendency  to  maintain  themselves,  through 
inheritance,  for  generation  after  generation.  But  this  is  not  all, 
for  we  know  that  animals  and  plants  tend  to  increase  at  a  rate  so 
enormous  that,  shoxild  all  survive,  the  land  would  soon  be  densely 
covered  and  the  ocean  completely  filled  with  living  creatures. 
This,  however,  is  prevented  by  the  constant  comjDetition  for  life. 
Only  those  few  that  are  able  to  conquer  in  the  strife  for  food  and 
space  can  survive,  and  myriads  of  the  Aveak  and  unfit  must  perish. 
Whole  races  have  succumbed  to  this  competition.     Not  one  of  the 


16  SEA-SHORE    LIFE 

trilobites,  more  than  1700  species  of  wliich  existed  in  the  Cambrian 
and  Silurian  rocks,  survives  to-day ;  and  the  sea  lilies,  which  once 
grew  in  vast  colonies  along  our  shores,  are  now  represented  by  only 
a  few  rare  species  in  the  deep  ocean. 

The  older  naturalists  did  not  realize  the  vastness  of  the  destruc- 
tion which  this  baUle  for  life  has  wrought,  and  thought  that  each 
species  was  a  separate  creation  that  had  existed  unchanged  since 
the  beginning.  We  now  know  that  species  appear  to  be  distinct 
one  from  another  because  the  intermediate  forms  have  died  out; 
and  the  longer  a  once  closely  related  group  of  species  has  existed, 
the  wider  do  their  differences  become  until  we  may  look  in  vain 
for  the  "linking  forms"  which  once  connected  all  of  them. 

For  example,  we  know  that  the  vertebrates  are  recent,  and  are 
descended  from  the  far  more  ancient  invertebrates.  Accordingly, 
we  find  that  there  are  but  few  breaks  in  the  chain  of  forms  rang- 
ing from  the  lowest  fishes  to  the  mammals.  Indeed,  the  eml)ryos 
of  the  highest  mammals  display  gill  slits  in  their  necks,  which  soon 
close  ov-er,  but  which  were  of  nse  throughout  life  in  their  fish-like 
ancestors.  When  we  study  the  invertebrates,  however,  we  find 
wide  gaps  so  that  no  one  has  yet  been  able  to  determine  the  rela- 
tionships of  some  of  the  greatest  groups. 

For  example,  we  can  not  tell  how  the  sponges,  jellyfishes,  eclii- 
noderms  or  worms  may  be  related  one  to  another,  but  on  the  other 
hand  we  have  reason  for  the  belief  that  crustaceans  and  insects  are 
descended  from  worm-like  ancestors,  and  that  moUusks  may  pos- 
sibly have  had  a  somewhat  similar  origin. 

It  is  interesting  to  observe  that  we  meet  with  the  same  condi- 
tions among  plants.  The  algte  and  fungi  show  -wide  gaps  which 
prevent  one  from  arranging  them  in  any  connected  series,  whereas 
the  flowering  plants,  which  are  certainly  more  recent  and  have 
descended  from  non-flowering  forms,  can  be  arranged  in  a  fairly 
regular  chain,  leading  gradually  from  the  lowest  to  the  highest. 

We  must  bear  in  mind,  however,  that  recent  studies  by  Bate- 
son,  de  Vries  and  others  tend  to  show  that  new  species  may  appear 
suddenly  as  the  offspring  of  old  and  well  known  forms;  and  that 
these  new  and  peculiar  animals  or  plants  may,  through  inheritance, 
perpetuate  their  new  peculiarities.  There  may  then  be  no  inter- 
mediate or  "linking"  forms  between  the  old  and  the  new  species. 


INTRODUCTION  17 

A  large  number  of  marine  animals  whose  true  home  is  among 
the  Bahamas,  or  West  Indies,  are  drifted  upon  the  southern  coast 
of  Long  Island  by  the  southerly  Avinds  of  the  summer  months 
and  become  quite  abundant  along  our  shores  in  August.  From 
November  until  April,  however,  the  northerly  and  easterly  winds 
prevail,  and  these  drift  down  upon  us  a  host  of  creatures  wdiose 
home  is  in  the  cold  arctic  water.  We  see  then  that  tropical  and 
sub-tropical  animals  are  found  along  our  coast  in  summer  and  early 
autumn,  while  arctic  creatures  live  there  in  winter  and  spring. 
There  are.  however,  an  even  greater  number  of  creatures  which  are 
permanent  residents,  and  are  to  be  found  with  us  in  some  stages  of 
their  lives  at  all  seasons  of  the  year. 

Many  marine  animals  or  plants  thrive  only  between  tides,  and 
must  be  exposed  to  the  air  for  at  least  an  hour  or  two  every  day. 
Such  are  the  barnacles,  some  snails,  and  the  great  masses  of  olive- 
green  seaweed  with  gas  filled  cavities  in  its  stems  called  Fucus. 
Others,  such  as  the  brown,  salmon-pink,  and  white  sea  anemones 
(Metridium  marginatum  J  and  the  common  starfish  ( Asterias  foi-be- 
siij,  delight  in  the  shallow  tide-pools  but  do  not  thrive  if  long  ex- 
posed to  the  air. 

Great  numbers  of  creatures  live  along  the  coast  beyond  the 
influence  of  the  tides  and  find  their  homes  among  the  eel-grass, 
under  stones  or  mud,  or  roaming  freely  through  the  water. 

Others,  such  as  the  Portugese  man-o-war  fPhymliaJ,  the  beau- 
tiful, purple  floating  snail  (Jantlnna),  and  a  host  of  jellyfishes  and 
crustaceans  find  themselves  at  home  far  out  at  sea  and  never  come 
near  land  unless  drifted  along  the  coast  by  accident.  Such  are 
the  creatures  which  even  thousands  of  miles  from  land  cause  the 
ocean  to  glisten  with  brilliant  flecks  of  phosphorescent  light,  if 
the  water  be  agitated  at  night. 

But  there  are  other  creatures  which  spend  their  whole  lives 
upon  the  bottom  of  the  deep  sea,  and  have  been  dredged  from  all 
depths  down  to  four  and  one-half  miles.  Here  they  live  in  the  ice- 
cold  water  of  the  depths,  where  the  darkness  is  profound  and  where 
no  current  moves.  Many  of  them  have  A-ery  large  eyes,  or  are  pro- 
vided with  remarkably  long  or  delicate  "feelers,"  and  phosphores- 
cent areas  upon  their  skins,  and  thus  they  find  their  way  around 
in  their  cold,  dark,  changeless  world.     A  considerable  number  of 


18  •  SEA-SHORE    LIFE 

these  deep-sea  creatures  belong  to  types  which  once  liv-ed  in  shallow 
water  along  our  coasts,  but  which  died  out  long  ago,  and  are 
known  to  us  only  through  their  fossils  in  the  rocks. 

Marine  animals  are  much  more  abundant  along  or  near  conti- 
nental coasts  than  in  the  open  sea  far  from  land,  for  we  must  bear 
in  mind  that  animal  life  can  subsist  only  upon  plant  life  and  that 
the  great  food  supply  furnished  by  the  shallows  of  a  shore  are  most 
favorable  for  the  development  of  a  varied  fauna. 

The  great  ocean  currents,  such  as  the  Gulf  Stream  in  the  At- 
lantic, and  the  Kuroshiwo  of  the  Pacific  are  the  bearers  of  vast 
hordes  of  floating  creatures  which  are  thus  carried  from  the  tropics 
far  into  the  temperate  regions.  Temperature  is  also  a  great  factor 
in  determining  the  distribution  of  marine  life.  On  our  own  coast, 
for  example,  Ave  find  that  the  cold  arctic  water  creeps  down  the 
New  England  coast  to  Cape  Cod,  while  south  of  that  place  the  shore 
water  is  warmed  during  the  summer  by  the  drift  from  the  Gulf 
Stream.  Accordingly  a  great  number  of  southern  forms  extend 
only  as  far  north  as  Cape  Cod,  and  similarly  many  of  the  arctic 
creatures  can  not  survive  in  summer  in  the  warm  Avater  south  of 
that  cape. 

It  is  even  more  interesting  to  see  that  at  Cape  Breton,  Nova 
Scotia,  we  find  a  number  of  creatures  Avhose  true  home  is  south  of 
Cape  Cod,  Massachusetts,  but  which  are  able  to  live  in  the  warm 
water  at  the  mouth  of  the  St.  Lawrence,  where  the  Gulf  Stream 
approaches  the  coast  for  the  last  time  before  its  final  deflection 
into  the  midst  of  the  Atlantic. 

So  important  is  temperature  in  determining  the  distribution 
of  marine  life,  that  while  the  creatures  of  the  tropical  Atlantic  and 
Pacific  on  opposite  sides  of  the  Globe  are,  broadly  speaking,  quite 
similar,  those  living  north  of  Cape  Cod  are  almost  wholly  different 
from  those  of  the  Florida  coast. 

But  the  most  remarkable  condition  is  seen  in  the  distribution 
of  the  creatures  of  the  deep  sea,  for  here  the  temperature  is  nearly 
the  same  everywhere,  being  only  slightly  above  the  freezing  point. 
Accordingly  many  of  these  animals  range  from  Arctic  to  Antarctic, 
and  from  Atlantic  to  Pacific. 

Many  forms  that  live  only  in  deep,  cold  water,  south  of  Cape 
Cod  come  into  the  shallows  on  the  Maine  coast. 


INTRODUCTION  19 

In  the  Arctic  regions  we  find  vast  numbers  of  individnals  of 
but  few  species,  Avliereas  in  tlie  tropics  tlie  individuals  are  little  or 
no  more  numerous,  bnt  the  number  of  species  much  greater  than 
in  cold  regions. 

It  is  a  mistake  to  assume  that  animals  invariably  become  rarer 
as  we  approach  the  limit  of  their  range;  for  example,  the  common 
scallop  is  very  abundant  in  Provincetown  Harbor,  Cape  Cod,  but  is 
all  but  unknown  north  of  that  place. 

An  interesting  account  of  the  distribution  of  deep  sea  animals, 
and  of  the  floating  life,  is  given  by  Alexander  Agassiz  in  "Three 
Cruises  of  the  Blake,"  2  vols.,  1888,  Bulletin  of  Museum  of  Com- 
parative Zoology  at  Harvard  College ;  and  a  very  general  discussion 
of  the  distribution  of  animals  as  a  Avhole  is  given  by  Professor  A. 
Heilprin  in  "The  International  Scientific  Series,"  Vol.  LVII,  1887. 

The  study  of  intelligence  in  lower  animals  is  a  subject  of  fas- 
cinating interest.  Nevertheless  popular  writings  upon  such  mat- 
ters are  usually  in  error,  for  the  authors  are  too  apt  to  conclude 
that  when  the  actions  of  an  animal  appear  "sensible"  from  our 
point  of  view,  or  evidently  serve  a  useful  purpose,  they  must 
necessarily  be  conscious.  For  example :  the  caterpillar  of  the  mon- 
arch butterfly  fDanais  areltippusj  feeds  only  upon  milkweed,  and  is 
generally  found  upon  the  tender  young  leaves  near  the  top  of  the 
plant,  whore  it  is  surrounded  by  the  juiciest  and  most  nutricious 
food.  Experiments  by  the  author  show,  however,  that  we  can  not 
conclude  that  the  caterpillar  exercises  any  conscious  choice  or 
reason  in  the  matter,  for  its  being  there  is  due  to  two  simple  reac- 
tions. It  has  an  inborn  tendency  to  crawl  upward  rather  than  down- 
ward, and  it  is  also  strongly  inclined  to  crawl  toward  the  light.  If 
one  plant  a  milkweed  in  a  ilower-pot,  and  then  turn  it  upside-down 
the  caterpillars  will  soon  crawl  upward  toward  the  light  of  the  sky, 
and  will  thus  wander  away  from  the  plant  and  starve  to  death, 
although  under  normal  conditions  these  two  reactions  would  serve 
to  maintain  them  in  the  best  situation  for  obtaining  food,  and  pre- 
vent their  roaming  away  from  the  plant. 

Nagel  and  Parker  have  also  shown  that  if  we  place  a  piece  of 
meat  upon  certain  of  the  tentacles  of  a  sea-anemone,  the  meat  is 
rapidly  thrust  into  the  mouth.  If  then  we  place  a  piece  of  paper 
soaked  in  a  weak  solution  of  meat  juice  it  is  at  first  swallowed,  but 


20  SEA-SHORE    LIFE 

after  a  few  trials  it  is  invariably  rejected.  The  tentacles  on  the 
other  side  of  the  animal  will,  however,  conduct  the  paper  to 
the  mouth  even  after  those  on  the  side  first  exiDcrimented  upon 
no  longer  accept  it,  and  it  is  evident  that  the  experience  of  one  side 
of  the  animal  has  no  effect  upon  the  other  side. 

It  seems  reasonable  to  assume  that  if  an  animal  can  be  trained 
or  can  learn  by  exiDerience  it  has  associative  memory,  and  therefore 
must  be  conscious,  but  it  is  certain  that  sponges,  jellyfishes  and 
worms  have  no  trace  of  associative  memory. 

On  the  other  hand  Robert  Yerkes  has  shown  that  the  green 
crab  can  learn  to  travel  by  the  shortest  path  through  a  labyrinth  to 
its  food. 

It  is  also  believed  that  the  squids  and  octopi,  which  are  the 
highest  inollusks,  have  associative  memory. 

However,  practically  all  of  the  instincts  of  marine  inverte- 
brates are  inherited,  and  the  behavior  of  the  animal  is  not  altered 
by  personal  experience  or  association  with  its  fellows.  They  re-act 
to  external  stimuli  with  almost  machine-like  regularity,  and  we 
can  generally  predict  what  effect  a  ray  of  light,  a  current  of  elec- 
tricity, the  attraction  of  gravity  or  a  change  of  temperature  will 
have  upon  the  behavior  of  the  animal. 

Essentially  the  same  statements  may  be  made  concerning  the 
re-actions  of  our  own  heart,  lungs  and  digestive  organs,  and  there 
is  no  more  reason  for  the  assumption  that  the  lower  marine  animals 
are  conscious,  than  that  these  organs  of  ours  are  conscious.  The 
instincts  of  most  marine  animals  are  inborn  and  are  inherited  from 
generation  to  generation,  whereas  in  higher  forins  some  of  the 
instincts  are  acquired  by  personal  experience,  and  are  not  present 
at  birth  or  necessarily  predestined  to  appear  during  life. 

Interesting  studies  of  this  subject  are  given  by  C.  Lloyd 
Morgan  in  "Animal  Intelligence,"  London,  1890;  and  by  Jacques 
Loeb,  in  "Comparative  Physiology  of  the  Brain  and  Comparative 
Psychology,"  1902. 

It  has  been  proved  that  each  and  every  animal  and  plant  be- 
gins life  as  a  single  cell,  and  that  the  body  of  the  individual  is 
built  up  as  a  result  of  the  division  ajid  consequent  multiplication 
of  this  cell.  Indeed,  in  one  great  group,  the  Protozoa  the  entire 
animal  consists  of  but  a  single  cell,  which  performs  all  of  the  life- 


INTRODUCTION  21 

functions.  In  higher  forms,  however,  the  body  is  composed  of  an 
organized  system  of  cells  wherein  we  see  a  division  of  labor,  some 
of  the  cells  being  digestive,  others  muscular,  others  serving  to  con- 
duct nervous  impulses,  etc. 

In  the  great  majority  of  marine  animals  the  eggs  or  young 
larvfe  are  cast  out  into  the  water,  and  it  is  interesting  to  ob- 
serve that  even  such  sedentary  forms  as  clams,  oysters,  starfishes, 
sea  anemones,  corals,  etc.,  are  nearly  all  free-swimming  in  their 
early  life. 

It  has  long  been  known  to  naturalists  that,  in  their  develop- 
ment, animals  pass  through  stages  which  recall  the  adult  states  of 
their  more  simply  organized  ancestors  of  the  remote  past,  and  Avhen 
it  was  discovered  that  the  vast  majority  of  marine  larva?  are  free- 
swimming,  it  seemed  probable  that  the  most  ancient  marine  ani- 
mals were  so,  and  that  the  sedentary  habits  of  life  seen  in  sponges, 
corals,  mollusks,  etc.,  were  of  comparatively  recent  origin.  We  must 
not  forget,  however,  that  the  free-swimming  habits  of  the  young  are 
of  immense  advantage  in  leading  to  a  wide  distribution  of  animals, 
and  that  it  may  therefore  have  been  maintained  through  the  agency 
of  natural  selection  at  all  times,  or  have  been  brought  about  as  a 
result  of  adaptation. 

The  stages  passed  through  in  the  development  of  all  animals 
are  so  complex,  and  yet  show  such  a  striking  similarity  of  plan 
that  there  can  be  no  doubt  of  the  blood  relationship  of  all  forms  one 
to  another. 

As  this  is  a  most  interesting  and  important  matter,  we  will 
devote  some  space  to  its  consideration. 

We  will  first  speak  of  a  typical  case  of  development,  such  as 
is  seen  in  the  common  starfish,  and  will  then  consider  the  more 
complex  conditions  exhibited  in  the  worms,  crustaceans  and 
mollusks. 

The  immature  eggs  of  the  starfish  resemble  a  minute  sphere,  in 
the  centre  of  which  we  find  a  small  round  body  called  the  nucleus. 

When  the  egg  is  cast  out  into  the  water  this  nucleus  divides 
into  two  nuclei,  both  exactly  like  the  original  nucleus.  One  of 
these  new  nuclei  is,  however,  soon  detached  from  the  egg  as  a  minute 
ball,  and  is  thrown  out  into  the  water.  The  nucleus  which  still 
remains  in  the  egg  then  divides  into  two  half-nuclei,  and  one  of 


22-  SEA-SHORE    LIFE 

these  is  constricted  olT  and  cast  out,  leaving  the  egg  with  only  a 
half-nucleus. 

The  egg  is  then  mature  and  ready  to  be  fertilized.  This  is 
accomplished  by  a  single  male  germ  cell,  called  a  spermatozoon, 
myriads  of  which  are  cast  out  into  the  water  by  the  male  starfishes 
at  the  same  time  that  the  females  are  setting  free  their  eggs.  Each 
spermatozoon  is  an  exceedingly  minute  cell  with  a  globular  front 
end,  and  along  lash-like  extremity,  the  movements  of  which  drive 
it  rapidly  through  the  water. 

The  globular  front  end  of  a  single  spermatozoon  penetrates  the 
egg  and  fuses  with  the  half-nucleus;  and  it  is  most  interesting  to 
observe  that  this  front  end  of  the  spermatozoon  is  itself  a  half- 
nucleus,  in  appearance  similar  to  the  half-nucleus  of  the  egg.  In 
this  manner  then  is  tlie  final  nucleus  of  the  egg  made  up  of  two 
half-nnclei,  one  of  Avhich  is  introduced  by  the  male,  while  the 
other  is  maternal  and  belongs  to  the  egg  itself. 

After  fertilization  a  Avonderful  process  sets  in.  This  is  called 
cleavage  or  cell  division.  First  of  all  the  nucleus  divides  into  two 
similar  nuclei,  and  these  separate  while  at  the  same  time  the  egg 
becomes  cut  into  two,  so  that  each  half  contains  a  nucleus.  The 
halves  of  the  egg  do  not,  however,  remain  far  apart  but  apply  them- 
selves closely  one  to  another,  so  that  soon  only  a  shallow  furrow 
marks  the  position  of  the  cleft  which  cut  them  in  two.  After  a 
few  minutes  of  rest  the  egg  suddenly  divides  again,  each  half  being 
cut  into  two,  and  this  process  is  repeated  again,  and  again,  untd 
we  have  a  great  number  of  little  cells  all  gathered  together  into 
a  ball  hardly  larger  than  the  original  egg. 

Soon,  however,  we  see  that  the  ball  is  not  a  solid  mass  of  cells, 
for  the  centre  becomes  hollow  and  filled  with  fluid,  while  the  cells 
range  themselves  round  the  central  cavity  in  a  single  layer.  The 
creature  thus  becomes  a  hollow  ball,  the  wall  of  the  ball  being 
composed  of  a  single  layer  of  cells.  It  is  then  that  we  first  observe 
any  active  movement  on  the  part  of  the  embryo,  for  the  outer  sur- 
faces of  the  cells  become  covered  with  minute  hair-shaped  lashes 
the  rapid  movements  of  which  cause  it  to  spin  through  the  water. 
This  little,  hollow,  ball-like  embryo  is  called  a  hlastula.  Soon  an 
interesting  change  takes  place,  for  a  part  of  the  wall  becomes 
pressed  inward  as  one  might  squeeze  in  the  side  of  a  hollow  ruli- 
Iger  ball.     This  process  is  called  "invagination," 


INTRODUCTION  23 

The  little  embryo  then  has  an  inside  layer  of  cells  as  well  as  an 
outside  layer,  and  is  called  a  gastrula.  The  cells  of  the  pressed-in 
part  are  destined  to  give  rise  to  the  stomach,  intestine  and  diges- 
tive glands.  On  the  other  hand  the  onter  surface  of  the  embryo 
gives  rise  to  the  skin  and  nervous  S3'stein. 

All  animals  from  the  sponges  up  to  man  pass  through  a  gas- 
trnla  stage  in  which  the  body  consists  only  of  an  outer  and  an  inner 
layer.  In  many  cases,  however,  as  in  worms,  crustaceans,  insects, 
mollusks,  amphibia,  reptiles  and  birds,  the  egg  contains  more  or 
less  3'olk  to  provide  nutriment  for  the  developing  embryo,  and  this 
introduces  modifications  of  the  process  of  cleavage,  and  formation 
of  the  gastrula  so  that  it  has  taken  long  and  careful  study  to 
discover  that  all  embryos  are  at  one  time  in  the  gastrula  stage. 
Indeed,  Huxley  discovered  that  the  jellyfishes  were  practically  gas- 
trulce  even  when  adult,  for  they  have  only  a  digestive  cavity  and  an 
outer  skin.  In  all  forms  above  the  jellyfishes,  howev^er,  we  find  a 
system  of  cells  which  come  to  lie  between  the  digestive  sac  and  the 
outer  skin,  and  wliich  gives  rise  to  the  muscles,  and  in  higher  forms 
to  the  skeleton.  Although  it  will  be  impossible  to  do  more  than  to 
present  this  crude  sketch  of  the  general  processes  of  embryology, 
one  will  find  a  most  fascinating  field  for  thought  in  the  study  of 
such  admirable  works  as  "The  Cell  in  Development  and  Inher- 
itance," by  Edmund  B.  Wilson,  or  the  "  Text-Book  of  the  Embry- 
ology of  Invertebrates,"  by  Korschelt  and  Heider,  Macmillan  Co. 

A  most  readable  and  yet  condensed  discussion  of  general  em- 
bryology is  given  by  Richard  Hertwig  in  "Manual  of  Zoology," 
1902,  translated  by  J.  S.  Kingsley,  p.  139-164. 

A  list  of  a  few  of  the  more  general  and  popular  Avorks  upon  our 
marine  animals  may  be  of  aid  to  those  who  desire  to  seriously  study 
the  subject 

For  beginners  who  are  engaged  in  collecting  marine  animals, 
and  who  desire  to  learn  of  their  relationships,  habits,  structure  and 
names,  we  Avould  suggest : 

E.  C.  and  A.  Agassiz :  Seaside  Studies  in  Natural  History,  Tick- 
nor  and  Fields,  1805.  155  pages;  186  illustrations.  A  clear, 
popular,  account  of  the  structure  and  habits  of  our  jellyfishes,  sea 
anemones  and  star  fishes  and  sea-urchins. 

C,  B.  and  G.  C.  Davenport :  Introduction  to  Zoology,  Macmil- 


24  SEA-SHORE     LIFE 

Ian  Company,  19(X).     412  pages;  306  illustrations,  many  of  them 
being  photographs  from  life.     Most  readable  accounts  of  the  rela- 
tionships of  various  forms,  and  also  of  their  habits  and  anatomy. 
A.  F.  Arnold :  The  Sea-Beach  at  Ebb-Tide;  Century  Company, 

1901.  490  pages;  85  plates  and  numerous  figures,  most  of  which 
are  taken  from  previous  publications.  A  good  description  of  each 
species,  and  interesting  chapters  upon  the  relationships  of  each 
great  group  of  the  invertebrates. 

A.  E.  Verrill  and  S.  I.  Smith  :  Report  upon  the  Invertebrate 
Animals  of  Vineyard  Sound  and  Adjacent  Waters.  Report  of  the 
U.  S.  Fish  Commission,  1871-2,  478  pages,  38  plates,  287  figures. 
Excellent  accounts  of  habits  and  distribution,  together  with  clear 
outline  drawings  of  some  of  the  animals. 

G.  B.  Goode,  etc.:  The  Fisheries  and  Fishery  Industries  of  the 
United  States.  U.  S.  Fish  Commission,  1884.  Two  vols.,  895  pages, 
277  plates.     Valuable  to  fishermen  and  collectors. 

Good  general  textbooks  upon  zoology,  eml^ryology  and  anat- 
omy for  those  who  have  had  the  benefit  of  an  elementary  course  in 
zoology : 

Richard  Hertwig:  A  Manual  of  Zoology  ;  Henry  Holt  &  Co. 

1902.  Translated  by  J.  S.  Kingsley.  Korschelt  and  Heider, 
Textbook  of  Embryology  of  Invertebrates,  Macmillan  Company, 
4  volumes,  1895-1900.  Arnold  Lang:  Textbook  of  Comparative 
Anatomy,  Macmillan,  1891-'96,  2  volumes. 

Every  student  of  zoology  should  read  Darwin's  "Origin  of 
Species."  This  work  is  to  the  natural  sciences  what  Newton's  "Prin- 
cipia  "  is  to  the  physical  and  mathematical  sciences.  But  it  is  more 
than  an  epoch  making  work,  throwing  a  flood  of  brilliant  liglit  upon 
the  dark  mysteries  of  life.  Its  greatest  inspiration  to  us  comes 
because  it  is  the  record  of  one,  who,  after  years  of  studious  labor, 
performed  under  conditions  of  extreme  distress  which  only  love  of 
truth  could  conquer,  came  into  a  realm  of  thought  wherein  he  saw 
darkly  and  imperfectly,  what  we  were,  what  our  race  had  been,  and 
what  our  possibilities.  His  characteristics  were  simplicity,  honesty, 
and  courageous  thoroughness;  fearlessly  follow^ing  the  lead  of  truth 
far  toward  the  limit  of  human  understanding. 


SPONGES    OR    PORIFERA 

SPONGES  are  animals.  The  ordinary  bath  sponge  is  only  the 
horny  skeleton  which  in  life  was  encased  by  living  cells.  In 
every  living  sponge,  water  is  drawn  in  through  numerous  small  open- 
ings, and  thrown  out  through  large  ones.  This  water  passes  through 
the  intricate  channels  of  the  sponge  which  are  lined  with  thousands 
of  minute  cells,  each  provided  with  a  collar,  and  a  thread-like  lash, 
which  serves  to  capture  and  engulf  the  minute  animals  and  plants 
that  are  drawn  in  with  the  water.  In  some  sponges  the  skeleton  is 
calcareous,  and  is  composed  of  a  vast  number  of  curiously  shaped 
spicules.  In  others  it  is  mainly  horny  and  fibrous  as  in  commercial 
sponges,  while  in  some,  such  as  the  Venus  basket  of  the  China 
Sea,  it  is  glassy.  The  eggs  develop  within  the  sponge  itself  and 
are  usually  cast  out  as  minute  spherical  or  oblong  larvte  covered 
with  cilia  which  enable  the  little  creatures  to  swim  rapidly  through 
the  water.  In  a  few  hours  or  days,  however,  they  settle  to  the  bot- 
tom and  soon  grow  into  sponges.  Sponges  of  the  same  species  often 
vary  greatly  in  form,  in  accordance  with  the  situation  in  which  they 
grow,  and  they  possess  so  little  individuality  that  two  sponges 
growing  side  by  side  will  often  fuse  into  one  large  mass.  Sponges 
may  also  be  cut  into  pieces,  and  each  piece  Avill  grow  into  a  perfect 
sponge.  Good  accounts  of  our  American  sponges  are  given  by 
Hyatt,  Memoirs  of  the  Boston  Society  of  Natural  History,  1875  and 
1877,  and  Lambe,  Transactions  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Canada, 
1892-94,  1896,  1900. 

COMMERCIAL    SPONGES 

Our  commercial  sponges  are  found  living  only  in  the  warmer 
seas,  such  as  the  waters  of  Florida,  the  West  Indies,  the  Red  Sea 
and  Mediterranean.  The  sponges  from  Florida  and  the  West 
Indies  are  inferior  to  those  of  the  old  world.  There  are  many  va- 
rieties of  the  commercial  sponge  but  they  all  belong  to  the  genus 
Spoitgia  and  have  a  skeleton  made  up  of  tough,  closely  meshed,  horny 


26 


SEA-SHORE     LIFE 


Fig  I ;  LIVING  COMISIEECIAL  SPONGE 

(Glove  Sponge)   The  Bahama  Islands. 


libres.     The  Qesliy  parts  which  cover  the  skeleton  are  dark  brown 
or  black,  and  as  the  living  sponge  is  usually  more  or  less  covered 

with  mild  or  silt  it  is  far  from 
attractive  in  appearance,  or 
pleasant  in  odor. 

There  are  ahvays  a  great 
number  of  little  pores  on  the 
sides  of  the  sponge,  and  water 
is  drawn  through  these  by 
means  of  the  constant  lashing 
of  vast  numbers  of  cilia  which 
are  borne  upon  the  cells  lining 
the  passages.  This  water  is 
forced  out  through  one  or 
m(n-e  larger  openings  at  the 
top  of  the  sponge.  In  this 
manner  the  sponge  tissues 
are  aerated  and  the  sponge 
captures  the  minute  organisms  upon  which  it  feeds.  Commercial 
sponges  do  not  grow  at  depths  greater  than  200  feet,  and  the  vast 
majority  are  obtained  in 
water  less  than  thirty 
feet  deep,  the  best  varie- 
ties being  found  at  the 
greatest  depth. 

The  water  is  so  Avon- 
derfully  clear  in  the  re- 
gions where  they  grow, 
that  the  fishermen  mere- 
ly use  a  bucket  having  a 
pane  of  glass  in  the  bot- 
tom through  which  they 
look  in  scanning  the  bot- 
tom for  sponges.  The 
sponge  is  drawn  up  by 
a  pair  of  hooks  fastened 
to  the  end  of  a  Avooden 
pole.      It  is  allowed  to  die,  and  is  buried  in  dry  sand  until  it  is 


Fig.  2;   THE  HORNV  SKELETON  OF  THE 

COMMEKCIAL  SPONGE  (Glove  Sponge) 

from  the  Bahama  Islands. 


SPONGES    OR    PORIFERA 


27 


Fig.  3;  RED  SPONGE,   Long 
Island  Sound. 


much  decomposed,  and  then  it  is  washed  in  the  water  to  remove  all 
of  the  fleshy  parts,  leaving  only  the  tough,  horny  sl^eleton,  which 
may  be  bleached  in  weak  hydrochloric  acid  and  hyposulphite  of 

soda. 

Sponges  grow  best  on  hard  bottoms  where  there  is  a  consider- 
able current  to  bring  food,  and  to  pro- 
vide them  with  an  abundance  of  aerated 
water.  In  Florida  there  are  fiv^e  varie- 
ties of  sponges  called  "  sheepswool," 
"yellow,"  "grass,"  "velvet"  and  "glove 
sponges." 

The  Sheepswool  Sponges,  (Spongia 
equina  gossypina,),  are  most  valuable, 
the  fishery  being  worth  about  S  250,000 
annually.  The  fibrous  skeleton  is  very 
tough  and  fine  meshed,  and  the  inter- 
ior of  the  sponge  is  cavernous  while 
the  outer  surface  is  covered  with  woolly 

looking  tufts  of  fibres.     This  is  the  common  large  bath  sponge. 

The  Yellow  Sponge,  (Spongia  agari- 
cinaj,  lacks  the  woolly  tufts  characteris- 
tic of  the  sheepswool,  and  its  surface  is  apt 
to  be  fairly  even,  with  numerous  pit-like 
pores.  The  fishery  is  woi'th  about  $15,- 
000  annually. 

The  Grass  Sponge,  (Spongia  grami- 
neaj,  has  the  shape  of  a  truncated  cone 
the  broad  end  being  uppermost.  The  up- 
per surface  contains  all  of  the  large  open- 
ings and  is  usually  depressed,  giving  the 
sponge  a  cup-shape.  The  sides  are  furrowed  with  numerous  small 
openings  between  the  ridges.  The  fishery  is  worth  about  $20,000 
annually. 

In  the  Velvet  Sponge,  (Spongia  equina  ineandriformis,),  the 
surface  is  apt  to  show  winding  channels  bordered  by  flat  ridges  of 
fibre.  The  least  valuable  is  the  Glove  Sponge  (Spongia  officinalis 
tuhidifera,  Figs.  1,  2),  in  which  the  surface  is  quite  even  with  dense 
fibres  which  project  outward  in  fine  tufts.     The  sponge  is  lasually 


Fig.  4;  RED  SPONGE,  Long 
Island  Sound. 


28 


SEA-SHORE     LIFE 


.•-si...  i,.>»>  -,, 


Fig.  5/   Clam  Shell  infested  with  Boring 
Sponge,  Long  Island  Sound. 


dome-shaped,  not  more  than  eight  inches  in  diameter,  and  the  fibres 

b'ecome  brittle  with  age. 

S^Donges  are  reproduced 
from  eggs  which  develop  into 
free  swimming  larvEe,  but  soon 
settle  down  upon  the  bottom 
and  grow  into  tlie  sponge  form. 
They  will  also  grow  very  read- 
ily from  cuttings  or  spores,  and 
almost  any  fragment  of  a 
sponge  is  capable  under  favor- 
able conditions  of  regenerating 
a  perfect  sponge. 

A  well  illustrated  paper 
giving  an  account  of  the  com- 
mercial sponges  of  Florida  is 
given  by  Dr.  H.   M.   Smith  in 

Bulletin  of  the  United  States  Fish  Commission,  Vol.  XVIT,  1897, 

p.  225-240. 

Among  non-commercial  sponges,  the  Red  Sponge,  (Microciona 

prolifera,  Figs.  S,  4),  is  foimd  in  shallow  water  from  South  Carolina 

to  Cape  Cod,  and  is  very  abundant 

upon  oyster  and  scallop  shells  in 

Long  Island  Sound.     It  can  be  at 

once   recognized   by  its  brilliant 

crimson  color.      When   young   it 

forms  broad,   thin    incrustations, 

but  later  it  gives  rise  to  branches 

which   may    be  four   inches    in 

height. 

The  Boring  Sponge,  (Clioiia 

sulplinrea,  Fig.  5),  a  sulphur-col- 
ored sponge,  is  very  destructive 

to  the  shells  of  oysters,  clams,  etc. 

It    completely    honeycombs    and 

dissolves    the    shell,    riddling    it 

with  galleries  and  holes,  and  finally  growing  over  the  outside.     It 

is  abundant  along  the  sIku^cs  from  South  Carolina  to  Cape  Cod. 


Fig.  6;  THE  FINGER  SPONGE,  Salem 
Harbor,  Massachusetts. 


SPONGES    OR    PORIFERA 


29 


The  Finger  Sponge,  (Clialina  oeulata,  Fig.  6),  is  dull  red  or 
yellow  in  color  and  grows  upon  rocks  or  shells,  forming  finger- 
shai^ed  masses  about  six  inches  high.  At  intervals  there  are  large 
openings  on  the  sides  of  the  sponge  which  serve  to  allow  the  escape 
of  water  from  the  interior.  This  sponge  is  common  north  of 
Cape  Cod  at  depths  greater  than  fifteen  feet. 

The  Sulphur  Sponge,  (Suherites  compaetaj,  is  a  compact,  heavy 
sponge  which  grows  on  sandy  bottoms  o\Y  the  Long  Island  coast. 
When  living  it  is  bright  yellow,   but  soon 
darkens   into   an   ugly    brown   after   death. 
The  surface  of  the  sponge  is  smooth,  rounded 
and  nodular. 

The  Urn  Sponge,  ( Grant ia  ciliata,  Fig. 
7  ),  is  common  in  tide  pools  on  Long  Island 
where  it  grows  in  clusters  of  little  urn-shaped 
sponges,  each  urn  being  dull  yellow,  gray 
or  dral)  in  color,  about  one-half  of  an  inch 
high,  and  with  a  large  opening  edged  with 
spicules  at  the  summit.  It  is  found  along 
our  coast  northward  to  Greenland,  and  is 
abundant  on  the  northern  coasts  of  Europe, 
being  drawn  in  through  sieve-like  oj^enings  on  the  sides  of  the 
sponge  and  forced  out  through  the  large  terminal  opening. 


Fig.  7/  URN  SPONGE, 
Woods  Holl,  Mass. 

Water  is  constantly 


JELLYFISHES   AND   HYDROIDS 


>'i- 


\  JELLYFISH  is  an  umbrella-shaped  creature  with  tentacles 
-^^^  and  sense  organs  arranged  at  intervals  around  the  outer  edge 
of  the  umbrella,  while  the  mouth  and  stomach  occupy  the  position 

of  the  umbrella  handle. 
This  description  applies 
Avell  to  the  large  jelly  fishes 
called  Scyp]io))iednsce,  but 
the  smaller  kinds  called 
liydroniedusce  have  a  deli- 
cate membrane  extending 
inward  all  around  from  the 
umbrella-edge  forming  a 
diaphragm  which  partially 
closes  the  opening  of  the 
umbrella.  Jellyfishes  swim 
by  rythmatically  opening 
and  closing  their  umbrella- 
like bodies. 

Jellyfishes  are  carni- 
vorous, feeding  upon  small 
fishes,  Crustacea,  or  one  an- 
other. They  capture  their 
prey  by  means  of  their  ten- 
tacles which  are  armed 
{^f     I  with    thousands    of   little 

'  <  ^    '^  cells    each    containing    a 

S  )  minute  coiled  tube  so  slen- 

(  '"  der  that  it  appears  to  be 

'')  a  mere  thread.      When  ex- 

cited these  cells  burst,  and 
F,-^.  8;  PORTUGUESE  MAN-OF-WAR.  ^j^g  j-^^jg  threads  are  shot 

out  with  such  force  that  they  penetrate  the  skin  of  the  victim,  carry- 
ing with  them  a  poison  which  quickly  paralyzes  a  small  fish.     The 


JELLYFISHES    AND    HYDROIDS  31 

victim  is  then  held  in  the  stomach  of  the  jellyfish  for  a  few  hours 
or  days  and  the  undigested  remnant  is  ejected  through  the  mouth. 
In  common  with  other  low  invertebrates,  the  rate  at  which  jelly  fishes 
grow  is  dependent  upon  their  supply  of  food.  Indeed  one  can  ob- 
serve them  enlarge  after  every  meal,  and  when  starved  tliey  con- 
tract in  size. 

The  great  majority  of  the  jelly  fishes  are  so  small  as  to  escape 
ordinary  observation,  but  are  on  the  other  hand  so  numerous  as 
often  to  cause  a  brilliant  phosphorescence  of  the  sea  at  night. 

The  eggs  of  jellyfishes  do  not  usually  develop  directly  into 
new  jellyfishes.  In  the  large  jellyfishes  fScyplwmedusceJ  the  egg 
develops  into  a  little  pear-shaped  creature  whose  body  is  covered 
with  vibrating  cilia  which  enable  it  to  swim  rapidly.  Soon  it  set- 
tles down,  and  the  narrow  end  adheres  to  the  bottom.  Then  a 
mouth  and  a  row  of  tentacles  appear  at  the  upper  end.  The  little 
creature  then  grows  for  some  months  until  suddenly  it  begins  to 
constrict  at  intervals,  and  finally  to  split  up  into  a  series  of  thin,  flat 
disks,  each  one  of  which  swims  off  and  grows  into  a  separate 
jellyfish. 

In  the  smaller  jellyfishes  (Hydnwicdnscc)  the  egg  changes 
into  a  beautiful  little  tree-shaped  animal  called  a  hydroid,  and  this 
gives  rise  to  many  little  jellyfishes  which  bud  out  from  it  in  various 
ways.  Some  jellyfishes,  however,  do  not  give  rise  to  hydroids  and 
many  hydroids  do  not  develop  jellyfishes. 

Descriptions  of  the  jellyfishes  of  our  Atlantic  coast  will  be 
found  in  "North  American  Acalephre,"  A.  Agassiz,  1865;  "Contri- 
butions to  the  Natural  History  of  the  United  States,"  Vol.  Ill,  1860, 
by  Louis  Agassiz  ;  C.  W.  Hargitt  in  "The  American  Naturalist," 
1901,  Vol.  XXXV ;  "  Das  System  der  Medusen,"  by  Haeckel ;  3  vols., 
1879-80,  and  "Medusa  from  The  Tortugas,  Florida,"  in  the  Bul- 
letin of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology  at  Harvard,  Vol. 
XXXVII,  1900  by  A.  G.  Mayer. 

The  Portuguese  Man-of-War,  /P/«/ysaZm  nrethusa,  Fig.  8).  This 
beautiful  animal  is  sometimes  seen  floating  along  our  coast  late  in 
summer,  but  its  home  is  in  the  tropical  Atlantic  and  the  Gulf  Stream. 
The  large  pear-shaped  float  is  filled  Avith  atmospheric  air,  and  beau- 
tiful iridescent  blues  and  pinks  play  over  its  surface  and  along  its 
comb-like  crest.      Attached  to  the  float  there  is  a  complex  colony  of 


32  SEA-SHORE    LIFE 

tentacles,  finger-shaped  feeding  mouths,  and  grape-like  clusters  of 
reproductive  organs.  The  tentacles  are  arranged  in  clusters,  some 
being  long  and  others  short.  When  the  wind  blows,  the  long  tentacles 
stretch  out  fully  fifty  feet,  thus  forming  a  drag  to  prevent  a  too 
rapid  drifting  of  the  colony.  These  tentacles  are  flat  and  ribbon- 
like and  along  one  edge  we  see  a  purple  line  of  bead-like  stinging 
organs,  which  serve  in  the  capture  of  fishes  upon  which  the  Physalia 
feeds.  They  inflict  a  most  painful  sting,  and  almost  instantly  par- 
alyze small  fishes.  When  a  fish  comes  in  contact  with  the  tentacles 
they  immediately  adhere  to  it,  and  the  struggles  of  the  fish  cause 
the  tentacles  to  contract,  thus  bringing  the  prey  within  reach  of  the 
numerous  mouths  which  soon  fasten  upon  it.  If  the  fish  does  not 
struggle  the  tentacles  soon  cease  to  contract,  and  thus  the  mouths 
may  be  unable  to  seize  upon  their  food.  Despite  its  formidable 
weapons,  however,  the  Physdlia  is  greedily  devoured  by  Loggerhead 
turtles,  but  the  turtle  always  closes  its  eyes  when  it  seizes  the  prey. 

When  very  young  the  Physalia  may  sink  for  a  time  beneath 
the  surface  upon  discharging  the  gas  from  its  float;  but  in  later  life 
it  loses  this  ability  and  remains  constantly  floating  over  the  ocean 
at  the  mercy  of  the  winds  and  currents.  Only  male  Portuguese 
men-of-war  are  known,  the  female  never  having  been  observed. 

Velella  iitutica,  is  an  exquisite  creature  rarely  seen  along  our 
coast,  but  it  occurs  in  great  swarms  in  the  tropical  Atlantic.  The 
body  is  an  oblong  disk  about  four  inches  long,  and  deep  blue-green 
in  color.  The  upper  side  of  the  disk  is  occupied  by  the  chambered , 
gas-filled  float  which  is  chitinous,  and  gives  rise  to  a  sail-like  crest. 
On  the  under  side  of  the  disk  we  find  a  large  central  feeding-mouth 
surrounded  on  all  sides  by  numerous  little  mouths  and  reproduc- 
tive polypites.  Near  the  outer  edge  of  the  under  side  of  the  disk 
there  is  a  row  of  long  blue  tentacles.  Large  numbers  of  little  jelly- 
fishes  are  constantly  budding  off  from  the  sides  of  the  reproductive 
polypites  and  swimming  away  in  the  water;  but  their  further  de- 
velopment is  unknown. 

Porpita  linnmana,  is  related  to  Velella  but  is  smaller,  being 
only  about  one  inch  in  diameter.  Also  the  disk  is  flat  and  circular, 
and  there  is  no  sail-like  ridge  to  the  float.  When  seen  in  the  water 
it  appears  as  a  deep  blue  circle,  while  the  chambered  float  at  the  cen- 
tre glistens  with  a  beautiful  greenish  iridescence.     Underneath  we 


JELLYFISHES    AND    HYDROIDS 


33 


Fig.  9. 


MILKY-DISK  JELLYFISH, 

Vineyard  Sound. 


find  feeding  polypites,  reproductive  polypites  and  tentacles  very 

much  as  in  Velella. 

Poi'iyita  is  rare  along  our  coast,  but  between  Cuba  and  South 

Carolina  it  is  sometimes  so  abundant  as  to  fleck  the  ocean  for  miles 

with  specks  of  brilliant  blue. 
The  Sea-Blidaber,  (Cija- 

nea  arctica),  is  the  largest 

known  jellyfish.    In  the  cold 

waters  north  of  Cape  Cod  it 

grows  to  huge  proportions, 

and  one  was  found  by  Dr. 

Alexander   Agassi z    which 

measured  seven  and  one-half 

feet   across    the   disk    and 

whose  tentacles  were  fully 

one  hundred  and  twenty  feet 

long.  On  the  Long  Island 
coast,  however,  it  grows  to 
a  much  smaller  size  and 
thrives  only  in  spring  and  early  summer,  disappearing  about  the 
middle  of  June.  Large  as  these  creatures  are,  however,  when 
dried  in  the  sun  it  is  found  that  the  animal  substance  is  only 
y|o  part  of  the  whole ;  the  vast  bidk  of  the  creature's  body  being 
composed  of  sea  water. 

The  disk  is  amber-colored  with  a  rosin-colored  centre  marking 
the  stomach-space.  There  are  sixteen  notches  at  regular  intervals 
around  the  edge  of  the  disk,  and  eight  of  these  notches  are  occupied 
by  sense  organs  which  contain  granular  concretions. 

On  the  lower  surface  of  the  disk  one  finds  the  central  mouth 
surrounded  by  veil-like  lips,  and  eight  clusters  of  tentacles. 

The  eggs  are  caught  in  the  veil-like  folds  of  the  lips  and  set 
free  as  little  pear-shaped  larva  which  swim  rapidly  through  the 
water  by  means  of  their  cilia.  Soon,  however,  each  larva  settles  down 
upon  the  bottom  and  develops  into  a  polyp  having  a  terminal  mouth 
surrounded  by  tentacles.  After  feeding  and  growing  for  some 
months  the  polyp  begins  to  display  constrictions  at  regular  inter- 
vals, and  soon  it  splits  up  into  a  series  of  disks,  each  one  of  which  is 
set  free  and  becomes  a  jellyfish. 


34 


SEA-SHORE     LIFE 


The  Milky  Disk,  (Aurelia  flavidula,  Fig.  9J,  is  common  north 
of  Cape  Cod  to  the  Arctic  Ocean,  but  is  not  very  abundant  along 
our  coast.  The  disk  is  about  one  foot  in  diameter,  is  flatter  than 
a  hemisphere  and  is  slightly  milky  in  color,  while  the  four  horse- 
shoe-shaped reproductive  organs  near  the  centre  are  yellowish-white 
or  pink.  The  mouth  is  at  the  centre  of  the  concave  side  of  the 
disk  and  is  surrounded  by  four  long  frilled  lips.  Sixteen  sti'aight 
and    sixteen    pitchfork-shaped    vessels    extend   outward  from   the 

central  stomach  to  the 
edge  of  the  disk.  The 
little  pear-shaped  lar- 
vae are  cast  out  in  im- 
mense numbers,  and 
(  >.  ^^^-    ^'^^  after  swimming  about 

i-  ^  ^\    vv^-C^N  ^°^'  ^  ^^""^  '^''lys,  they  set- 

^  .'^  \  \  "\~\^  \       .        ■  tie    upon    the    bottom 

and  develop  a  ring  of 
tentacles  in  a  zone 
around  the  mouth. 
Finally  the  body  of  the 
larva  splits  up  into  a 
series  of  disks,  each 
one  of  which  swims  off 
and  develops  into  a 
full-grown  jellyfish. 

The  Speckled  Jel- 
lyfisli,  fDactylometra 
qiiinquecirra,  Fig.  10 J, 
is  found  in  a  few  local- 
ities, as  at  Tiverton, 
Rhode  Island,  in  great 
abundance,  during  the 
latter  half  of  the  sum 
mer,  and  it  occurs  in 
the  upper  reaches  of 
many  other  Ijays  and  estuaries  from  Florida  to  Cape  Cod. 

The  disk  becomes  about  one  and  one-half  feet  in   diameter, 
and  its  margin  bears  thirty-two  notches  and,  when  fully  grown, 


Fig.  10 ;    SPECKLED  JELLYFISH. 


JELLYFISHES    AND    HYDROIDS  35 

forty  tentacles.  The  veil-like  lips  around  the  moutli  form  long, 
graceful  curtains  often  two  and  one-half  feet  in  length.  This  me- 
dusa can  be  at  once  distinguished  by  its  amber-pink  coloration,  and 
the  sixteen  spoke-like  areas  of  reddish  specks  upon  the  convex  side 
of  the  disk.  There  are  eight  sense  organs,  each  containing  a 
spherical  mass  of  concretions.  These  are  situated  at  regular  inter- 
vals within  notches  at  the  disk-margin. 

The  Milky  Cross,  (Staurophora  laciniataj,  is  abundant  along 
the  Atlantic  coast  north  of  Cape  Cod,  during  the  summer  months, 
and  is  occasionally  seen  along  our  coast  in  spring  The  appear- 
ance of  a  milky-colored  cross  is  produced  by  the  large  cruciform 
mouth  bordered  with  veil-like  frills  containing  the  reproductive 
organs.  It  is  from  four  to  eight  inches  in  diameter.  There  are 
numerous  little  eye  spots  at  the  base  of  the  tentacles,  upon  the  bell 
margin. 

The  Thimble-Jelly,  (Melicertum  campanula  J.  This  little  Arctic 
jellyfish  resembles  a  large  thimble  of  clear  jelly-like  substance 
with  eight,  yellow,  radial  canals  extending  from  the  stomach  at  the 
centre  of  the  concave  side  of  the  thimble  to  the  edges  forming,  so 
to  speak,  the  spokes  of  a  wheel.  The  edge  of  the  bell  is  provided 
with  numerous  tentacles.  It  is  exceedingly  abundant  until  mid- 
summer, north  of  Cape  Cod,  but  is 
found  on  our  coast  only  in  the  spring. 

( Gonionemus  murhachii,  Fig.  11). 
This  interesting  little  jellyfish  is  famil- 
iar to  all  who  study  at  the  Woods  Iloll 
Laboratory,  for  it  is  very  abundant  in 
the  Eel  Pond  at  that  place.  The  bell 
is  transparent,  somewhat  flatter  than  a 
hemisphere,  and  when  full  grown  it 
becomes  about  one  inch  in  diameter. 

About  eighty  long,  flexible  tenta- 
cles arise  from  the  side  of  the  bell  near      ^^-  ''^  f  "yj!*^-  fZ'7T" 

tnurbac/ni,  Woods  Holl,  Mass. 

the  rim.     Each  of  these  bears  a  sucker- 
like disk  upon  its  upper  side  near  its  extremity,  and  the  extreme  tip 
of  the  tentacle  bends  sharply  at  right  angles.     The  tentacles  are  cov- 
ered with  wart-like  clusters  of  minute  thread-cells  each  containing  a 
coiled  tube  which  can  be  turned  inside  out  as  we  might  do  with  the 


36 


SEA-SHORE     LIFE 


finger  of  a  glove.  If  the  tentacles  come  in  contact  with  a  small 
fish  or  crustacean  these  little  stinging- threads  are  instantly  dis- 
charged, and  on  account  of  their  minute  size  they  penetrate  the 
skin  of  the  prey  carrying  with  them  a  poison,  believed  to  he  formic 
acid,  which  quickly  paralyzes  the  victim.  Scattered  between  the 
tentacles  there  are  numerous  little  balancing  organs,  which  may 

also  serve  to  detect 
vibrations  in  the 
water.  These  organs 
consist  of  minute 
capsules  each  con- 
taining a  hard  spher- 
ical concretion.  The 
stomach  of  the  me- 
dusa is  a  four-sided 
tube  at  the  centre 
of  the  concavity  of 
the  bell. 

Four  canals  ra- 
diate outward  from 
this  stomach  and  ex- 
tend 90°  apart,  to  a 
vessel  which  encir- 
cles the  bell  margin 
at  the  bases  of  the 
tentacles.  The  geni- 
tal organs  are  devel- 
oped upon  these  I'a- 
dial  canals.  They 
are  ribbon-like,  but  each  ribbon  is  longer  than  the  portion  of  the 
canal  upon  which  it  is  developed,  and  its  edge  is  therefore  folded 
sinuously  from  side  to  side. 

The  stomach,  genital  organs  and  tentacles  are  rich  brown  in 
color  with  green  spots,  while  the  other  parts  of  the  jellyfish  are 
transparent  and  gelatinous. 

According  to  Perkins,  the  jellyfish  is  very  active  upon  cloudy 
days,  when  it  swims  rapidly  upward  to  the  surface,  opening  and 
closing  its  umbrella-like  bell  with  powerful  pulsations.       Upon 


fig.  12;  PASSION-FLOWER  HYDROID  (From  Life). 
Aniiis(iuam,  Mass. 


JELLYFISHES     AND     HYDROIDS 


reaching  the  surface,  however,  it  becomes  suddenly  quiet  and  then 
slowly  sinks  down  with  tentacles  widely  distended.  Frequently  it 
clings  to  seaweed  and  other  objects  by  means  of  the  suckers  upon 
its  tentacles. 

This  jellyfish  lays  its  eggs  during  the  summer  at  about  one 
hour  after  sun-set.  The  little  larvae  are  pear-shaped  and  swim  with 
the  blunt  end  forward.  Soon  they  settle  with  the  blunt  end  down- 
ward and  four  tentacles  soon  develop  at  the  narrow  end,  surround- 
ing the  mouth.  Other  little  pear-shaped  larvae  often  l)ud  out  from 
the  sides  of  the  original  one,  are  set  free,  and  after  swimming  about 
for  a  time  settle  down  as  did  their  parents.  It  is  probable  that  the 
larva  finally  changes  directly  into  a  little  jellyfish.  This  medusa  was 
first  discovered  in  the  Eel  Pond  at  Woods  Roll,  by  Louis  Murbach, 
1895.  Yerkes  and  Aver,  in  "American  Journal  of  Physiology," 
Vol.  IX,  1903,  have  made  a  careful  study  of  the  reactions  of  the 
medusa  to  light. 

The  Passion-Flower  Hydroid,  fTliaiiniocnidia  spectabilis.  Fig. 
12),  often  grows  upon  sunken  ropes,  or  within  shaded  tide-pools. 
It  consists  in  a  dense 
cluster  of  delicate  am-      j 
ber-gray  stems,  each 
terminating  in  an  en- 


\i 


/; 


larged,  pink -colored 
polyp-mouth  sur- 
rounded by  two  rows 
of  tentacles.  The  stems 
are  each  about  three 
inches  long,  and  the 
beautiful  flower-like 
heads  give  the  creature 
the  superficial  appear- 
ance of  a  plant;  but  it 
is  an  animal,  and  the 
tentacles  serve  to  cap- 
ture its  prey  of  small 
Crustacea  and  etc.,  which  it  stings  to  death  by  its  tliread-cells. 
The  Eel-Grass  Hydroid,  (PenmD-ia  tiarella.  Fig.  13 ),  grows 
abundantly  upon  eel  grass  or  in  tide-pools.     It  is  from  three  to  six 


^i^.  is;   EEL-GRASS  HYDROID,  Long  Island  Sound. 


38 


SEA-SHORE    LIFE 


inches  liigli,  and  resembles  a  little  dark-colored  tree  with  branches 
arranged  alternately  on  either  side  of  the  main  stem.  Each  branch 
gives  rise  to  a  series  of  side  branches  on  its  npper  side  and  they 
each  and  all  terminate  in  white  or  pink  flower-like  heads.  These 
polyp-heads  bear  the  mouths,  and  each  is  surrounded  by  two  rows 
of  tentacles  which  wave  through  the  water  intent  upon  the  capture 
of  the  small  marine  animals  upon  which  the  Pennaria  feeds.  Jelly- 
fishes  grow  out  from  the  sides  of  the  polyp-heads,  and  within  these 
the  eggs  develop  At  times  the  eggs  are  cast  out  before  the  jelly- 
fishes    are    set   free,  but    often   the  jellyfish    escapes    from    the 

hydroid  and  swims  aboiit,  car- 
rying its  eggs  with  it.  The 
eggs  then  develop  into  little 
pear-shaped  larvae  Avhich  swim 
rapidly  through  the  water  but 
soon  settle  down  and  change 
into  tree-like  hydroids  which 
in  turn  develop  another  genera- 
tion of  jelly  fishes. 

In  spring  and  early  sum- 
mer large,  pale  colored,  stocks 
of  Pennaria  are  found  upon 
rock  weed,  piles,  etc.;  but  about 
the  middle  of  August  small, 
highly  colored  stocks,  with  pink 
heads,  are  found  in  great  abund- 
ance upon  eel  grass.  This  was 
observed  by  Professor  Hargitt 
in  "The  American  Naturalist," 
Vol.  XXXIV,  p.  390. 

The  Sea  Plume,  (Ohelia  cum- 
iitissuralis,  Fig.  14),  is  common 
upon  the  wooden  posts  of  wharves 
or  attached  to  stones  or  sea-weed. 
The  main  stems  are  fully  six 
inches  long,  and  they  give  rise  to  spirally  arranged  branches  which 
run  nearly  at  right  angles  to  the  stem.       The  creature  thus  resem- 


Fig.    14;   SEA-PLUarE   (Obeha),   Growing 
Upon  Seaweed  (Fucus).       From   Life. 


JELLYFISHES     AND     HYDROIDS  39 

bles  a  delicate  seaweed  or  plume,  but  is  in  reality  an  animal.  Each 
branch  gives  rise  to  a  number  of  little  flower-like  polyp-mouths 
surrounded  by  tentacles  which  capture  prey. 

Jellyfishes  develop  within  capsules  at  the  angles  of  the  stems. 
These  jellyfishes  are  set  free  and  swim  about  for  a  long  time, 
finally  growing  to  be  about  one-quarter  of  an  inch  in  diameter. 
Then  they  cast  out  their  eggs  which  develop  into  plume-like  hy- 
droids  which  in  turn  give  rise  to  jellyfishes. 

The  Rainbow  Jelly,  fMnemiopsis  leidyij,  is  one  of  the  comb- 
jellies  or  CtejiophorcB.  It  is  exceedingly  abundant  along  our  coast 
during  the  summer,  but  is  so  transparent  that  it  would  escape 
observation  were  it  not  for  the  brilliant  flashes  of  prismatic  red 
and  green  that  play  over  its  eight  rows  of  comb-like  flappers. 
When  full  grown  the  creature  is  about  four  inches  long,  and 
the  outline  of  the  body  is  pear-shaped  with  broad  wings  on  the 
sides.  At  the  narrow  end  there  is  a  sense  organ  consisting  of  a 
capsule  filled  with  a  ball-like  mass  of  concretions.  This  sense 
organ  enables  the  creature  to  maintain  its  proper  position  in  the 
water.  The  central  stomach  gives  rise  to  a  complex  system  of 
ramifying  tubes  which  extend  through  the  Avings  and  along  under 
the  eight  rows  of  combs.  This  creature  is  so  delicately  formed  that 
it  can  not  be  lifted  from  the  water  without  serious  injury,  yet  it 
readily  captures  small  fish  and  crustacea  upon  which  it  feeds.  At 
night  it  gives  out  a  brilliant  green  phosphorescence  when  disturbed. 

One  often  finds  a  long,  pink,  worm-like  parasite  imbedded 
within  the  gelatinous  substance  of  the  Rainbow  Jelly.  This  is  not 
a  worm,  however,  but  is  a  sea  anemone,  Edwanlsia  leidiji. 


SEA   ANEMONES   AND   CORALS 

4  SEA  ANEMONE  is  a  barrel-shaped  animal.  The  bottom  of 
^^  the  barrel  is  fastened  to  some  rock  or  other  firm  anchorage, 
while  the  upper  end  bears  a  slit-like  mouth  which  is  encircled  by 
a  fringe  of  tentacles.  The  mouth  leads  into  a  simple  tube-like 
throat,  which  is  bound  to  the  inner  sides  of  the  barrel  by  means  of 
radiating  partitions. 

The  throat-tube  is,  however,  only  about  one-half  as  long  as  the 
height  of  the  barrel,  so  that  the  radial  partitions  in  the  lower  half 


Fig.  is;  EYED-CORAL,  From  Life.     Nassau,  Haliamas. 
Orbicella  acropora. 

of  the  barrel  cavity  do  not  meet  at  the  centre,  but  leave  an  open 
space  which  is  the  "stomach"  of  the  anemone.  Sea  anemones  are 
among  the   most  attractive  of  marine  animals,  beautiful  both  in 


SEA  ANEMONES  AND  CORALS  41 

form  and  color.  They  vary  in  size  from  that  of  a  pin's  head  to 
several  feet  across,  and  they  live  at  all  depths  and  in  a  great  variety 
of  situations. 

A.  coral  polyp  is  only  a  sea  anemone  which  deposits  a  plate  of 
lime  salts  at   the   base  of  its  barrel-like  body  and  between  the 


Fig.  i6;  Star-Coral  Showiug  Liviug  Polyps.     From  a  Specimen  in  the  Xew  York  Aquarium. 

radial  partitions  of  the  stomach  cavity.  These  lime  salts  form 
a  stony  "skeleton"  or  substance  which  we  commonly  call  "coral." 

It  is  well  to  remember  that  the  coral  animals  are  not  "insects" 
but  are  merely  sea  anemones  which  form  stony  'skeletons." 

Although  sea  anemones  and  coral  polyps  resemble  beautiful 
flowers  when  fully  expanded,  they  quickly  contract  into  a  mere 
dome-shaped  mass  when  disturbed.  In  this  way  the  coral  polyps 
are  protected  by  withdrawing  into  their  stony  cup-shaped  bases. 


42 


SEA-SHORE    LIFE 


Sea  anemones  are  found  in  all  oceans,  but  the  stony  corals  are 
practically  confined  to  tropical  and  sub-tropical   regions  and  will 

not  usually  live  in  water  which 
is  colder  than  C)fi°  F.  In  the  trop- 
ical Atlantic  and  Pacific  thousands 
of  coral  islands  called  atolls  have 
been  gradually  built  up  by  the  con- 


"-•»•: 

■  iT***  •• 

'.'■•'''.  ■i.'.^Q 

■y:r-fw 

-^^ 

% 

■^^ 

Fig. 

jj;  Stony  Skeleton  of  Star-Coral. 

Long 

;  Island  Sound. 

stant  growth  of  coral  polyps,  and 
every  grain  of  sand  on  the  Baha- 
mas, Bermudas,  or  Florida  Keys 
was  once  part  of  the  skeleton  of  a 
coral  polyp  or  belonged  to  some 
animal  or  plant  which  lived  among 
the  coral  reefs. 

The  Star-Coral,  (Astrangia 
dance,  Figs.  16,  17 J.  This  stony 
coral  extends  farther  into  the  tem- 
perate zone  than  any  other  species,  being  found  from  the  Carolinas 
to  Cape  Cod.  It  is  abundant  in  Long  Island  Sound  where  it 
forms  encrusting  masses  of 
star-like  cups  upon  stones,  dead 
shells,  etc. 

The  coral  polyps  are  glassy 
white,  and  translucent,  and 
have  each  from  eighteen  to 
twenty-four  long,  tapering  ten- 
tacles Avhich  end  in  a  Avliite 
knob  and  are  speckled  over 
with  white  warts.  These  are 
the  stinging  organs  which  en- 
able the  coral  to  capture  its 
prey  of  small  marine  animals. 
When  fully  expanded  the  pol- 
yps are  about  one-eighth  of  an 
inch  wide  and  three-eighths 
high,  but  when  disturbed  they 
suddenly  contract  so  as  to  become  practically  invisible.  The  colony 
starts  with  a  single  polyp  but  soon  others  bud  out  from  its  base, 


Ftg.  iS ;    FLESHY  CORAL. 
Woods  Holl,  Mass. 


SEA    ANEMONES    AND    CORALS  43 

and  the  cluster  increases  by  further  budding  from  the  bases  of  the 
older  polyps  until  it  may  be  several  inches  in  diameter. 

The  Fleshy  Coral,  ( Aleyoneum  carneum,  Fig.  18 J,  is  found  from 
the  eastern  end  of  Long  Island  to  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence.     It  is 


Ftg.  19;    BROWN  SEA-ANEMONE.    Expanded.     From  Life. 

rarely  seen  in  shallow  water  but  is  common  upon  rocks  at  depths 
greater  than  2()  feet.  When  first  brought  up  from  the  bottom  it 
appears  as  an  ugly,  tough  gelatinous  mass  covered  witli  dull 
yellowish-pink  finger-shaped  processes.  If  placed  in  water,  how- 
ever, the  whole  mass  soon  appears  studded  with  beautiful  star- 
shaped  polyps,  which  expand  so  as  to  give  the  appearance  of  a 
stump  covered  with  delicate  pink  flowers. 

Each  of  these  polyps  has  a  terminal  mouth  surrounded  by 
eight  tentacles,  the  sides  of  which  are  bordered  with  rays  giving 
a  feathery  appearance.  The  whole  colony  of  polyps  develops 
through  constant  budding  from  the  sides  and  bases  of  the  older 
parts  of  the  colony. 

Alcyonaria  or  fleshy  corals  are  extremely  abundant  in  the 
tropical  Pacific  where  they  often  cover  the  reefs  for  acres  in  extent 
with   a    tough,  leathery -looking  carpet  studded  with  eight-rayed 


44 


SEA-SHORE     LIFE 


polyps.  Others  form  liemisplierical  heads  hearing  beautiful  star- 
like polyps  each  having  eight  feathery  tentacles,  while  still  others 
form  the  sea  whips  and  sea  fans  so  characteristic  of  an  Atlantic 
reef.  In  the  sea  fans,  however,  the  polyps  secrete  a  horny  axis 
which  forms  the  internal  framework  of  the  fan  and  gives  a  tough 
support  for  the  fleshy  parts  which  cover  its  surface.  Nothing  is 
more  strangely  beautiful  than  these  coral  reefs  where  the  rich  pur- 
ple sea  fans  and  the  chocolate  sea  whips  wave  gracefully  to  the 
surges  in  the  crystal  depths,  while  brilliant  fishes  glistening  in 
green,  blue,  purple  and  yellow,  glide  in  and  out  among  the  shad- 
ows of  the  coral  caverns. 

The  precious  coral  of  the  Mediterranean  is  allied  to  the  sea 
whips.  Its  polyps  are  brilliant  white,  and  have  each  eight  feathered 
tentacles  ;  while  the  internal  axis  of  the  colony  is  red  and  stony. 

The  Brown  Sea  Anemone,  (Metridium  inargination,  Figs.  19, 
20),  is  our  common  sea  anemone,  which  extends  from  New  Jersey 
to  Labrador.  It  is  abundant  in  tide  pools,  and  upon  the  posts 
and  rock  work  of  wharves  in  Long  Island  Sound,  but  it  attains 
a  much  larger  size  and  more  brilliant  color  north  of  Cape  Cod. 


Fig.  20.  15ROWN  SEA-ANEMONE,  Contiacted.     Sliowiag  the  white 

thieatl-like  tihimeiibs  called  acontia  which  are  extruded 

as  a  means  of  defense. 

Although  usually  brown  in  Long  Island  Sound,  individuals  of 
a  pure  white,  delicate  salmon-pink,  or  olive,  are  common  at  Newport 


SEA    ANEMONES    AND    CORALS 


45 


and  farther  north.  Large  specimens  are  about  three  inches  wide 
and  four  high.  When  expanded  the  body  is  cylindrical  with  a 
dense  fringe  of  tapering  tentacles  surrounding  the  slit-like  mouth. 
The  tentacles  are  covered  with  minute  hair-shaped  organs,  or  cilia, 
which  wave  outward  so  as  to  create  a  current  from  the  base  toward 
the  tip  of  the  tentacle,  and  they  are  also  armed  with  thread  cells 
that  sting  the  small  creatures  upon  which  the  anemone  feeds. 

These  sea  anemones  develop  from  eggs,  but  they  also  slowly 
divide  ;  an  originally  single  anemone  sometimes  splitting  longitu- 
dinally until  two  are  produced.  In  addition  ilrs.  M.  L.  Hammatt  dis- 
covered that  little  anemones  are  often  budded  out  from  the  base  of 
large  ones. 

The  body  of  the  anemone  contains  powerful  muscles,  and  when 
the  animal  is  disturbed  these  contract  so  that  the  tentacles  are  rolled 
inward  and  hidden  away,  while  the  body  becomes  a  mere  dome-like 


Fig.  21, ■  AVHITE-ARMED  ANEMONE.       Fiom  Life. 
Specimens  in  tlie  New  York  Aquarium. 

mass.  Long,  white,  thread-like  filaments  are  also  extruded  through 
pores  in  the  sides  of  the  body.  These  filaments  (Fig.  20),  are  called 
acontia,  and  bear  great  numbers  of  stinging  thread-cells. 

The  White -Armed  Anemone,  ( Sagartia  lencolena,  Fig.  21  J,  is 
common  off  the  Long  Island  coast,  and  extends  from  the  Carolinas 
to  Cape  Cod.  It  is  slender,  the  body  being  somewdiat  more  than 
two  inches  long,  while  the  tentacles  are  about  one  inch  in  length. 


46  SEA-SHORE    LIFE 

It  lives  in  dark  situations  on  the  under  sides  of  stones,  or  upon  the 
shaded  piles  of  wharv^es  below  low  tide  level.  Sometimes,  how- 
ever, it  is  found  almost  buried  in  gravel  or  coarse  sand.     The  body 


Fig.  22;     SAND-ANEMONE,  Long  Island  Sound. 

is  of  a  delicate  amber-brown,  and  is  semi-translucent  while  the 
long  tapering  tentacles  are  white  or  translucent-brown  in  color. 
This  species  thrives  well  within  a  salt  water  aquarium. 

The  Passion-Flower  Anemone,  (Coudylactis  yassiflora),  is  found 
in  the  West  Indies  and  Bermudas,  where  it  is  abundant  upon 
broken  rocky  bottoms.  It  attains  a  large  size,  often  being  more 
than  a  foot  in  diameter  and  six  inches  in  height.  It  is  a  very 
beautiful  anemone.  The  body  is  vermillion,  while  the  tentacles  are 
rich  turquoise-green  Avith  purple  tips. 

The  Sand  Anemone,  f  Halcampa  producta,  Fig.  22),  is  common 
from  South  Carolina  to  Cape  Cod  in  sandy  or  muddy  beaches,  the 
elongate  worm-like  body  being  buried  quite  out  of  sight  with  only 
the  tentacles  exposed. 

It  is  three  or  four  inches  long  and  about  one-half  of  an  inch 
in  diameter,  but  when  disturbed  it  may  contract  so  as  to  be  not 
more  than  two  iuches  in  length.  There  are  about  twenty  short,  blunt 
tentacles  and  twenty  longitudinal  rows  of  whitish  warts  along  the 


SEA    ANEMONES    AND    CORALS  47 

sides  of  the  body.    The  color  is  dull  yellowish  gray,  and  altogether 
it  is  not  an  attractive  object. 

The  Orange-streaked  Anemone,  ( SagaHia  lucicej,  is  now  the 
most  abimdant  species  in  rocky  tide-pools  of  Long  Island  Sound. 

It  appears  to  have  been  introduced  upon  oyster  shells  from 
the  south,  for  previous  to  1892  it  was  unknown  along  our  coast. 
In  that  year  it  was  found  by  iliss  L.  L.  Verrill,  near  New  Haven, 
and  it  has  gradually  spread  northward,  reaching  Salem,  ]\Iassa- 
chusetts,  in  1901 ;  beyond  which  place  it  appears  not  to  exist. 

It  is  only  about  one-quarter  of  an  inch  wide  and  three-eightlis 
high,  aad  there  are  about  forty-eight  slender  tapering  tentacles. 
The  body  of  the  anemone  is  olive  green  or  brown,  usually  with 
twelve  fine  longitudinal  orange,  or  lemon  yellow,  streaks;  while  the 
tentacles  are  light  brown,  almost  white. 

The  best  description  of  this  anemone  is  that  of  Mrs.  Gertrude 
C.  Davenport  in  the  "Mark  Anniversary  Volume,"  p.  137-14-4.  She 
discovered  that  the  anemone  often  splits  into  two,  and  the  halves 
soon  separate,  and  grow  to  their  original  size.  Fragments  may 
also  be  separated  from  the  base,  and  then  regenerate  into  new 
individuals. 

The  Crimson  Anemone,  f  Tealia  crassicornis J ,  is  of  moderate 
size,  being  about  two  inches  high  and  one  and  one-half  in  diame- 
ter. It  has  about  160  blunt  tentacles,  and  the  body  is  covered  with 
tubercles.  It  is  found  in  tide-pools,  and  upon  rocky  bottoms 
north  of  Cape  Cod,  and  may  be  recognized  by  its  rich  cherry-red 
or  crimson  color,  although  some  specimens  are  mottled  with  red 
and  bluish-green.  A  drawing  of  this  species  is  given  in  Agassiz's 
"Seaside  Studies,"  p.  13,  under  the  name  of  Bhodactinia  davisii. 

The  Parasitic  Anemone,  ( Edwardsia  leidyij.  Sea  anemones 
live  in  almost  every  conceivable  situation  upon  rocky  shores,  in 
muddy  or  sandy  beaches,  or  upon  shells  which  are  being  carried 
about  by  hermit  crabs,  while  others  float  over  the  ocean,  or  swim 
freely  about.  Some  are  even  parasitic,  and  among  these  Edwardsia 
leidiii  is  most  remarkable.  It  lives  Avithin  the  transparent  Rain- 
bow Jelly  (Mncmiopsis  leidi/i.  See  page  39^*,  and  its  long,  dull 
pink,  threadlike  form  caused  it  to  be  mistaken  for  a  worm. 

It  is  about  one  and  one-half  inches  long  and  only  about  one- 
sixteenth   of   an   inch  in    diameter,  and    there  are  sixteen   blunt 


48 


SEA-SHORE     LIFE 


tentacles.  Its  nearest  relatives  are  slender  little  sea  anemones  with 
eight  lozigitudinal  farrows  on  the  body  and  sixteen  tentacles. 
They  live  in  rocky  tide-pools. 

The  Cake- Anemone,  fStoicliactis  lielianthus,  Fig.  23 J,  is  com- 
mon in  the  West  Indies  and  Bermudas,  where  it  lives  in  shallow 
water  under  rocks  or  in  crevices.     It  resembles  a  "  pancake  "  from 


Fig.  23;  CAKE-ANEMONE.    Toitugas,  Florida. 

three  to  five  inches  in  diameter,  the  oval  mouth  being  in  the  centre, 
and  numerous  short  blunt  tentacles  covering  the  upper  surface. 
This  anemone  adheres  to  rocks  by  means  of  its  sucker-like  base, 
but  it  can  slowly  move  from  place  to  place.  It  is  usually  olive- 
yellow,  often  mottled  with  green  or  olive-brown. 


STARFISHES 
SEA-URCHINS   AND   SEA-CUCUMBERS 

^^TARFISHES,   sea  urchins,   sea   lilies  and  sea  cucumbers  are 

called  Ecliinoderms.  In  the  form  of  their  bodies  and  ar- 
rangement of  their  organs  they  usually  display  five  ra3^s,  and  are 
therefore  known  as  "radiates."  For  example,  most  starfishes  have 
five  equally  developed  arms,  72°  apart,  recalling  the  rays  of  a 
conA-entional  star.  In  the  Ecliinoderms  the  skin  usually  contains  a 
skeleton  composed  of  calcareous  plates  of  definite  shapes,  all  hinged 
together  in  an  orderly  manner,  so  as  to  make  a  veritable  armor 
which  gives  rigidity  to  the  body,  and  protects  the  soft  organs  of 
the  interior.  In  the  living  starfish  one  will  see  hundreds  of  little 
tubular  feet  which  arise  from  the  grooves  on  the  lower  side  of  the 
arms.  When  the  starfish  is  tui-ned  over  upon  its  back  these  feet 
stretch  out  to  a  remarkable  length  and  wave  about,  seeking  to 
fasten  upon  something  in  order  to  right  the  animal.  It  is  then 
we  may  see  that  each  of  these  feet  is  a  hollow  tube  ending  in  a 
cup-shaped  sucker. 

Similar  tube-feet  will  be  seen  in  five  double  lines  along  the 
sides  of  the  sea  urchins.  The  mouth  of  the  starfish  is  at  the  centre 
of  the  lower  surface.  On  the  upper  side,  and  a  little  away  from 
the  centre  between  two  arms,  one  will  see  a  spongy-looking  area. 
This  is  called  the  madreporic  plate,  and  is  the  sieve-like  entrance 
to  the  water-tubes  of  the  starfish  which  extend  down  the  arms  and 
give  rise  to  little  Ijladder-like  vessels  one  above  each  tube-foot. 
The  contractions  of  these  little  bladders  cause  the  tube-feet  to 
elongate  by  pressing  water  out  into  their  cavities. 

The  upper  surfaces  of  most  of  the  starfishes  are  covered  with 
spines,  but  these  are  much  better  develoj^ed  in  the  sea  urchins 
where,  in  addition  to  spines,  we  find  calcareous  pincers  mounted 
ujDon  rods,  which  are  used  to  remove  any  injurious  foreign  sul)- 
stance  that  may  fall  upon  the  body  of  the  urchin. 

The  sea  cucumbers,  or  Holothuria,  are  worm-like  in  appearance, 
but  are  nevertheless  closely  related  to  starfishes  and  sea  urchins. 


50 


SEA-SHORE     LIFE 


They  have  no  spines  and  their  skeleton  is  often  reduced  to  minute 
anchor-shaped  spicules  within  the  skin.  The  mouth  is  at  one  end 
of  the  worm-shaped  body,  and  is  surrounded  by  feathered  or 
branching  tentacles.     In  some  species  there  are  five  double  rows 


Fig.  24;  Variations  of  tlie  COMMON  STARFISH. 
From  Long  Island  Sound. 


of  tube-feet  down  the  sides  of  the  body,  but  in  others  these  are 
absent.  When  disturbed  sea  cucumbers  have  the  curious  habit  of 
casting  out  their  viscera,  and  afterwards  regenerating  them.  They 
are  sluggish  creatures,  and  either  live  within  the  sand  or  under 
rocks  or  crawl  slowly  over  the  bottom,  feeding  upon  minute  organ- 
isms that  are  contained  in  the  sand  or  mud  which  they  swallow. 

Sea  urchins  or  Echini  may  be  compared  to  starfishes  Avithout 
arms.  They  are  usually  provided  with  a  skeleton  made  for  the 
most  part  of  six-sided  plates  fused  or  rigidly  joined  together. 
They  have  five  sharp-edged  teeth  with  which  they  gnaw  off  minute 


STARFISHES,    URCHINS    AND    SEA-CUCUMBERS        51 

seaweeds  from  the  rocks.  Some  species  can  even  gnaw  away  the 
rock  itself,  and  in  many  parts  of  the  world  we  find  that  the  sea 
urchins  have  literally  honey-combed  the  rocks;  indeed  we  often 
find  a  sea  urchin  living  in  a  cavity  whose  opening  is  too  small  to 
allow  of  the  animal's  escape.  The  common  sea  urchin  of  Europe 
is  sold  in  the  markets  during  the  season  when  it  is  full  of  eggs. 

The  sea  lilies  or  Crinoidea  are  now  among  the  rarest  and  most 
graceful  of  inarine  animals.  It  is  probable  that  all  other  sorts  of 
Echinoderms  are  descended  from  ancestors  resembling  the  sea 
lilies,  for  in  long  past  ages  they  were  far  more  abundant  than  any 
other  Echinoderms,  and  even  in  the  age  of  the  chalk  they  lived  in 
countless  numbers  in  shallow  water  along  our  shores,  their  flower- 
like bodies  mounted  upon  long  delicate  stems  that  formed  veritable 
forests  beneath  the  sea.  The  sea  lily  is  not  a  plant,  however,  but 
may  be  compared  to  a  starfish  mounted  xipon  a  long  stem  which 
arises  from  the  middle  of  its  back  and  anchors  it  to  the  bottom  of 
the  sea.  The  mouth  is  turned  upward,  and  is  surrounded  by 
branching  arms  which  sweep  gracefully  to  and  fro  in  search 
of  prey. 

The  Echinoderms  live  only  in  salt  water,  but  they  are  found 
at  all  depths  and  in  all  oceans,  from  the  Tropics  to  the  Poles.  The 
vast  majority  crawl  over  the  bottom,  but  at  least  one  holothurian"'^ 
swims  through  the  water,  and  was  at  first  mistaken  for  a  jellyfish. 
Most  of  them  cast  their  eggs  out  into  the  water,  and  the  larvse 
develop  bands  of  waving  cilia,  which  enable  them  to  swim  about 
for  a  considerable  time.  Suddenly  the  body  of  the  Echinoderm 
begins  to  develop  Avithin  the  larva,  and  most  of  the  old  larval 
body  is  absorbed  or  cast  off. 

The  Common  Starfish,  (Figs.  24,  25).  There  are  two  well 
marked  varieties  of  the  common  starfish  ;  one  called  Asterias  forhesii 
extends  along  the  coast  from  the  Gidf  of  Mexico  to  Massachusetts 
Bay  but  is  rare  north  of  Cape  Cod.  It  is  found  from  low  tide  level 
to  a  depth  of  120  feet,  and  may  be  recognized  by  its  somewhat 
blunt-tipped  arms,  to^^gh,  spiny  skin,  and  the  bright  orange  madre- 
poric  plate. 

In  the  North  it  is  replaced  by  another  form  called  Asterias  vid- 

'^' Pelagoihu)  la  tiatat}ix,  Jleuioirs  Museum  Comparative  Zoology  at  Harvard,  Vol.  XVIf,  No. 
3, 1894,  Plate  XIX. 


52 


SEA-SHORE    LIFE 


gm^is  which  is  found  from  North  Carolina  to  Labrador,  bnt  is  com- 
mon only  north  of  Cape  Cod.  In  this  starfish  the  arms  are  more 
pointed  than  in  .4.  forhesii,  the  skin  is  not  so  rigid,  and  the  madre- 
poric  plate  is  of  the  same  color  as  back  of  the  animal,  which  may  be 


Fig  .  25 ;  Left :     HORSESHOE  CEAB.     Ri^ht:     COMMON  STARFISH. 
Bel07i<:     (JREEN  SEA-URCHIN. 


purple,  yellow,  brown  or  beautiful  shades  of  pink  or  red.  It  ranges 
from  low  tide  level  to  a  depth  of  1200  feet.  Many  naturalists  con- 
sider these  two  forms  to  be  identical,  but  the  writer  found  that  in 
Asterias  forhesii  from  Long  Island  Sound,  78  individuals  in  10,000 
had  more  or  less  than  five  arms,  whereas  in  A.  vulgaris  from  Mas- 
sachusetts Bay  only  23  in  10,000  had  more  or  less  than  five  arms. 
It  seems,  therefore,  that  the  southern  form  is  more  than  three  times 
as  variable  as  the  northern. 

There  is  a  minute  red  eye-spot  at  the  tip  of  each  arm  of  the 
starfish.  Hundreds  of  sucker-like  tube-feet  arise  from  a  deep 
groove  that  extends  down  the  mid  ventral  side  of  each  arm,  and 
between  two  of  the  arms  on  the  upper  side  of  the  disk  one  may  see 
a  bright  colored  area  called  the  madreporic  plate.  Its  situation 
marks  the  sieve-like  entrance  to  the  water  tubes  of  the  starfish. 


STARFISHES,    URCHINS    AND    SEA-CUCUMBERS        53 

The  mouth  is  at  the  centre  of  the  lower  side  of  the  disk  and  is  sur- 
rounded on  all  sides  by  the  tube-feet. 

In  summer  and  autumn  the  starfishes  are  found  on  rocky- 
places  in  shallow  water,  but  in  winter  they  live  at  greater  depths. 

Starfishes  feed  upon  almost  any  kind  of  mollusk,  but  will  also 
devour  barnacles,  worms,  and  occasionally  sea  urchins  or  even  the 
young  of  their  own  species.  It  is  estimated  that  in  1888  starfishes 
destroyed  $631,500  worth  of  oysters  on  the  beds  of  Connecticut 
alone.  Their  mode  of  feeding  is  interesting.  The  starfish  folds 
its  arms  over  the  clam  or  oyster,  and  hundreds  of  the  sucker-like 
tube-feet  fasten  themselves  to  the  valves  of  the  shell,  so  that  finally 
the  mollusk  yields  to  the  constant  pull  of  the  starfish,  and  the  shell 
gapes  open.  Then  the  starfish  turns  its  stomach  inside  out  and 
engulfs  the  mollusk.  It  has  been  found  by  expei'iment  that  a  large 
starfish  can  exert  a  steady  pull  of  over  two  and  one-half  pounds  and 
that  this  is  sufficient  in  time  to  open  the  valves  of  a  clam  or  mussel. 

The  eggs  of  the  starfish  are  discharged  into  the  water  in  great- 
est abundance  during  the  last  three  weeks  of  June,  although  tliey 
are  also  to  be  found  throughout  the  summer,  and  occasionally  even 
in  winter.  These  eggs  soon  develop  into  little  transparent  larva?  cov- 
ered with  tortuous  lines  of  waving  cilia,  and  provided  with  long 
flexible  tubercles.  They  swim  slowly  about  near  the  surface,  and 
feed  upon  minute  organisms  until  they  grow  to  be  about  one-eighth 
of  an  inch  long.  Then  the  iipper  and  lower  halves  of  the  star  be- 
gin to  develop  xipon  both  sides  of  the  stomach,  and  in  a  few  hours 
all  of  the  anterior  part  of  the  larva  and  the  tul)ercles  are  absorbed, 
and  only  a  minute  star,  about  as  large  as  a  pin's  head,  is  seen  upon 
the  bottom  of  the  ocean. 

Myriads  of  these  little  stars  settle  upon  sea  weeds  and  eel  grass, 
and  begin  at  once  to  devour  the  young  clams  which  also  begin  life 
in  the  same  places.  Professor  Mead  found  that  one  of  these  little 
stars  devoured  over  50  young  clams  in  6  days.  The  starfishes  grow 
rapidly,  and  in  one  year  they  may  have  arms  2^  inches  long  and  be 
ready  to  spawn. 

It  is  certain  that  the  menhaden  devour  myriads  of  starfish  larvte 
as  they  swim  through  the  water. 

Normal  starfishes  have  five  arms,  but  occasionally  one  is  found 


54 


SEA-SHORE     LIFE 


having  more  or  less  than  tliis  number.     Some  of  these  variations 
are  the  result  of  accident,  but  others  are  congenital. 

Starfishes  regenerate  readily,  and  although  a  single  detached 
arm  will  not  regenerate  a  new  star,  it  will  do  so  if  it  be  torn  off  to- 


.^^-EMfioii  's^m£::y^ 


Fig.  26;  BLOOD-STAR.    Massachusetts  Bay,  Tide  Pools. 

gether  with  about  one- fifth  of  the  central  disk.  Also  the  central 
disk  if  deprived  of  all  of  the  arms  will  soon  regenerate  them. 
When  an  arm  is  injured  it  is  iisually  cast  off  voluntarily  very  near 
to  the  central  disk,  and  regeneration  begins  at  this  point.  Regen- 
eration from  the  injured  tip  of  an  arm  is  very  rare. 

By  means  of  their  hiuidreds  of  sucker  feet  starfishes  are 
enabled  to  glide  rapidly  over  the  softest  mud.  They  can  also 
climb  readily  and  if  turned  over  will  quickly  right  themselves. 
When  the  water  is  perfectly  flat  and  calm  they  can  even  move 
sucker-side  uppermost  along  the  surface  of  the  water. 

The  Blood  Starfish,  fCribrella  sanguinolenta,  Fig.  26 J,  is  smaller 
than  the  common  starfish,  and  its  arms  are  rarely  more  than  an  inch 
long.  It  is  pink  or  reddish  and  the  arms  are  almost  smooth,  be- 
ing covered  with  numerous  little  warts.  The  leathery  skin  is  quite 
soft  and  flexible,  and  the  arms  are  rounded  in  cross  sections,  and 
taper  to  a  point. 

The  eggs  are  not  cast  out  into  the  water,  but  are  held  around 
the  mouth  of  the  mother  until  they  have  developed  into  little  star- 
fishes. This  creature  is  abundant  witliin  rocky  tide-pools  from  the 
eastern  end  of  Long  Island  to  the  Arctic  Ocean. 


STARFISHES,    URCHINS    AND    SEA-CUCUMBERS        55 

The  Mud  Starfish,  fCtenodiscus  crisiMtus,  Fig.  27),  is  abund- 
ant upon  muddy  bottoms  at  depths  greater  than  100  feet  from  Cape 
Cod  to  the  Arctic  Ocean.  The  upper  surface  is  covered  with  a 
flexible  skin  beset  with  niimerous  regularly  arranged  granulations. 
The  sides  of  the  arms  are  straight  and  vertical,  giving  the  starfish 
the  appearance  of  a  five-rayed  cake  cut  out  of  a  thick  sheet  of 
dough. 

At  the  centre  of  the  upper  surface  of  the  disk  there  is  a  pro- 
jecting papilla.  In  this  connection  it  is  interesting  to  observe  that 
starfishes  are  probably  descended  from  forms  which  were  attached 
to  the  bottom  by  means  of  a  stalk  that  extended  downward  from 
the  middle  of  the  aboral  side,  and  it  is  possible  that  the  little  blunt 


Fig.  27;  ML'D-STAR.     From  a  Deptli  of  120  Feet  Off  Cape  Ann,  Mass. 

papilla  seen  in  the  mud  star  is  the  remnant  of  the  base  of  such  a 
stalk  that  has  long  since  ceased  to  serve  as  an  organ  of  attachment. 

The  feet  of  this  starfish  have  no  terminal  suckers,  and  serve 
merely  to  push  the  animal  along  as  it  glides  over  the  mud.  The 
arms  are  sharp-pointed  although  short  and  blunt,  and  the  creature 
is  about  two  and  three-quarters  of  an  inch  in  diamter. 

The  starfish  is  dull  ochre-yellow  or  slightly  greenish  in  hue. 
It  swallows  large  quantities  of  mud,  and  probably  subsists  upon 
minute  organisms  contained  therein. 

The  Giant  Starfish,  (Pentaceros  reticulatus,  Fig.  28 J,  is  found 
on  sandy  bottoms,  usually  at  depths  greater  than  ten  feet,  off  the 
Florida  coast  and  West  Indies.     It  is  the  largest  of  our  starfishes, 


56 


SEA-SHORE     LIFE 


the  disk  being  about  five  inches  thick,  and  one  and  one-half 
feet  in  diameter.  The  five  arms  are  short  and  blxmt,  and  the  up- 
per surface   is   covered   with   short,   blunt,   rounded   spines,   Avith 

a  network  of  ridges 
between  them.  The 
color  is  brown,  or 
brownish-vellow. 

The  Green  Ser- 
pent Starfish,  (Ophi- 
uva  hrcvispinaj , 
is  a  West  Indian 
and  Tropical  Atlan- 
tic species,  but  it 
is  common  in  some 
parts  of  Long  Isl- 
and Sound  where 
the  bottom  is  cov- 
ered with  eel  grass, 
as  in  Great  Peconic 
Bay.  It  is  dark,  rich 
olive  green  in  color, 
and  the  central  disk 
is  five-sided  and 
about  one-half  of  an  inch  Avide.  The  long,  slender  arms  arise 
sharply  from  each  of  the  five  angles  of  the  central  disk.  These 
arms  are  each  about  two  and  one-half  inches  long,  and  are  covered 
with  scales  which  give  rise  to  short  spines  along  the  sides.  In 
life  they  thrash  about  in  a  snake-Jike  manner. 

The  Serpent  Stars  are  the  most  active  of  all  starfishes,  for 
their  long,  flexible  arms  and  tube  feet  enable  them  to  clamber 
rapidly  over  the  ground.  Although  no  eyes  are  known  to  exist 
they  readily  perceive  the  approach  of  an  enemy,  and  will  dart  into 
the  nearest  rocky  crevice  with  remarkable  rapidity.  If  one  of  the 
arms  be  seized,  it  is  immediately  thrown  off  leaving  the  remaining 
parts  of  the  Star  to  escape. 

The  Brittle  Starfish,  fOphiopholis  aculeata,  Fig.  29 J,  is  readily 
distinguished  by  its  mottled  coloration  in  light  gray  and  purplish 
brown,  no  two  individuals  being  alike  in  pattern.     The  disk  is 


M?.  28;  GIANT  STARFISH. 
From  Sandy  Bottom  at  Tortiigas,  Florida. 


STARFISHES,    URCHINS    AND    SEA-CUCUMBERS       57 


granulated  with,  minute  spines,  and  the  arms  are  provided  with 

rows  of  stout,  blunt  spines,  usually  six  in  a  row      There  are  ten 

egg-pouches  on  the  lower  side  of  the  disk  near  the  points  of  origin 

of    the    five    arms. 

The  starfish  is  rare 

in     shallow     water 

but  is  abundant  at 

a    depth    of    about 

100   feet,  where   it 

crawls  about  among 

the  rocky  crevices. 

It  extends  from  the 

coast  of  New  Jersey 

to  the  Arctic  Ocean, 

and  is  common  on 

the  northern  coasts 

of  Europe,  and  the 

Pacific    coast    of 

North  America.     It 

is  figured  by  Lyman 

under  the  name 

Ophiopliolis  hellis. 

The  Basket 
Starfish,  (Astrophy- 
ton  cKjas^Hizii,  yi  is  a 
species  of  serpent 
star  whicli  is  inter- 
esting in  that  the  arms  branch  in  a  forked  manner.  The  central 
disk  is  five-sided,  and  the  arms  arise  from  the  five  angles.  At  each 
angle  we  see  two  main  branches  of  the  arms,  then  each  of  these  forks 
giving  four  branches,  and  these  soon  fork  again,  giving  eight. 
This  process  is  repeated,  until,  according  to  Governor  John  Win- 
throp  of  Connecticut,  who  first  described  this  creature  in  1670,  the 
arms  give  rise  to  81920  terminal  branches. 

The  basket  star  walks  ujDon  the  tips  of  these  branches,  with  its 
body  elevated  above  the  ground,  and  a  perfect  trellis  work  of  arms 
sloping  outward,  so  that  the  creature  is  about  one  and  one-half  feet 
in  diameter.     It  is  dull  yellow  and  brown  in  color,  and  is  covered 


Fig.  2g;  BRITTLE  STARS. 
From  Life.     Tide  Pools;  Annisquain,  Mass. 


58 


SEA-SHORE     LIFE 


.  ..iHs*ai«e«**«»-»- - 


Fig.  30;  BASKET    STARFISH.     Tortugas,  Florida. 


with  a  tough  skin.     The  basket  star  feeds  upon  unlucky  fishes 
which  may  seek  a  retreat  within  the  branches  of  the  trellis,  only  to 

be  seized  and  devoured. 
It  is  found  along  our 
North    Atlantic    coast 
from  the  eastern  end  of 
Long     Island    north- 
ward,   and    although 
rare  in  shallow  water, 
it  is  abundant  at  depths 
of  twenty  feet  or  more, 
being  especially  com- 
mon off  Provincetown 
or  in  Eastport  Harbor. 
The  Purple  Sea  Ur- 
chin,   (Arhaeia    pune- 
tidata,  Fig.  ^iy),  a  dark 
brown  or  brownish-purple  sea  urchin,  is  quite  common  on  broken 
rocky  bottoms  along  our  coast  from  Mexico  to  Cape  Cod.     The  body 
is  globular  and  hejnispherical, 
and  about  one  and  three-quar- 
ters inches  in  diameter.     It  is 
protected  by  a  skeleton  formed 
Avithin  the  skin,  and  composed 
for  the  most  part  of  six-sided 
calcareous   plates  arranged   in 
an  orderly  manner.     The  body 
is  covered  with  conical  spines 
of  various  lengths  up  to  about 
three-quarters  of  an  inch.  These 
are  found  chiefly  in  five  broad 
radii  regularly  spaced  around 
the  body,  while  between  these 
spiny  areas  one  sees  five  nar- 
row  spaces   almost   devoid    of 

spines.  There  are  five  double  rows  of  tube  feet  provided  with  ter- 
minal suckers.  These  arise  in  the  spiny  areas  and  may  stretch 
out  so  as  to  become  longer  than  the  spines  themselves.      At  the 


Fig.  ,,v/  PURPLE  SEA  URCHIN. 
Cold  Spring  Harbor,  Long  Island  Sound. 


STARFISHES,    URCHINS    AND  SEA-CUCUMBERS        59 

centre  of  the  under  side  is  the  mouth  with  its  five  white  teeth  pro- 
vided with  powerful  muscles  Avhich  enable  them  to  grind  the  vege- 
table food  upon  which  the  sea  urchin  lives.  Tlie  mouth  leads  into 
a  coiled  intestine  which  opens  by  a  pore  at  the  summit  of  the 
body.  Around  this  opening  in  the  areas  devoid  of  spines,  are  five 
little  pores  which  are  the  openings  of  the  reproductive  system. 
In  summer  the  eggs  are  cast  out  through  these  pores,  and  float 
in  the  water  where  they  rapidly  develop  into  little  translucent 
larvfe  with  reddish  spots,  and  provided  with  eight  long  processes 
which  are  rendered  straight  and  rigid  by  calcareous  rods.  After 
swimming  about,  and  devouring  small  creatures  for  several  weeks 
the  sea  urchin  suddenly  develops  in  the  posterior  end  of  the  larva, 
most  of  the  body  of  which  is  absorbed  and  withers  away  in  a  few 
hours,  leaving,  upon  the  bottom,  a  minute  globular  sea  urchin  not 
larger  than  a  pin's  head. 

The  Green  Sea  Urchin,  fSirongylocentrotus  di'ohadticnsis,  Fig. 
25 J,  is  found  in  the  deep  waters  of  Long  Island  Sound  but  north  of 
Cape  Cod  it  occurs  in  shallow  tide-pools,  and  on  the  Maine  coast  it 
literally  covers  the  rocks.  It  extends  into  the  Arctic  Ocean,  and  is 
found  on  the  north' Pacific  coast.  It  may  be  at  once  recognized  by 
its  resemblance  to  a  greenish  chestnut  bur.  The  body  is  flatter 
than  a  hemisphere,  about  two  inches  in  diameter  and  densely  cov- 
ered with  sharp  pointed  spines  not  more  than  three-eighths  of  an 
inch  long.  In  some  individuals  these  spines  are  tipped  with  dull 
violet.  In  addition  to  the  spines,  there  are  also  a  large  number  of 
little  pincers  mounted  upon  rod-like  bases.  These  are  used  for  the 
removal,  or  retention,  of  refuse  material  Avhicli  may  fall  upon  the 
sea  urcliin.  The  five  double  rows  of  long,  slender,  tube-feet  allow 
the  animal  to  cling  to  the  rocks  over  which  it  slowly  glides  in  search 
of  the  algfe,  and  small  organisms  i;pon  which  it  feeds.  It  often 
covers  itself  witli  bits  of  seaweed  and  other  fragments. 

The  Stinging  Urchin,  (Diadema  setosumj,  is  abundant  along 
the  Florida  coast  and  in  the  West  Indies,  where  it  is  often  seen  in 
clusters  upon  the  sandy  bottoms.  These  urchins  are  velvety  black, 
about  four  inches  in  diameter,  and  are  covered  with  sharp  i:)ointed 
black  spines,  some  of  which  are  fully  four  inches  long.  These 
spines  wave  rapidly  about  upon  the  approach  of  an  enemy,  and  if 
the  urchin  be  seized,  they  penetrate  the  skin  of  the  attacking  per- 
son and  break  off,  inflicting  a  most  painful  sting. 


60 


SEA-SHORE     LIFE 


Fi^.  32:  SAND-DOI-LAi;. 


When  young  the  spines  are  banded  with  dark  gray  and  white, 
but  they  become  dark  brown  or  dark  purple  in  the  adult  urchin. 
The  body  of  the  urchin  is  sprinkled  over  with  glistening  blue  eyes 

each  one  of  which  is  provided 
with  a  number  of  prismatic 
lenses,  a  retina  and  nerves. 

The  Sand  D(^llar,  (EcU- 
luii'dcliniuspcn-iiia.  Fig.  32 J,  is 
found  in  swarms  upon  sandy 
bottoms  from  New  Jersey 
northward  to  the  Arctic  Ocean 
and  the  Pacific.  It  is  flat  with 
a  rounded  edge,  about  three 
inches  in  diameter,  and  dense- 
ly covered  with  short  brown 
spines.  The  mouth  is  at  the 
centre  of  the  under  side, 
while  the  vent  is  at  the  mar- 
gin. Radiating  outward  from  the  centre  of  the  upper  side  one 
will  see  the  slightly  raised  pattern  of  a  five-rayed  star,  the  borders  of 
which  are  outlined  by  numerous  little  pores,  through  which  gill-like 
organs  project  upward.  The  sand  dollar  is  enabled  to  glide  over 
the  bottom  through  the  action  of  its  numeroixs  sucker-like  feet. 
When  turned  over  on  its  back  it  is  unable  to  right  itself,  however, 
and  thousands  are  cast  ashore  by  every  great  storm.  An  indelible 
ink  is  prepared  from  sand  dollars  by  pounding  them  up  in  water. 
The  Brittle  Sea- Cucumber,  fSynapta  inhcprens,  Fig.  33 J,  lives 
in  sand  tubes  within  sandy  or  muddy  beaches  from  the  Carolinas  to 
Cape  Cod,  and  is  also  found  on  the  coasts  of  Europe.  At  first  sight 
it  resembles  a  worm,  but  it  is  an  Echinoderm  closely  related  to  the 
starfishes  and  sea  urchins.  Its  body  is  liighl}'  contractile,  but  when 
extended  is  about  one-eighth  of  an  inch  in  diameter  and  more  than 
a  foot  long  The  creature  is  translucent  with  five  white  lines 
marking  the  places  where  muscle  bands  extend  down  the  body.  The 
skin  is  covered  with  little  white  dots  that  indicate  the  places  occupied 
by  minute  calcareous  anchors  which  enable  the  animal  to  obtain  a 
hold  when  moving.  The  mouth  is  at  the  front  end  of  the  long  worm- 
like body  and  is  surrounded  by  twelve  feathered  tentacles.  The  coiled 


STARFISHES,    URCHINS    AND    SEA-CUCUMBERS       Gl 


intestine  extends  the  entire  length  of  the  body,  and  may  be  seen 
through  the  translucent  skin,  especially  when  it  is  distended  by  the 
sand  which  the  creature  constantly  swallows  in  order  to  obtain  the 
minute  organisms  upon  which  it  feeds. 

The  Synapta  lives  within  a  tube  made  of  fine  sand  particles 
aglutinated  with  adhesive  slime.     This  tube  is  made  up  of  a  series 
of  rings.     The  Sijmipta  selects  little  particles  of  sand  with  its  ten- 
tacles, and  then  fastens  them  together  so  as  to 
form  a  ring  around  the  mouth.     The  ring  is  then 
forced  down  the  sides  of  the  body  by  muscular  •  ,. 

contraction,  and  thus  a  tube  is  finally  made  with- 
in which  the  creature  lives. 

Our  Sjpiapta  has  the  curious  habit  of  break- 
ing itself  into  pieces  by  muscular  constriction, 
and  if  placed  in  unfavorable  conditions,  it  soon 
breaks  up  into  numerous  short  lengths. 

A  good  figure  of  it  is  given  in  Agassiz's 
"  Seaside  Studies,"  under  the  name  of  Synapta 
tenuis. 

The  Red  Sea-Cucumber,  (Synapta  roseola), 
closely  resembles  Synapta  inliaren^  but  can  be 
at  once  distinguished  by  its  reddish  color,  and  by 
the  fact  that  it  lives  under  stones  or  in  gravelly 
beaches,  never  in  sand  or  mud. 

The  Crimson  Sea-Cucumber,  fCtivieria  sqiia- 
mata  J,  is  found  along  the  New  England  coast 
north  of  Cape  Cod.  It  is  of  a  brilliant  red  color, 
and  the  sides  and  back  are  shingled  with  round-edged  scales.  The 
lower  side  of  the  body  is  free  of  scales,  but  is  provided  with  three 
rows  of  tube-feet  bearing  suckers. 

There  are  ten  tentacles  which  branch  profusely  and  resemble 
beautiful  red  trees  almost  as  long  as  the  body.  The  creature  becomes 
about  eight  inches  long.  The  brilliant  red  larvae,  about  as  large  as 
a  pin's  head,  occur  in  myriads  in  the  ocean  during  the  sirring  and 
earlv  summer  months. 


Fig.  33;    HIMTTLK 
SEA  CUCLMBEK 


THE     WORMS 

rr^HE  worms  include  a  large  number  of  creatures   which   differ 

greatly  one  from  another,  both  in  form  and  in  habits  of  life. 
They  are  found  in  almost  every  imaginable  situation,  although 
generally  dependent  upon  moisture  for  their  development.  Many 
sorts  of  worms  are  parasites,  and  no  animal  is  wholly  free  from 
their  attacks. 

Although  repulsive  at  first  sight,  worms  are  really  among  the 
most  interesting  of  all  animals,  for  a  careful  study  of  their  develop- 
ment and  structure  shows  that  crustaceans,  insects  and  mollusks  are 
probably  descended  from  worm-like  ancestors. 

The  flatworms  or  Platodes  are  among  the  simplest  of  all  worms. 
The  free-swimming  flatworms  are  common  upon  seaweed-covered 
rocks,  or  upon  dead  shells.  They  are  generally  small  creatures 
more  or  less  leaf-shaped  with  the  front  end  of  the  body  bluntly 
rounded.  They  crawl  or  swim  with  a  wave-like  motion.  The  sucker- 
like mouth  is  upon  the  lower  surface,  never  at  the  extreme  front  of 
the  creature;  and  the  intestine  ends  blindly,  so  that  undigested 
particles  of  food  are  cast  out  through  the  mouth.  Numerous  little 
eye-spots  and  sensory  hairs  are  often  seen  on  the  upper  surface  of 
the  worm,  and  the  nervous  system  is  well  develojDed.  The  brain  is 
near  the  front  end,  and  gives  rise  to  two  main  nerve  branches  which 
extend  down  the  body  near  the  lower  surface  and  are  joined  at  regu- 
lar intei'vals  by  cross  fibres,  making  a  ladder-like  arrangement. 
The  flatworms  often  lay  their  eggs  in  cocoons  or  capsules,  each  cap- 
sule containing  a  considerable  number  of  eggs,  only  a  few  of  which 
develop ;  the  remainder  being  devoured  by  the  successful  larvae. 

The  tapeworms  and  flukes  are  related  to  the  flatworms,  and  are 
parasitic  within  many  animals.  The  development  of  these  para- 
sites is  interesting,  for  example  the  tapeworm  produces  eggs  which 
develop  into  little  embryos,  each  with  four  or  six  hooks  and  suckers, 
and  which  are  then  cast  out  and  die,  unless  accidentally  swallowed 
by  some  other  animal.  In  this  event,  however,  the  little  tapeworm 
gets  rid  of    its   egg-shell,  and    bores   its   way   through   the   wall 


THE    WORMS  63 

of  the  stomach  of  the  animal,  and  lives  somewhere  within  its  body. 
The  worm,  however,  does  not  usually  grow  to  any  great  size  or 
develop  any  segments,  but  remains  little  more  than  a  "head"  with 
hooks  and  suckers.  If,  however,  the  animal  within  which  it  is 
living  be  devoured  by  another,  the  little  head  is  set  free  and  attaches 
itself  to  the  walls  of  the  stomach  of  the  new  host,  and  then  it  grows 
to  an  enormous  length,  forming  hundreds  of  segments  which 
develop  thousands  of  eggs,  and  are  finally  cast  out  one  after  another 
through  the  alimentary  canal  of  the  host. 

The  highest  of  the  worms  are  called  ^innelids,  for  their  bodies 
are  ringed  or  divided  by  constrictions  into  a  number  of  segments. 
The  head  segment  contains  the  mouth  and  is  often  provided  Avith 
feelers  and  eyes.  Then  follow  a  large  number  of  body  segments 
quite  similar  each  to  each.  These  often  bear  flapper-like  side 
appendages  which  are  both  gills  and  feet.  The  posterior  segment 
usually  has  one  or  more  pairs  of  feelers.  The  intestine  runs  straight 
through  the  body  from  one  end  to  the  other,  and  the  throat  which 
is  often  armed  with  teeth,  can  be  turned  inside  out.  There  is  a  well 
developed  In-ain  in  the  head  segment  and  a  chain  of  nerve  fibres 
extends  down  the  lower  side  of  the  body,  with  a  knot-like  mass 
of  nerve  cells  in  each  segment.  The  eggs  of  many  Annelids 
are  cast  out  into  the  water  Avhere  they  divide  into  a  number  of 
cells,  and  soon  develop  into  little  free-swimming  larvre  which 
are  apt  to  be  tack-shaped,  the  body  being  elongated,  and  the  head 
broad  and  flat.  There  is  a  ring  of  waving  cilia  around  the  edge  of 
the  broad  head  of  the  larva,  and  another  at  its  posterior  end.  The 
mouth  is  at  the  narrow  edge  of  the  head  of  the  tack,  and  the  intes- 
tine bends  at  right  angles  and  runs  entirely  through  the  body,  open- 
ing at  the  posterior  end.  There  is  usually  a  sense  organ  or  brain 
at  the  centre  of  the  head  of  the  tack,  and  often  we  find  sensory  bris- 
tles or  hairs  at  this  place.  Larvae  of  this  sort  are  so  common  that  a 
special  name,  trochopliora,  is  given  to  them.  Soon  the  flapper-like 
legs  develop  along  the  sides,  and  the  body  becomes  segmented  and 
gradually  changes  into  the  form  of  the  adult  worm.  But  in  addi- 
tion to  this  development  from  eggs  many  worms  increase  in  even 
more  interesting  ways.  For  example,  in  some  forms  called  Syllidce, 
we  often  find  that  eyes  and  feelers  begin  to  develop  at  regular 
intervals  upon  certain  segments  of  the  body  of  the  worm,  and  then 


64  SEA-SHORE     LIFE 

the  original  worm  breaks  up  into  a  number  of  individuals  each  pro- 
vided with  eyes  and  feelers. 

In  the  Palolo  worms  f  Eunice  J  of  the  tropical  Atlantic  and  Pacific 
oceans,  the  eggs  are  contained  only  in  the  posterior  end  of  the  worm ; 
and  this  end  is  cast  off  early  in  the  morning  of  the  day  of  the  last 
quarter  of  the  moon,  at  the  Tortugas,  Florida,  in  July ;  and  in  the  Pa- 
cific in  November.  This  cast  off  end  then  swims  upon  the  surface 
for  about  an  hour,  and  finally  contracts  so  as  to  squeeze  out  all  of 
the  eggs  after  which  it  sinks  to  the  bottom  and  dies,  leaving  the 
eggs  to  develop,  and  the  forward  etid  of  the  worm  to  regenerate  a 
new  posterior  part. 

The  Ribbon-Worm,  (Meckelia  ingens,  Fig.  34J,  is  common  in 
muddy  or  sandy  beaches  from  South  Carolina  to  Cape  Cod  where  it 
lives  buried  beneath  the  ground  near  low  water  line.  When  fully 
stretched  large  individuals  are  about  ten  feet  long,  ])ut  when  con- 
tracted even  tlie  largest  are  not  more  than  five  feet  in  length.  Com- 
monly the  worms  are  not  more  than  three  feet  long  and  about  three- 
quarters  of  an  inch  wide,  being  flat  and  ribbon-like  with  bluntly 
pointed  ends,  and  of  yellowish-white  color.  The  body  is  slimy  and 
the  skia  is  covered  with  minute  cilia  wliich  wave  constantly.  These 
however  can  be  detected  only  with  the  microscope. 

This  worm  is  remarkably  active  and  is  an  excellent  burrower, 
■forcing  its  way  through  the  sand  with  considerable  rapidity.  It  is 
also  a  good  swimmer,  throwing  its  ribbon-like  body  into  sinuous 
waving  lines  as  it  moves  through  the  water.  When  distiirbed  it 
rapidly  shoots  out  a  long  tubular  proboscis  which  arises  from  a  pit 
on  the  dorsal  side  of  the  head  and  is  not  a  part  of  the  throat.  This 
proboscis  is  sometimes  thrown  out  so  violently  that  it  breaks  off, 
and  then  wriggles  about  very  much  as  if  it  were  a  complete  worm, 
while  another  proboscis  is  soon  regenerated.  The  proboscis  is  coa^- 
ered  with  an  adhesive  slime,  and  serves  in  the  capture  of  prey  ;  for 
this  worm  feeds  upon  other  worms  which  it  devours  entire.  The 
mouth  is  on  the  lower  side  of  the  head. 

The  development  of  the  ribbon-worms  or  Nemerteans  is  interest- 
ing. The  larva  is  helmet-shaped  with  a  broad  head  region,  and 
covered  with  cilia  which  enable  it  to  swim  rapidly.  After  a  time 
parts  of  the  outer  skin  sink  down  in  four  pit-like  depressions  into 
the  body  of  the  larva  and  these  grow  together  around  the  intestine, 


THE     WORMS 


66 


and  thus  the  little  worm  develops,  as  it  were,  within  its  own  larva, 
which  shrivels  and  is  cast  off. 

The  Pink  Rihbon-Worm,  (Meckelia  rosea),  is  snialle]'  than  .¥. 
iiujeiis,  never  being  more  than  ahont  ten  inches  long  and  one-quar- 
ter of  an  inch  wide.     It  has  a  thread-like  proboscis  which  can  be 


Fig.  J7/   upper.     1UB150X-WOKM. 
Loiver.    OPAL-WORM. 

shot  out  with  remarkable  rapidity,  and  is  I'uUy  ten  inches  long.  This 
worm  is  dull  red  or  flesh  colored,  and  lives  in  sand  near  low  water 
mark.  The  sand  adheres  tenaciously  to  the  slime-covered  body  of 
the  worm. 

The  Sea  Mouse,  f  Aphrodite  aculeata,  Fig.  S5).     This  remarka- 
ble worm  is  oval  in  shape,  and  about  three  inches  long  and  one  and 
one-half  wide.     The  skin  is  dull  brown  but  the  sides  are  covered 
with  numerous    hair-like    bristles,    many    of 
which   glisten  with   brilliant  green,  red  and 
yellow  iridescence.    The  head  bears  a  pair  of 
tapering   feelers,    and  there  are   abont   forty 
pairs  of  legs  provided  with  short,  stiff,  Ijrown- 
colored  bristles,  Avhich  extend  outward  at  the 
edges  of  the   flat  lower  surface     This  worm 
lives  in  mud  below  tide  level,  and  is  found 
from  Long  Island  northward,  and  is  abundant 
on  the  northern  coasts  of  Europe. 

The  Clam  Worms,  (Nereis,  Fig.  36 J,  are 
very  common  in  muddy  beaches  wliere  tliey 
live  between  tide  levels  in  burrows  lined  with 
mucous.  They  are  segmented,  or  ringed,  each  ring  of  tlie  body 
bearing  a  pair  of  flapper-like  gill-feet.  The  head  segment,  however, 
is  more  complex,  for  it  bears  ten  feelers,  two  fleshy  "palps,"  and 


Fts:. 


SEA-MOUSE. 


6;5  SEA-SHORE     LIFE 

four  black  eyes.  When  disturbed  the  worm  turns  its  throat  inside 
out  displaying  a  jjair  of  sharp,  horny  jaws.  The  posterior  segment 
of  the  bod)'  has  no  gill-feet  but  bears  two  long  feelers. 

There  are  three  species  of  clam  worms  to  be  found  on  our  coast. 
The  largest  of  these  is  Nereis  virens  which  is  even  more  abundant 
northward  and  extends  to  the  northern  coasts  of  Europe.  It  becomes 


Fig.  j6;  CLAM  WORM      From  Life.     Long  Island  Sound. 

about  one  and  one-half  feet  in  length,  and  the  body  is  olive  brown 
or  olive  blue  with  a  beautiful  pearly  iridescence.  The  gills,  which 
are  attached  to  the  upper  sides  of  the  feet,  are  leaf-shaped,  and  are 
green  on  the  front  and  salmon  red  on  the  middle  and  hinder  parts 
of  the  body.     The  teeth  are  black. 

Nereis  liinhata  is  also  common.  It  may  be  recognized  by  its 
horny,  yellow  colored  teeth  and  small  size,  being  not  more  than  six 
inches  long. 

Nereis  pelagica  is  more  abundant  on  the  coast  of  New  England 
north  of  Cape  Cod.  The  body  is  widest  in  the  middle,  while  in  the 
other  species  of  Nereis  it  is  widest  very  near  the  head  end.  On 
calm  nights,  during  the  summer  months,  these  worms  leave  their 
bai'rows,  swim  about  near  the  surface,  and  cast  their  eggs  out  into 
the  water,  where  they  develop  into  little  pear-shaped  larva?  which 
swim  rapidly  through  the  water  by  means  of  waving  cilia.  The 
development  has  been  thoroughly  studied  by  E.  B.  Wilson  in  "The 
American  Journal  of  jMorphology,"  1892,  Vol.  VI. 

Nereis  is  a  carnivorous  worm  and  greedily  devours  other 
worms,  and  various  marine  animals.  It  is,  however,  a  favorite  food 
Avith  fishes  and  makes  an  excellent  bait.  It  is  also  preyed  upon  by 
the  ribbon  worm. 


THE    WORMS 


67 


The  Opal- Worm,  ( Lumhrieonereis  opaJiiui,  Fig.  34 J,  is  abund- 
ant in  muddy  Leaches  from  New  Jersey  northward.  The  body  is 
ringed,  and  each  ring  bears  a  pair  of  bristled  feet.     It  is  about 


J^'^-  .?/,■    HEI)  THREAD  WOKM.     Long  Island  Sound. 

eighteen  inches  long  and  one-eighth  of  an  inch  wide  in  the 
middle,  the  ends  gradually  tapering.  The  head  is  simple  and 
])ointed,  without  feelers.  The  Avorm  is  of  a  rich  bronze  color 
with  a  brilliant  play  of  opalescent  colors  over  its  surface. 

The  Red  Thread,  f Lumhrieonereis  tenuis,  Fig.  37 J.     A  shovel 


J^ig,  jS;  FOUR-JAA\ED  WORM.     From  Life.     Long  Island  Sound. 

thrust  into  almost  any  of  our  muddy  beaches  will  show  that  the 
mud  is  infested  Avith  slender,  thread-like  worms  of  deep  dull-red 


68 


SEA-SHORE    LIFE 


color,  and  about  one  foot  in  length.     Tiiey  are  so  fragile  that  it  is 
extremely  diliicult  to  dig  them  out  unbroken. 

The  Four-Jawed  Worm,  (Euglycera  americana,  Fi<j.  38),  is  a 
stout,  active  worm  about  one  foot  in  length  and  one-quarter  of  an 


Pig,  jp;  FRINGED  WORM.      Long  Island  Sound. 

inch  wide.  The  side  appendages  are  small,  and  function  more  as 
gills  than  as  feet.  The  worm  resembles  a  reddish,  iridescent  earth- 
worm with  a  thick  body,  sharply  pointed  at  both  ends.  When 
disturbed  it  everts  its  throat,  shooting  out  a  balloon-shaped  pro- 
boscis which  is  armed  with  black  teeth  situated  at  the  four 
corners  of  a  square.  It  is  a  remarkably  active  worm,  and  is  pro- 
vided with  powerful  muscles  so  that  it  burrows  through  the  sand 
very  rapidly,  and  is  common  in  our  beaches  between  tide  limits. 
The  Fringed  Worm,  (Cirratulus  grandis,  Fig.  39),  is  common 
in  burrows  in  sandy  or  gravelly  beaches  at  low  Avater  mark.  The 
body  is  dull  brownish-yellow,  tapering  to  a  point  at  both  ends, 
but  a  large  number  of  long,  red  or  orange  colored  threads  arise 

from  the  sides,  being  especially 
numeroiis  near  the  head.  These 
are  the  gills  and,  when  expanded, 
they  are  ofteii  as  long  as  the  body 
itself,  and  are  thrust  out  into  the 
water  above  the  worm,  which 
lies  safely  hidden  within  its  tube- 
like burrow.  When  the  gills  are 
broken  off  they  squirm  about  and 
remain  alive  for  several  days. 

The  Tufted  Worm,  ( AmyU- 
Lrite  oniata,  Fig.  40),  is  found  in 
muddy  beaches  near  low  tide  lev- 
el, where  it  constructs  a  U-shaped 
tube  of  mud  particles  aglutinated  together  with  mucous.  The 
mud  around  the  opening  of  the  tube  is  heaped  up  into  a  crater-like 


Fig.  ^o.  TTFTEU  WORM. 


THE    WORMS 


69 


rim  with  the  opening  in  the  centre.  The  body  of  the  worm  is  dull 
flesh  coloi-ed  with  two  rows  of  bristles  on  the  sides  of  each  segment. 
It  is  not  more  than  eight  inches  long  and  one-half  an  inch  Avide 
near  the  head,  but  it  tapers  gradually  from  this  point,  the  posterior 
end  being  still  quite  blunt.  The  head  end  is  provided  with  three 
pairs  of  blood-red,  tree-like  gills,  and  a  large  number  of  pale  flesh- 
colored  tentacles  which  are  constantly  expanding  and  contracting, 
and  by  means  of  which  the  worm  captures  the  minute  creatures 
upon  which  it  feeds.  These  tentacles  are  also  used  to  gather  parti- 
cles of  sand  or  mud  with  which  to  construct  the  tube.  The  Ijody 
of  the  worm  remains  within  the  tube  with  the  head  near  the  open 
end,  while  the  tentacles  spread  out  over  the  ground  in  all  direc- 
tions.    It  is  aljimdant  from  Cape  Cod  to  New  Jersey. 

The  Blood-Spot,  (Polycivrus  eximius,  Fig.  41),  is  not  more  than 
four  inches  long,  and  lives  in  our  sandy  1)eaches  immediately  below 
low  water  mark.  Tlie 
forward  half  of  the 
body  is  blood-red  and 
thick,  while  the  hind- 
er part  is  dull  flesh- 
colored  ami  slender. 
Each  segment  of  the 
forward  half  of  the 
body  is  provided  with 
a  pair  of  branched 
gills,  while  the  sur- 
face of  tlie  hinder  part 
is  smooth  and  has  no 
gills.  The  most 
marked  characteristic 
of  this  worm,  howev- 
er, is  the  great  cluster 
of  l)lood-red  tentacles 
surrounding  the 
mouth.  These  are  con- 
stantly expanding  and  contracting  as  the  blood  flows  through  them. 

The  Shell  Worm,  (Serpula  dianthus,  Fig.  42 J,  is  common  along 
our  coast.     It  secretes  a  crooked,  stony,  white  tube  upon  the  sur- 


ri£^.  ///  BLOOD -SPOT  WORM. 


70 


SEA-SHORE    LIFE 


Fig.  42 ;  Dead  Scallop  Shell  covered 

with  tubes  of  the  Shell  Worm. 

Long  Island  Sound. 


face  of  rocks,  dead  shells,  etc.  Often  a  number  of  these  calcareons 
worm -tubes  are  seen  clnstered  together,  as  in  our  illustration. 
When    undisturbed  the  worm    protrudes    its   beautiful    feathered 

gills,  which  resemble  a  little  passion- 
flower projecting  from  the  mouth  of 
the  tube.  These  gills  are  variously 
colored  in  different  individuals,  some 
being  purplish-brown  banded  with 
Avliite  and  yellow,  while  others  are 
yellowish-green,  orange  or  lemon- 
yellow.  At  the  least  disturbance 
such  as  a  shock,  or  a  shadow,  the 
gills  are  instantly  withdrawn  into  the 
stony  tube,  and  the  opening  stopped 
by  a  horny  disk  called  the  "  opercu- 
lum." These  worms  are  rarely  more 
than  three  inches  long,  and  one- 
eighth  of  an  inch  wide.  The  body  tapers  gradually  to  the  posterior 
end.  In  place  of  the  gill-feet  of  the  active  worms,  we  find  only  a 
row  of  little  bristles  down  each  side,  for  these  worms  are  unable  to 
leave  their  tubes,  and  the  legs  which  their  remote  ancestors  pos- 
sessed have  degenerated.  There  are  no  jaws,  but  the  worm  feeds 
upon  minute  organisms  which  are  washed  into  its  mouth  by  the 
movements  of  its  feathery  gills. 

The  Sea  Flower,  fSpirohmnelnis  triconiisj,  is  a  beautiful  ani- 
mal, related  to  our  shell-worm,  Init  is  larger  and  secretes  its  tube 
upon  the  surface  of  large  coral  heads,  so  that  the  tube  becomes  cov- 
ered by  the  coral,  leaving  the  opening  still  at  the  surface.  This 
opening  is  protected  by  a  sharp  spine,  and  is  closed  by  the  opercu- 
lum of  the  wo]-m  when  it  withdraws  its  gills.  When  expanded 
these  gills  resemble  a  beautiful  pink  or  purple  passion-flower, 
about  three-quarters  of  an  inch  wide.  If  a  shadow^  passes  over  the 
"flower,"  however,  the  gills  are  instantly  withdrawn  into  the  tube. 
The  worm  is  abundant  off  the  Florida  coast,  West  Indies  and 
Bahamas. 

The  Acorn  Worm,  f  Balanoglossus  koiralevskiij.  This  remark- 
able worm-shaped  creature  is  found  in  shallow  Avater,  below  low 
tide   level,    from    Massachusetts   Bay  to    the  Carolinas.     It   lives 


THE     WORMS  71 

within  sandy  beaches  in  tubular  burrows  lined  with  mucous,  and 
the  situation  of  the  burrow  is  always  marked  by  a  heap  of  coiled 
string-like  masses  of  sand  cast  out  at  its  mouth.  The  creature  is 
about  five  inches  long  and  so  delicate  that  its  own  weight  is  suffi- 
cient to  break  it  into  pieces,  so  that  it  must  be  dug  and  washed  out 
of  the  sand  with  great  care.  The  front  end  of  the  body  is,  how- 
ever, quite  tough  and  muscular,  and  is  elongate  and  acorn-like  in 
shape;  although  it  is  often  expanded  and  contracted  in  life.  Back 
of  this  acorn  there  is  a  thickened,  collar-like  region,  and  then  comes 
the  long,  tapering,  worm-shaped  body.  The  acorn  is  usually  yeliow 
or  (lull  (U-ange,  the  collar  darker  orange,  and  the  body  greenish- 
brown  or  brownish-purple,  often  mottled  Avitli  dull  white  spots. 
The  mouth  is  at  the  lower  front  edge  of  the  collar,  and  the  creature 
f>'eds  upon  the  minute  organisms  contained  in  the  large  quantities 
of  sand  which  it  swallows.  The  intestine  extends  straight  through 
the  body.  The  sides  of  the  intestine  in  the  forward  part  of  the 
body  are  pierced,  however,  Ijy  numerous  gill  clefts  which  open  to 
the  outside  in  a  series  of  pores  along  both  sides  of  the  middle  of  the 
back.  Now,  gill  slits  are  peculiar  to  the  vertebrates,  being  found 
either  in  embryonic  or  adult  life  in  every  known  vertebrate  from 
the  lowest  fishes  up  to  man.  Indeed,  many  naturalists  have  sup- 
posed that  Balanoglossiis  might  be  a  survivor  of  the  ancient  race 
which  long  ago  gave  rise  to  the  vertebrates.  On  the  other  hand  the 
larva  of  Balanoglos>iii.^  is  free-swimming,  and  bears  such  a  remarkable 
resemblance  to  that  of  a  starfish,  or  Echinoderni,  that  no  one  sus- 
pected it  to  be  anything  else  until  it  was  reared  and  observed  to 
change  into  a  Balanoglossiis.  It  is  possible,  therefore,  that  Balano- 
glossiis is  descended  remotely  from  ancient  forms  which  gave  rise 
to  both  the  annelid  worms  and  the  Echinoderms.  The  discussion 
of  this  interesting  subject  would,  however,  take  us  too  far  afield, 
and  the  reader  is  referred  to  the  table  of  references  for  further 
accounts  of  this  species. 


THE    BRACHIOPODS 


IN  long  past  ages  these  creatures  were  far  more  abundant  than 
mollusks,  and  their  shells  are  among  the  commonest  fossils  of  the 
oldest  rocks.  Now,  however,  they  are  nearly  all  extinct,  and  are 
usually  found  only  at  considerable  depths,  or  along  tropical  shores. 
At  first  sight  one  would  mistake  these  animals  for  clams  or  mus- 
sels, but  they  are  more  closely  related  to  worms  than  to  mollusks. 
In  Brachiopods  the  two  halves  of  each  shell  on  either  side  of  a 
middle  line  are  similar,  wdiereas  in  clams  and  mussels  the  two 
halves  of  each  shell  are  not  alike  in  shape. 

A  still  greater  difference,  which  has  l^een  discovered  through 
careful  study,  is  that  the  shells  of  the  Brachiopods  grow  on  the 

back  and  lower  side  of 
the  animal  and  the 
head  faces  the  gape  of 
the  shell,  whereas  in 
the  mollusks  the  shells 
grow  on  the  right  and 
left  sides,  and  the 
ventral  side  of  the  bod^^ 
faces  the  gape  of  the 
shell.  The  mouth  in 
the  Brachiopods  is 
flanked  by  two  curi- 
ously coiled  and  featJi- 
ered  arms  which  lie 
witliin  the  cavity  be- 
tween the  shells,  and 
are  supported  by  skel- 
etal rods  attached  to 
the  upper  shell.  These 
serve  as  gills  and  also  to  capture  the  minute  creatures  upon  which 
the   Brachiopod  feeds.     In  Brachiopods  the  posterior  end  of  the 

bodv  is  sometimes  stalk-like  and  projects  backward  either  through 

1^ 


Fig  43;  Parchment  Shells  growing  upon  a  stone.     From 
a  depth  of  I611  feet  off  (Gloucester  Harbor,  Mass. 


THE     BRACHIOPODS  78 

an  opening  near  the  back  of  the  lower  shell,  vr  betAveen  the  shells. 

In  some  forms  this  stalk  is  very  small  and  serves  merely  to 
attach  the  creatures  to  rocks,  etc.,  while  in  others  it  is  used  in  bur- 
rowing through  sandy  beaches.  The  intestine  curves  around  and 
opens,  if  at  all,  on  the  right  side  near  the  mouth.  There  is  a  well 
developed  liver  and  one  or  two  pairs  of  tubular  kidneys,  while  the 
heart  lies  above  the  stomach. 

The  Parchment  Shell,  (Tcrebralnlina  septentrional  is,  Fig.  43 J, 
is  a  Brachiopod,  and  is  extremely  abundant  off  the  Xew  England 
coast,  on  rocky  bottoms  at  depths  between  100  and  500  feet,  and  it 
is  also  found  off  the  northern  coasts  of  Europe.  At  first  sight  it 
resembles  a  little  bivalve  with  elongate,  slightly  heart-shaped 
shells,  of  yellowish  color,  resembling  old  parchment  The  shells 
are  marked  with  faint  radiating  ridges,  and  the  lower  shell  projects 
backward  beyond  the  apex  of  the  upper.  The  Brachiopod  is 
attached  to  rocks,  etc.,  by  means  of  a  stalk-like  body  which  i:)rojects 
backward  through  an  opening  near  the  narrow  apex  of  the  lower 
shell.  In  life  the  shells  move  quite  freely  over  each  other  and  often 
gape  open,  displaying  the  beautiful  feathered  "arms"  or  gills  which 
lie  coiled  within  the  cavity  of  the  shells.  This  little  creature  is  not 
more  than  an  inch  long  and  three-quarters  of  an  inch  wide.  The 
eggs  are  laid  in  the  water,  and  develop  into  minute  free-swimming 
larvae  covered  with  moving  cilia,  and  having  a  tuft  of  bristles  at 
the  head  end.  The  Ijod}^  is  pear-shaped,  with  two  constrictions. 
Soon  the  creature  cements  itself  to  the  bottom  by  the  posterior  end 
of  the  body,  and  two  folds  which  are  to  secrete  the  shells,  one  on 
the  back  and  the  other  on  the  lower  side,  grow  upward  and  en- 
close the  bod  v. 


THE    MOSS  ANIMALS  AND    CORALLINES 

Polyzoa  or  Bryozoa. 

\    MOMENT'S  glance  at  a  bit  of  seaweed  or  the  most  casual  in- 

spection  of  the  rocks  below  low  tide  level,  will  reveal  the  fact 
they  are  often  covered  with  delicate  lace-like  growths,  or  with  more 
or  less  highly  colored  incrustations,  or  small  tree-like  forms. 

These  are  the  moss  animals  or  corallines.  They  live  in  col- 
onies, and  grow  by  budding,  the  entire  colony  having  grown 
from  a  single  individual,  and  thus  while  the  individual  creatures 
are  themselves  of  microscopic  size,  the  colony  being  composed  of 
liundreds  or  thousands  may  spread  over  a  considerable  area  or  con- 
stitute a  small  tree-like,  or  moss-like,  growth. 

Each  little  animal  of  the  colony  occupies  a  separate  stony  or 
horny  capsule  into  which  it  may  withdraw  and  even  close  the 
opening  with  a  lid,  the  aperture  being  still  further  protected  by 
spines  around  its  edge. 

The  mouth  is  surrounded  by  tentacles  that  in  many  s])ecies 
arise  from  a  horseshoe-shaped  or  disk-like  base.  These  tentacles 
are  always  beset  with  hair-like  bristles  which  h\  their  movements 
serve  to  set  up  currents,  and  thus  to  drive  minute  organisms  into 
the  mouth. 

The  intestine  is  U-shaped  and  bends  back  so  as  to  open  on  the 
dorsal  side  near  the  mouth,  while  the  principal  nerve  centre  is  situ- 
ated between  the  mouth  and  the  vent.  In  some  of  the  forms  there 
is  a  single  pair  of  kidney  organs,  the  ducts  of  which  open  near  the 
mouth. 

We  see,  therefore,  that  although  these  creatures  often  bear  a 
close  superficial  resemblance  to  hydroids  they  can  at  once  be  dis- 
tinguished by  their  bristled  tentacles  and  complete  alimentary  tract. 
Indeed  a  careful  study  of  their  development  and  anatomy  has  shown 
that  they  are  closely  related  to  the  brachiopods  and  worms,  and  that 
their  present  forms  have  been  brought  about  by  ages  of  sedentary 
life.     Being  stationary  they  have  had  little  need  for  sense  organs. 


THE     MOSS    AMIMALS    AND     CORALLINES 


/o 


and  accordingly  these  have  degenerated,  and  even  the  internal 
organs  have  become  simplified.  On  the  other  hand,  rei^roduction 
by  budding,  and  the  development  of  a  hard  external  skeleton  have 
been  fostered  and  are  now  almost  but  not  quite  universal  among 
these  creatures. 

The  eggs  are  often  produced  in  large  oval  or  flask-shaped  cells 
scattered  at  intervals  over  the  colony.  The  little  larvfe  are  free- 
swimming,  being  provided  with  lines  of  waving  cilia.  After  a  time, 
however,  they  settle  down,  fasten  themselves  to  some  suitable  anch- 
orasre,  and  then  begin  to  increase  bv  buddinar. 

The  Moss-Animal,  fBugula  turvita,  Fig.  44),  is  very  abundant 
upon  piles  of  wharves  and  on  rocks  between  Cape  Hatteras  and 
Casco  Bay,  Maine.  It  grows  between  low  water  mark  and  a  dejith 
of  100  feet,  and  is  so  abundant  that  the  roclss  below  low  tide  level 
appear  covered  with  its  mossy-looking 
tufts,  which  are  often  ten  inches  long  and 
branch  profusely.  The  older  brandies 
near  the  base  of  the  stem  break  off,  how- 
ever, leaving  a  dense  tuft  of  branches  near 
the  summit.  The  main  stems  are  orange- 
yellow  while  the  terminal  branches  are  yel- 
lowish-white. Both  steins  and  branches 
are,  however,  usually  over-run  with  min- 
ute plant  growths  and  so  covered  with  bits 
of  silt  as  to  be  dull  liiown  in  color.  Ex- 
amination with  a  magnifying  lens  will 
reveal  the  little  individual  animals  of  the 
colony,  each  in  its  own  special  sheath. 

The  sheaths  being  arranged  alternately,  or  on  opposite  sides  of  the 
stem  The  bristle-covered  tentacles  will  be  seen  engaged  in  the 
capture  of  minute  organisms;  while  at  intervals  one  will  see  curi- 
ous bird's  head  shaped  appendages,  their  mouths  constantly  open- 
ing and  shutting. 

The  Lace  Coralline,  f Membra ni pom  pilosaj,  forms  delicate, 
Avhite,  lace-like  incrustations  over  seaweeds,  dead  shells,  etc.,  being 
especially  common  upon  kelp.  It  is  very  abundant  from  Long 
Island  Sound  to  the  Arctic  Ocean ;  being  also  found  on  the  north- 
ern coasts  of  Europe. 


Fi£^.  44;  MOSS-ANIMAL. 
Long  Island  Sound 


SEA-SHORE     LIFE 


The  Red  Crust,  ( Eseliarella  variahiUsJ,  forms  a  dull-red  or 
pinkish  incrustation  over  rocks  and  dead  shells,  layer  after  layer 
being  formed  imtil  the  rock  becomes  thickly  coated  with  a  mass 

bearing  a  superficial  resemblance  to 
coral. 

It  is  common  from  South  Caro- 
lina to  Massacliusetts  Bay  from  Ioav 
tide  level  to  a  depth  of  150  feet,  and 
is  especially  abundant  in  shaded  tide 
pools. 

The  False  Coral,  (Diseosoma  ni- 
(lifa.  Fig.  45),  forms  rough,  nodular 
masses  of  dull  greenish-yellow  color, 
and  is  extremely  abundant  in  Long 
Island  Sound  where  it  is  commonly 
but  erroneously  called  "coral."  These  nodular  masses  are  a  grad- 
ual growth,  and  are  due  to  layer  after  layer  of  the  incrusting  Poly- 
zoa  which  always  forms  over  a  dead  shell  or  some  loose  stone.  It 
is  found  only  below^  low  tide  mark,  and  is  most  abundant  in  water 
about  thirty  feet  deep. 


Fig.  4.s;  FALSE  CORAL.    A  coral- 
line animal.     Long  Island  Sound. 


THE    CRUSTACEANS 

rpHESE  are  the  crabs,  lobsters,  sand-fleas,  barnacles  and  a  host  of 

minute  creatures  of  both  salt  and  fresh  water.  They  breathe  by 
means  of  plume-like  gills  which  are  usually  attached  to  the  bases 
of  the  legs,  and  thus  the  vast  majority  of  crustaceans  li^e  in  water, 
whereas  insects  which  breathe  through  internal  tubes  called  traehece 
live  on  land.  A  further  difference  between  crustaceans  and  insects 
is  that  in  the  former  the  legs  are  l)ifurcated  while  in  insects  they  are 
simple  and  linear. 

In  crustaceans  and  insects  the  body  is  made  up  of  distinct 
segments  separated  by  constrictions.  This  is  also  true  of  the  higlier 
worms  but  while  the  legs  of  crustaceans  and  insects  are  jointed, 
those  of  worms  are  usually  mere  stump-like  flappers.  Moreover,  in 
worms  the  body  is  made  up  of  segments  which  are  similar  each 
to  each,  whereas  in  crustaceans  and  insects  the  body  is  composed  of 
dissimilar  segments. 

In  insects  we  find  three  distinct  regions  called  the  head,  thorax 
and  abdomen,  and  these  are  marked  off  one  from  another  by  sharp 
constrictions.  In  crustaceans,  however,  we  find  that  there  is  no 
sharp  line  of  demarkation  between  the  head  and  thorax,  and  only  the 
al)domen  is  more  or  less  sharply  defined  from  the  rest  of  the  body. 
In  worms,  crustaceans  and  insects  the  brain  lies  in  the  head  above 
the  intestine,  and  two  cords  of  nerve  tissue  extend  downward  from 
the  brain  on  both  sides  of  the  throat  and  connect  the  brain  with 
the  main  line  of  nerve  fibres  which  extend  in  a  doiible  line  down 
the  middle  of  the  lower  side  of  the  animal. 

Both  crustaceans  and  insects  are  probably  descended  from 
worm-like  ancestors  but  while  crustaceans  have  been  developed 
mainly  for  life  in  the  water,  insects  have  become  more  complex  and 
live  mainly  on  land. 

The  body  covering  of  a  crustacean  is  tough,  and  rendered  still 
harder  by  deposits  of  carbonate  of  lime,  so  that  the  animal  is  en- 
closed, so  to  speak,  within  its  own  skeleton.  At  the  joints,  hoAvever, 
the  skin  is  flexible,  allowing  a  certain  freedom  of  movement.     This 


78 


SEA-SHORE    LIFE 


hard  skin-armor  of  the  body  affords  excellent  attachment  for  the 
muscles,  and  it  is  well  known  that  in  proportion  to  their  size  in- 
sects and  crustaceans  are  the  strongest  of  all  animals.  It  has  even 
been  calculated  that  if  a  inan  possessed  muscles  as  strong  in  propor- 
tion as  those  of  a  flea  he  could  readily  leap  over  St.  Paul's  Cathedral. 


f 


Fig.  46;  YOUNG  ROCK-CRAB.     From  life,  natural  size.     Showing  tlie  rapid  enlargement 

that  tooli  place  after  the  shell  was  uioiilted.     The  Crab  had  lost  oueof  its  nippers, 

but  this  was  regenerated  after  the  moult. 

Being  encased  in  a  natural  armor  crustaceans  can  not  grow  at 
a  uniform  rate,  but  enlarge  suddenly  at  the  periods  when  the  shell 
is  shed.  This  occurs  at  fairly  regular  intervals,  and  the  entire 
shell  is  shed,  even  the  coverings  of  the  eyes  and  part  of  the  lining 
of  the  stomach  being  cast  off.  The  creature  is  then  soft  and  helpless, 
and  usually  remains  hidden  in  some  safe  retreat  until  the  body  has 
expanded  and  the  new  shell  hardened. 

The  appendages  of  crustaceans  are  of  various  sorts  such  as 
feelers,  mouth  parts,  claws,  legs,  egg-carrying  organs,  swimming  and 
breathing  organs,  and  stalked  eyes. 

The  Crustacea  are  divided  into  two  sub-classes,  the  lowest 
called  the  Entoniostvaea,  the  barnacles  and  water  fleas,  have  a  var- 
iable number  of  body  segments,  and  the  appendages  are  usually 
forked,  and  are  apt  to  be  quite  similar  each  to  each.  The  higher 
sub-class  called  the  Malacostraca  includes  the  crabs,  lobsters, 
shrimps,  and  sand  fleas.  Their  bodies  consist  of  twenty  segments; 
five  in  the  head,  eight  in  the  middle  part  of  the  body,  and  seven  in 
the  abdomen;  and  their  ajDpendages  are  apt  to  be  dissimilar  each 
from  each. 


THE     CRUSTACEANS 


79 


Fig:.  ^7;  ROCK-CRAQ.    Cape  Aim,  Mass. 
Above:  Male  showing  narrow  abdomen. 
Below:  Female  with  broad  abdomen  that  serves  to  cover  and  protect  the  eggs. 


80  SEA-SHORE     LIFE 

The  esTss  of  criistaceaas  are  often  carried  about  attached  to  the 
abdominal  appendages  of  the  female.  In  the  lower  forms  the  egg 
usually  develops  into  a  more  or  less  oval-shaped  emljr^'o  called  a 
uaupliHs,  which  has  a  single  eye  and  three  pairs  of  appendages. 
The  first  pair  is  simple  and  becomes  the  front  feelers  of  the  adult, 
while  the  other  two  pairs  are  forked,  and  become  the  second  pair  of 
feelers  and  the  mandibles.  In  the  higher  crustaceans  the  eggs  often 
contain  so  mvicli  yolk  that  the  embryo  is  not  set  free  until  its  devel- 
opment has  gone  farther  than  the  nauplius  stage.  Good  general 
descriptions  of  our  Crustacea  are  given  in  Arnold's  "Sea  Beach  at 
Ebb-Tide;"  Stebbing's  "Crustacea,"  in  The  International  Scientific 
Series,  1893;  and  Volume  II  of  "The  Riverside  Natural  History," 
edited  by  Kingsley. 

THE     BARNACLES 

The  older  naturalists  believed  that  barnacles  were  mollusks,  but 
a  study  of  their  development  showed  that  they  are  crustaceans  re- 
lated to  the  water  fleas. 

The  egg  of  the  barnacle  is  set  free  in  the  water  and  develops 
into  a  minute  larva  Avith  a  triangular  shield  over  the  back,  a  single 
eye  immediately  above  the  brain,  a  mouth,  intestine  and  three  pairs 
of  appendages.  The  larva  then  moults  a  number  of  times,  acquir- 
ing a  pair  of  stalked  eyes,  and  a  pair  of  shells  hinged  along  the  back 
and  projecting  over  the  sides  of  the  body.  The  first  pair  of  append- 
ages have  now  changed  into  organs  of  attachment  which  enable 
the  little  creature  to  fasten  itself  head-on  to  some  rock  or  other  sviit- 
able  anchorage  where  it  is  destined  to  pass  the  remainder  of  its  life. 

A  considerable  change  then  comes  over  the  creature.  It  re- 
mains without  food  while  it  develops  a  shell  with  hinged  lids  which 
may  close  or  open  the  aperture.  The  barnacle  has  been  described 
as  a  crustacean  which  is  fastened  by  its  head,  lies  on  its  back,  and 
kicks  its  food  into  its  mouth.  If  one  watches  a  barnacle  one  will 
see  how  the  feathery  jointed  legs  are  thrust  out  at  regular  intervals, 
and  wave  gracefully  through  the  water  to  aerate  the  blood,  and  to 
set  up  currents  which  drive  small  creatures  into  the  mouth  of  the 
barnacle. 

Most  of  the  barnacles  are  hermaphrodites,  but  in  some  genera 


THE    CRUSTACEANS 


81 


the  males  are  minute,  degenerate  creatures  without  shells,  mouth  or 
intestines,  and  live  within  tlie  shell  of  the  female. 


Fig.  /S;  Kock  covered  with  Kock  Barnacles.     Cape  Ann,  Mass. 

The  Kock  Barnacle,  fBalanus  halanoides,  F'kj.  48 J,   is  found 
along  the  Atlantic  shores  of  Europe  and  America,  from  the  Caro- 

linas  northward.     It  lives  only  between  

tide  levels,  where  it  remains  uncovered 
for  a  considerable  period  each  half  day, 
and  is  so  abundant  as  to  whiten  the  rocks. 
Individuals  are  crowded  so  closely  to- 
gether as  to  become  distorted  and  elon- 
gated in  shape.  When  the  tide  is  out 
the  barnacles  remain  closed  up,  but  as 
soon  as  the  water  reaches  them  the  lids 
of  the  shells  open,  and  the  delicate  curl- 
ing feet  are  thrust  out  at  regular  inter- 
vals, sweeping  food  into  the  hungry 
mouths  of  the  barnacles.  At  the  least  shock  or  jar  the  barnacles 
close  their  lids  with  a  snap  and  the  waving  motion  ceases. 


Ftg    4<^;  Deep-water  Barnacle 

growing  upon  a  stone.    From 

life.     Cape  Ann,  Slass. 


82 


SEA-SHORE    LIFE 


Balanus  hamei'i,  Fig.  49^,  is  a  large   rough-looking,  solitary 
barnacle  that  grows  upon  rocks  below  low-tide  level  off  the  coast 

of  New  England  north  of  Cape 
Cod. 

The  Whale  Barnacle,  fCoro- 
nida  diadevia,  Fig.  50 J,  is  at- 
tached to  the  skin  of  whales, 
the  skin  being  drawn  up  into 
the  shell  of  the  barnacle  so  as 
to  enable  it  to  adhere  firmly. 
The  shell  of  this  barnacle  is  fully 
an  inch  and  a  half  wide  and  an 
inch  high.  In  cross  section  it 
is  hexagonal  with  six  longitudi- 
nal ribs,  each  made  up  of  four 
F,-g.  3o;  WHALE  BARNACLE.  ^^.  ^^^^  ridges.    In  bamacles  that 

groAv  upon  moving  animals,  the  feathery  feet  are  merely  thrast  out, 
and  not  waved  about  as  in  the  rock  barnacles,  which  must  create 
currents  in  order    to 
capture  their  food. 

The  Stalked  Bar- 
nacles, (Fig.  51).  These 
are  often  called  "goose 
barnacles,"  for  the 
naturalists  of  the  sev- 
enteenth century  be- 
lieved that  geese 
hatched  from  them. 
They  are  usually  found 
attached  to  floating 
objects,  such  as  the 
gulf  weed,  drifting 
logs,  pumice  or  buoys. 

The  fleshy  stalk 
by  which  the  barnacle 
is  attached  is  the  head 
end  of  the  creature, 
and  the  feathery,  curling  legs  are  seen  to  protrude  now  and  again 
through  a  cleft  in  the  side  of  the  shell.       There  is  a  minute  eye 


Fig.  51;  STALKED  BAHNACLES,  Lepas  Aiialifera. 
From  a  buoy  at  Toitngas,  Florida. 


THE    CRUSTACEANS  88 

attached  to  the  side  of  the  stomach.     The  shell  is  laterally  com- 
pressed, and  is  made  up  of  a  number  of  calcareous  pieces  hinged 


Fig.  52;  AMEKR'AN   LOBSTKK.     Cape  Ann,  Mass. 

together.  There  are  two  common  species  of  stalked  barnacles  in 
our  parts  of  the  Atlantic.  One  is  called  Lepas  fascicularis,  and  is 
found  floating  in  the  Gulf  Stream  attached  to  logs  and  gulf  weed. 
It  is  small,  the  whole  animal,  including  the  stalk,  being  usually  not 
more  than  an  inch  in  length.  The  shell  is  milky  white,  while  the 
stalk  and  legs  are  rich  brown.  This  species  is  often  cast  ashore 
upon  our  coast  late  in  the  summer. 

Lepan  anatifem,  Fiq.  51,  is  a  larger  and  stouter  species, 
fully  two  inches  long.  It  is  abundant  upon  buoys  off  the  Florida 
coast,  or  upon  ship's  bottoms  which  have  been  in  warm  seas.  It 
occurs  in  the  tropical  parts  of  all  oceans. 

The  American  'Lohstev,  fHoniarus  anicficcuuis,  Fig.  32).  We 
are  all  familiar  with  the  general  appearance  of  our  lobster,  but  its 
habits  are  not  so  well  known.  It  ranges  from  Xorth  Carolina  to 
southern  Labrador,  and  is  now  most  abundant  off  the  Maine  coast. 
Years  ago  lobsters  over  20  pounds  in  weight  were  not  uncommon, 
but  such  monsters  are  now  very  rare.  A  specimen  30  pounds  in 
weight  and  42  inches  long  was,  however,  captured  off  the  isew 
Jersey  coast  in  March,  1897.  Our  lobster  is  exceedingly  variable 
in  color,  being  usually  dark  green  Avith  red  and  blue  mottlings ; 


84  SEA-SHORE     LIFE 

but  blue,  red  or  cream-colored  lobsters  are  sometimes  seen.  It  is  a 
great  burrower,  digging  holes  with  its  claws  fully  two  feet  deep, 
and  then  entering  the  burrow  tail  first.  It  feeds  upon  almost  any 
dead  animal  it  may  find  and  will  readily  captixre  living  fishes,  or 
other  marine  animals,  including  young  lobsters.  These  are  torn  to 
pieces  in  its  large  claws,  and  then  still  further  ground  up  in  the 
"gastric  mill"  or  gizzard-like  teeth  of  the  stomach.  Cod  and  other 
fishes  destroy  countless  numbers  of  lobsters. 

The  eggs  are  usually  laid  in  July  or  August,  and  adhere  to  the 
abdominal  appendages  of  the  female,  while  the  great  tail  "fm, "  or 
telson,  is  folded  forward  so  as  to  cover  them.  In  this  condition  they 
are  carried  for  about  eleven  months,  so  that  they  usually  hatch 
between  May  15th  and  July  15th.  A  female  eight  inches  long  will 
layabout  5,000  eggs,  while  one  seventeen  inches  in  length  will  pro- 
duce fully  63,000.  Individual  lobsters  do  not  spawn  oftener  than 
once  every  two  years. 

The  little  lobsters  are  about  one-third  of  an  inch  long,  and  as 
transparent  as  glass,  so  that  one  may  see  their  internal  organs 
clearly.  They  immediately  rise  to  the  surface,  and  their  feathered 
feet  enable  them  to  swim  actively  about.  The  claws  are  now  very 
small,  and  the  whole  creature  is  shrimp-like  in  appearance.  The 
little  creatures  swim  at  the  surface  for  five  or  six  weeks,  devouring 
a  great  variety  of  minute  animals,  and  not  hesitating  to  bite  off  the 
legs  of  other  young  lobsters  whom  they  may  chance  to  meet.  They 
moult  six  times  and  then  sink  to  the  bottom,  and  crawl  into  shallow 
water,  where  they  remain  hidden  away  under  stones  until  autumn. 
On  the  approach  of  cold  weather  all  of  the  lobsters  crawl  out  into 
deep  water,  never  going,  however,  to  a  depth  much  greater  than  600 
feet.  They  seem  to  prefer  waters  of  a  temperature  of  about  55°  F. 
Professor  Bumpus  has  shown  that  lobsters  wander  over  the  bottom 
to  a  considerable  extent;  one  individual  went  twelve  miles  in 
three  days. 

Our  lobster  fisheries  are  worth  at  least  -$1,500,000  annually, 
but  unless  wise  laws  are  soon  enforced  for  their  protection  the  ruth- 
less persecution  to  Avhich  the  lobsters  have  been  subjected  will  prac- 
tically exterminate  them,  in  so  far  as  commerce  is  concerned.  No 
lobster  under  10|  inches  in  length  should  be  sold,  and  no  female 
carrying  eggs  should  be  killed.     An  excellent  description  of  the 


THE    CRUSTACEANS 


85 


habits   and  life  history  of  onr  lobsters,   together  with  beautiful 
figures,  are  given  by  Francis  H.  Herrick  in  the  "Bulletin  of  the 


c^m 


Fig.  S3;  SPINY  LOBSTER.    Tortugas,  Florida. 

United  States  Fish  Commission,"  Vol.  XV,  1805,  and  an  estimate 
of  their  wandering  habits,  and  the  extent  to  which  they  are  subject 
to  destruction  is  given  by  Hermon  C.  Bumpus  in  the  same  publi- 
cation. Vol.  XIX,  p.  225,  1899. 

The  vSpiny  Lobster,  fPanullrns  argus.  Fig.  53),  is  common  in 
the  Bermudas,  Florida  and  West  Indies,  where  it  lives  in  rocky 
crevices  in  shallow  water.  It  is  highly  esteemed  in  the  market  and 
appears  also  to  be  greatly  appreciated  by  any  wandering  shark 
that  can  capture  it  It  is  often  called  the  clawless  lobster,  for  it 
has  only  five  pairs  of  long  delicate  walking  feet,  which  lack  claws. 
The  second  pair  of  feelers  is  provided  with  sharp  spines,  and  is 
stouter  and  longer  than  in  our  northern  lobster.  There  are  two 
curved  sharp-pointed  spines  directed  forward  over  the  eyes,  and 
there  are  also  numerous  short  ones  over  the  back  and  sides,  espe- 
cially near  the  forward  end  of  the  body.  The  creature  is  strikingly 
mottled  with  blue,  rich  yellow  and  brown,  and  there  are  a  pair  of 


86 


SEA-SHORE     LIFE 


yellow  eye-like  spots  on  the  sides  of  the  second  and  sixth  abdomi- 
nal rings.  The  broad  tail  flappers  are  richly  banded  with  blue, 
yellow  and  brown.  This  lobster  is  n  timid  creature,  and  relies  upon 
its  sharp  spines  for  protection.  If  the  feelers  or  legs  be  seized  they 
are  quickly  throAvn  ofP,  and  then  regenerate,  developing  only  after 
the  moidts,  when  the   shell'  is  soft.      It  becomes  fully  two  feet  in 

length,  and  is  an  active  swimmer,  being 
enabled  to  dart  rapidly  backward  by  the 
powerful  strokes  of  its  large  tail  flaj^pers. 
A  closely  related  species  called  fPanu- 
lii'Hs  intevru-ptus)  is  foiand  on  the  coast  of 
California. 

The  Snapping  Prawns,  (Alpliens). 
There  are  about  twelve  species  of  these 
little  lobster-like  crustaceans  which  range 
on  our  coast  from  Brazil  to  Virginia.  The 
largest  are  not  more  than  one  and  three- 
quarters  of  an  inch  long.  One  claw  is 
much  larger  than  the  other,  and  is  pro- 
vided with  a  sharp-edged  blade  which  is 
normally  held  out  at  right  angles  to  the 
claw.  At  tiie  least  alarm  this  blade  is 
closed  with  a  sharp  snap  reminding  one 
of  the  explosion  of  a  small  torpedo.  These 
little  creatures  live  in  crevices  of  coral  reefs,  under  shells  or  stones, 
and  fairly  swarm  in  sponges;  so  that,  when  a  sponge  is  lifted  from 
the  water  it  crackles  as  if  filled  with  minute  firecrackers.  The 
report  is  so  sharp  that  if  one  of  these  little  prawns  be  placed  in  a 
glass  aquarium  jar,  one  is  deceived  into  supposing  that  the  glass 
has  suddenly  broken.  They  are  inveterate  fighters,  and  if  two  be 
placed  in  the  same  aquarium  one  or  the  other  will  quickly  be  dis- 
membered and  devoured.  The  eggs  are  carried  about  attached  to 
the  abdominal  appendages  of  the  female,  and  after  hatching  they 
swim  through  the  ocean,  and  moult  a  number  of  times  before  assum- 
ing their  final  abode  Avithin  a  sponge  or  under  dead  shells,  etc. 

Alpheus  satdeyi  is  a  small  species,  from  five-eighths  to  one  and 
two-thirds  inches  long,  which  lives  within  sponges  off  the  Florida 
coast  and  Bahamas.  The  body  is  translucent  brown  or  green,  and 
the  upper  surface  of  the  great  claw  is  vermilliou. 


Fi,^.  54;  SNAPPINCi-rUAWN 

Froii]  Coral  Roi-ks  at  Tortu- 

gas,  Florida. 


THE    CRUSTACEANS  87 

Alplieiis  minus  lives  under  dead  shells,  and  is  found  on  the 
North  Carolina  coast.  It  is  about  one  inch  long,  and  is  quite  trans- 
lucent and  uniformly  dull  green  with  dots  of  brown  pigment. 

Alplieus  heteroclielis  ranges  from  the  West  Indies  to  North 
Carolina.  In  the  north  it  is  translucent  green  with  the  tail  flappers 
tipped  with  blue  and  orange,  while  the  upper  surface  of  the  great 
claw  is  very  dark  brownish-olive  and  blue.  In  the  Bahamas,  how- 
ever, it  is  more  transparent,  and  dotted  with  brown  pigment.  On 
the  Carolina  coast  it  lives  in  the  beds  of  oyster  shells,  while  in  the 
Bahamas  it  is  found  under  loose  stones. 

CRAYFISHES 

The  Crayfishes,  or  Crawfishes,  resemble  small  lobsters,  to  which 
they  are  closely  related,  but  they  have  never  more  than  eighteen 
pairs  of  gills,  while  the  lobsters  have  twenty. 

Our  crayfishes  are  abundant  in  fresh-water  streams,  ponds  and 
rivers;  none,  hoAvever,  are  found  iu  the  eastern  parts  of  New 
England. 

The  crayfishes  east  of  the  Rocky  mountains  have  seventeen 
pairs  of  gills  and  belong  to  the  genus  Camharus,  while  those  of  the 
Pacific  slope,  west  of  the  Sierra  Nevadas,  have  eighteen  paii's  of 
gills  and  are  members  of  the  genus  Afitacns.  Curiously  enough 
the  European  crayfishes  also  belong  to  the  genus  Aslacm^. 

In  Europe  crayfishes  are  highly  esteemed  as  food  and  are  care- 
fully cultivated,  but  in  our  country  they  are  rarely  eaten  excepting 
iu  New  York  and  New  Orleans  \\\  view  of  the  increasing  rarity 
and  high  price  of  the  lobster,  it  might  now  be  found  profitable  to 
cultivate  our  crayfishes  for  the  market.  Their  habits  are  closely  simi- 
lar to  those  of  the  lobsters.  Some  species  live  under  stones,  others 
prefer  weedy  streams  while  others  burrow  fully  two  feet  into  the 
mud,  and  will  even  live  in  swampy  soil  where  the  water  is  only  to 
be  found  beneath  the  surface.  Some  of  the  mud-burrowing  species 
construct  chimney-like  tubes  above  the  entrance  to  the  burrow, 
while  at  the  bottom  of  the  burrow  there  is  a  flask-shaped  cavity 
filled  with  water.  In  common  with  the  great  majority  of  crusta- 
ceans, crayfishes  are  natural  scavengers,  and  will  eat  almost  any 
dead  animal.  They  also  capture  living  creatures,  and  will  feed 
sparingly  upon  water  plants.     It  is  probable  that  under  proper 


88 


SEA-SHORE    LIFE 


feeding  they  could  be  rendered  more  palatable  for  market  than 
Avhen  subsisting  upon  their  natural  diet.  At  present  the  fishery  is 
worth  not  more  than  $2500  per  annum. 

An  admirable  description  of  the  anatomy  of  the  crayfish  is 
given  by  T.  H.  Huxley  in  "A  Manual  of  the  Anatomy  of  Inverte- 

brated  Animals,"  1891,  p.  264; 
and  also  in  the  International 
Scientific  Series,  "The  Cray- 
fish," 1880. 

In  the  neighborhood  of 
New  York  w^e  find  three  com- 
mon species.  In  Cantharus 
bartonii,  Fig.  DO,  the  body  is 
devoid  of  spines,  but  is  pitted 
with  little  depressions  scat- 
tered at  fairly  regular  inter- 
vals. It  is  very  abundant  in 
running  streams,  and  often 
hides  away  under  stones  or 
burrows  into  gravel.  Large 
specimens  may  be  three  inches 
in  length. 

In  Cainharushlandingii  the 
body  and  claws  are  besprinkled  with  tubercles.  It  is  dull  greenish- 
brown,  whitish  beneath  and  lives  in  clear,  running  streams;  often 
resting  near  the  surface  upon  water  plants,  with  its  head  pointed 
up  stream.     It  grows  to  be  over  five  inches  in  length. 

Camhams  affinis  is  the  crayfish  which  is  commonly  sold  in  the 
New  York  markets.  It  grows  to  be  a  little  over  four  inches  long, 
and  the  upper  surface  is  mottled  with  darker  and  lighter  shades  of 
green,  while  the  tips  of  the  nipijers  are  orange.  The  under  sur- 
face is  streaked  with  chestnut-brown  It  is  common  in  the  rocky 
beds  of  rivers,  and  often  rests  under  flat  stones,  but  avoids  dense 
clusters  of  water  plants. 

SHRIMPS    AND     PRAWNS 

These  are  generally  smaller  than  the  lobsters  and  crayfishes. 
Moreover,  they  are  swimming  creatures  while  lobsters  and   cray- 


Fig.  ss;  BROOK  CRAYFISH.    Orange 
Mountains,  New  .Jersey. 


THE    CRUSTACEANS 


89 


Fig.  56;  COMMON  SHRIMP. 

From  Life.      Cape  .^nii, 

Massachusetts. 


fishes  are  crawling   forms.     The  forward   part  of  the  body  is  en- 
cased  in  a  delicate  shell  called  the  carapace,  while  the  abdomen  is 
segmented  and  bends  sharply  downward 
instead  of  being  in  line  with  the  carapace 
as  in  the  lobsters.     This  gives  a  broken- 
backed  appearance  to  the  shrimps.     The 
feelers,  eye-stalks,  legs  and  feathery  gills 
are  often  remarkably  long,  and  there  are 
a,pt  to  be  little  claws  on  several  pairs  of 
legs.     The  last  two  segments  of  the  abdo- 
men bear  flapper-like  appendages  which 
constitute  a  powerful   swimming  organ. 
While  the  shrimps  are  most  abundant  in 
shallow  water  along  the  seacoast,  there  are 
also  many  deep  water  forms,  and  a  few  live 
in  fresh  water.     They  feed  upon  both  ani- 
mal and  vegetable  matter,  and  are  them- 
selves devoiired  h\  hosts  of  fishes  and  other 
marine  animals.     Shrimps  possess  a  deli- 
cate  flavor  which   renders   them  a  favorite  food,  and  almost   all 
of  the  large  species  are  sold  in  the  markets.     The  shallow  water 
species  are  protectively  colored,  matching  the  bottom  upon  which 
they  live,  but  the  deep  sea  forms  are  some  of  them  rich  scarlet,  and 
are  especially  distinguished  by  their  very  long,  delicate  antennae  and 
appendages,  which  probably  serve  as  organs  of  touch  in  feeling 
their  way  over  the  dark  floor  of  the  ocean. 

Shrimps  are  knoAvn  to  science  as  the  Scliizopoda.  This  name 
is  given  on  account  of  the  forked  appendages  of  the  thorax,  where 
the  inner  branch  of  each  appendage  is  a  jointed  leg,  while  the  outer 
fork  is  a  feathered  gill  which  projects  freely  into  the  water. 

The  Common  Shrimp,  f(h'angon  vulgaris,  Fig.  56),  is  found  from 
North  Carolina  to  Labrador,  and  from  Alaska  to  California.  It  is 
especially  abundant  along  the  sandy  shores  of  Chesapeake  Bay  and 
the  coast  of  New  England,  north  of  Cape  Cod. 

The  shrimp  may  be  recognized  by  its  broad,  flat,  scale-like 
expansions  at  the  bases  of  the  antenna?.  It  grows  to  be  about  two 
inches  long,  and  is  protectively  colored,  matching  the  bottom  upon 
which  it  lives.     It  is  extremely  abundant  in  shalloAv  water,  but  will 


S)0 


SEA-SHORE     LIFE 


descend  to  a  depth  of  about  300  feet.     When  disturbed  it  conceals 
itself  quickly  beneath  the  sand  or  mud,  leaving  only  the  eyes  and 


Fig.  57;  SHRIMPS  AND  PRAWNS. 


Above  on  right :    (Ci  angon  Tnloaris) 

Above  on  left:    (Ciangon  horfas) 

In  the  center :    (Pandalus  antiulico}  ms) 


To  the  right  and  middle  below:    (Hippolyte  sp) 
To  the  left  below :    (Hippolyte  pusiola) 
To  the  left  of  center :    ( Mysis  stenolepis) 


feelers  exposed,  and  when  the  tide  goes  out  it  buries  itself  entirely. 
It  spawns  during  the  summer,  and  the  young  swim  rapidly  over  the 
surface. 

The  Common  Prawn,  (  Palaemonetes  vulgaris  J,  is  especially 
abundant  in  shallow  brackish  water,  over  muddy  bottoms.  It  is 
found  from  Massachusetts  Bay  to  Florida,  but  is  rare  north  of  Cape 
Cod.     It  becomes  about  one  and  one-half  inches  long  and  can  be 


THE    CRUSTACEANS 


91 


Fig.  SS;  SOl'TIICRN  OH   KDIULK  SlllilMl". 


distinguished  from  Crangon  vulgaris  by  tlie  sharp-pointed,  saw- 
edged  spine  which  projects  forward  between  the  eyes,  its  longer  and 
more  delicate  feelers 
and  slender  legs.  It 
makes  a  good  bait 
for  fishes,  but  is  too 
small  to  Ije  vei'v  val- 
uable in  the  market. 

The  Edible 
Shrimp,  f  Pen ce n s 
setiferus,  Fig.  58), 
is  the  praAvn  or 
shrimp  of  the  south- 
ern markets,  where 
it  is  highly  esteemed 
as  food.  It  becomes 
at  least  six  inches 
in  length  and  ranges 
from  Virginia  to 
Texas.      It  appears 

in  shallow  bays  and  estuaries  in  the  spring,  and  spawns  during 
the  summer  so  that  the  young  are  commoidy  found  along  shore 
early  in  the  autumn.  Pence  us  setiferus  may  be  recognized  by  its 
long,  saw-toothed  spine  Avhich  extends  above  the  back  and  projects 
forward  between  the  eyes.  This  ridge  is  bordered  on  both  sides 
by  a  deep  groove  which  extends  about  half  way  down  the  back. 
In  another  and  rarer  species  called  Penceus  hrazilensis  these  grooves 
extend  down  the  entire  length  of  the  shell.  This  form  extends 
from  New  York  to  Brazil,  and  it  often  ascends  rivers,  living  even  in 
fresh  water.  Both  species  are  protectively  colored  being  moi^e  or 
less  translucent  brown,  or  mottled.  The  feelers  are  about  a  foot 
Icmg  and  there  are  small  claws  at  the  ends  of  the  first  three  pairs 
of  feet.  The  southern  shrimp  fishery  is  worth  more  than  ^100,000 
annually. 

The  Coral  Shrimp,  {StenopushispidusJ.  This  beautiful  shrimp 
is  white,  with  three  bands  of  bright  scarlet  across  the  body  and  four 
across  each  of  the  clawed  arms.  The  body  is  about  three  inches 
long  and  is  covered  with  short,  sharp  spines.  The  feelers  and  clawed 


92 


SEA-SHORE     LIFE 


legs  are  slender  and  about  five  inches  long.      This  shrimp  ranges 
from  New  York  to  Brazil,  but  is  found  also  among  the  tropical  islands 

of  the  Pacific.  It 
lives  among  the  cor- 
als, the  male  and  fe- 
male swimming  side 
by  side.  The  eggs 
are  of  a  delicate 
green  color,  and  are 
carried  about  at- 
tached to  the  abdo- 
minal appendages 
of  the  female.  When 
disturbed  theshrimp 
retreats  within  the 
crevices  of  the  corals. 
The  Feather-Footed  Shrimp,  (Mijsis  sfenolepis,  Fig.  57 J,  is  a 
little  translucent  brown  creature  about  one-half  an  inch  long  and 
may  be  recognized  by  the  feathery  hairs  on  its  legs  and  antennae, 
large  eyes,  and  spines  on  the  sides  of  the  body.  It  has  no  claws, 
and  the  abdomen  is  "broken-backed,"  and  somewhat  longer  than 
the  forward  part  of  the  body.  It  is  most  abundant  on  our  coast  in 
winter  in  shallow  muddy  or  grassy  places,  and  often  occurs  in  great 
swarms. 

HERMIT    CRABS 


Ftg^.  59;   HERMIT   CRAB.     From  Life.     Showing  tiie 

borrowed  sliell  covered  with  sea  weeds  and  Hydrac- 

tinia.    Cape  Ann,  Mass. 


The  Hermit  Crabs,  {PaguridceJ.  In  these  animals  the  abdomen 
is  soft  and  covered  only  by  a  delicate  skin,  but  the  crab  protects 
it  by  inserting  its  abdomen  within  the  cavity  of  some  empty 
shell  which  it  drags  about  in  all  of  its  wanderings.  This  habit  of 
occupying  shells  has  profoundly  modified  the  structure  of  the  body. 
The  abdominal  appendages  are  reduced  or  wanting,  and  the  sixth 
pair  have  become  hook-like,  allowing  the  crab  to  anchor  itself  with- 
in the  shell.  The  abdomen  is  twisted  so  as  to  fit  into  the  coils  of 
the  shell,  while  in  some  species  all  of  the  legs  on  one  side  are  shorter 
than  those  of  the  other,  thus  giving  the  body  a  one-sided  appear- 
ance. The  front  legs  and  claws  of  the  crab  are  covered  with  a  hard 
crust,  and  the  eyes  are  mounted  upon  long  stalks.     When  disturbed 


THE    CRUSTACEANS 


93 


Fig,   60;    HEKMIT  CRAB.       From    Life.    Showing 

the   lioriowed   shell    covered   with  sea  weeds 

and  Hydractinia.       Cape  Ann,  Mass. 


the  crab  instantly  Avithdraws  within  its  shell,  completely  closing 
the  opening  with  its  claws,  which  are  of  the  exact  shape 
required  for  the  purpose. 
As  the  crab  grows  it 
must  occupy  larger  and 
larger  shells.  These  are 
apparently  selected  with  con- 
siderable care,  but  having 
decided  upon  it  the  crab 
finally  darts  into  its  new 
abode  with  almost  incredible 
rapidity.  In  common  with 
other  crustaceans  these  crabs 
are  scavengers.  They  are 
also  inveterate  fighters,  and 
will  conquer  and  devour  one 
another  when  opportunity 
offers.  A  niimber  of  marine 
animals  grow  upon  the  shells, 
which  are  carried^bout  by  hermit  crabs,  thus  obtaining  the  advan- 
tages of  a  wandering  life.       Several  species  of  hydroids.  such  as 

Hjjdmctinia,  cover  the  shells 
with  soft,  pink-Avhite,  velvety- 
looking  growths,  while  a  num- 
ber of  sea  anemones  also  live 
upon  the  shells.  One  of  these 
called  f  Epizoanihus  america- 
nusj  finally  dissolves  the  shell, 
forming  a  cavity  within  which 
the  crab  continues  to  reside. 
One  of  the  most  interest- 
ing of  the  hermit  crabs  is  the 
Robber  Crab  (Birgus  latro)  of 
the  tropical  Pacific  Islands.  It 
is  about  two  and  a  half  feet 
long,  and  the  abdomen  is  soft 
below  but  protected  above  by 
hard  plates.  It  lives  within  deep  burroAvs,  and  only  occasionally 
visits  the  Avater.  It  crawls  to  the  top  of  the  cocoanut  trees,  and 
tears  open  the  nuts  for  the  sake  of  the  AA-hite  "meat." 


Fig.  61 


HERMIT  CRAB. 
Cape  Ann,  Mass. 


From  Life. 


94 


SEA-SHORE    LIFE 


Our  hermit  crabs  carry  their  eggs  about  attached  to  the  halrS 
of  the  lower  side  of  the  abdomen.     The  larvffi,  which  swim  freely 


Fig.  62;  Hermit  Oral)  removed  from 
sliell.     Cape  Arm,  Mass. 


Fig.  (5?,-  Little  Hermit  Crab  re- 
moved from  sliell.     Cape  Ann,  Mass. 


through  the  water,  have  a  long  spine  fully  twice  as  long  as  the  body 
itself,  projecting  straight  forward  above  the  eyes.  A  forked  spine 
also  projects  backward,  so  that  the  body  of  the  crab  appears  as  if 
attached  to  a  long,  forked  stick.  After  a  few  moults  its  form 
changes,  and  it  seeks  the  shelter  of  a  small  shell. 

Three  species  of  hermit  crabs  are  found  in  shallow  water  along 
our  coast: 

EupcKjnrns  heruhdi'diis,  Figs.  60-02,  is  common  north  of  Cape 
Cod,  and  is  hairy  and  bright  red  in  color.  In  Europe  it  is  nsed 
as  bait  by  fishermen.  It  extends  from  shallow  water  to  a  depth 
of  at  least  300  feet. 

Eupagurus  jjoUiccD-is  ranges  from  Cape  Cod  to  Florida,  and  is 
abundant  npon  oyster  beds  and  rocky  bottoms  of  Long  Island 
Sound.  It  is  pale  red  in  color  and  the  claws  are  grannlated  rather 
than  hairy.  It  inhabits  the  largest  shells,  such  as  those  of  the 
whelk,  but  appears  not  to  be  very  fastidious,  for  the  writer  found 
one  occupying  the  bowl  of  an  old  clay  pipe. 

Eupagurus  longicarpus,  Fig.  ('>3,  is  the  most  abundant  and 
smallest  of  our  hermit  crabs,  and  occurs  in  very  shallow  water. 
It  may  be  recognized  by  its  dull  yellowish-white  legs  streaked 
with  dull  slatey-gray  or  blue. 

The  Sand  Bug,  fllippa  talpuida,  Fig.  64).  This  curious  little 
creature  is  related  to  the  hermit  crabs,  but  no  one  would  suppose 
this  to  be  the  case  without  careful  study,  for  its  appearance  is 


THE    CRUSTACEANS 


95 


wholly  different.     It  is  oval  in  outline  and  about  two  and  one-half 
inches  long.     TJie  back  is  arched  and  covered  with  a  smooth,  hard, 


Ft,^s.  6f;  SANDIiUO.     Soutliern  Shore  of  Long  Ishuid. 

yellowish-white  shell.  The  abdomen  is  broad,  and  is  folded  for- 
ward along  the  under  side  of  the  body.  The  principal  feelers  are 
curiously  feathered,  and  are  often  carried  curled  back  against  the 
sides  of  the  body.  The  eyes  are  minute  ])lack  specks  at  the  ends 
of  a  pair  of  long,  slender  stalks. 

This  creature  lives  in  shallow  Avater  along  sandy  beaches.     It 
is  very  active,  and  swims  and  burrows  with  great  rapidity.     It  is 


Pig.  6s,-  MANTIS  SHRIMF.     From  a  specimen  in  the  Xew  York  Aciiiarium. 

quite  common  along  the  hot,  sandy  shores  of  New  Jersey  and  Long 
Island,  and  makes  a  good  bait  for  fishes. 

The  Mantis  Shrimp,  (Squilla  empiisa,  Fig.  05 J.  This  is  often 
called  the  Mantis  shrimp  on  account  of  the  more  or  less  general 
resemblance  between  its  claws  and  those  of  the  Praying  Mantis. 


96  SEA-SHORE    LIFE 

It  becomes  about  ten  inches  in  length,  and  lives  in  long,  winding 
barrows  below  low  tide  level.     It  extends  from  Florida  to  Cape 
Cod.    The  carapace,  or  back  shield,  of  the  creature  is  short  and  soft, 
while  the  abdomen  is  about  three  times  as  long  as  the  carapace  and 
is  broad,  flat  and  segmented.     The  large  pair  of  feelers  end  in 
three  branches,  while  at  the  base  of  each  of  the  small  feelers  there 
is  a  broad,  flat  scale  having  its  edges  fringed  with  hairs.     The  eye- 
stalks  are  curiously  bent,  and  project  above  the  head.     The  last 
joint  of  the  great  claw  is  bent  forward  over  the  second  joint,  and  is 
armed  with  six  sharp  spines  which  fit  into  corresponding  sockets 
at  the  bottom  of  a  groove  on  the  outer  side  of  the  second  joint. 
This  constitutes  a  formidable  weapon,  and  serves  in  the  capture  of 
many  sorts  of  marine  animals  upon  which  the  Sqinlla  feeds.    There 
are  three  pairs  of  Aveak  walking  legs  which  arise  from  the  first 
three  segments  of  the  abdomen.      The  leaf-like,  hair-edged  gills, 
are  seen  attached  to  the  lower  surface  of  the  abdominal  segments. 
Tlie  posterior  end  of  the  body  is  blunt  but  beset  with  sharp  spines, 
while  a  pair  of  spiny  jointed  flippers  arise  from  each  side. 

The  Sqiiilla  is  an  active  creature,  and  when  seized  it  makes 
effective  use  of  its  sharp  claws  and  tail  spines,  and  will  inflict  a 
painful  wound.  It  is  very  attractively  colored,  for  the  body  is  pale 
green,  each  segment  being  bordered  posteriorly  with  dark  green 
and  edged  with  bright  yellow.  The  tail  is  tinged  with  rose  color 
and  mottled  with  yellow,  green  and  black.  It  is  nocturnal,  remain- 
ing hidden  away  in  its  burrow  during  the  day,  and  wandering  about 
at  night  in  search  of  prey.  The  eggs  are  laid  within  the  burrow 
and  a  current  of  water  is  made  to  flow  over  them  by  fanning  witli 
the  abdominal  appendages.  The  transparent  larva-  are  found,  dur- 
ing the  summer,  swimming  at  the  surface.  In  the  Mediterranean 
and  tropical  Pacific  various  species  of  Sqiiilla  are  highly  esteemed 
as  food.  The  species  eaten  in  Tahiti  is  the  most  delicately  flavored 
crustacean  the  writer  has  ever  partaken  of,  and  it  is  possible  tliat 
our  Squilla  may  also  be  palataljle.  Certainly  the  large  species  of 
the  Florida  coast  and  Bahamas  bears  a  close  resemblance  to  the 
edible  one  of  Samoa  and  Tahiti. 

THE    SAND     FLEAS 

These  little  crustaceans  live  upon  our  beaches,  remaining  dur- 
ing the  day  in  burrows  under  heaps  of  decaying  sea  weeds  upon 


THE    CRUSTACEANS 


97 


Fig.  66;  SAND  FLEAS. 

Above:  (Talorchesiia  lon- 

gicornis). 

Below:  (Orchesiia  agilis). 
Long  Island  Sound. 


which  they  feed.  They  are  agile  animals,  leaping  with  remark- 
able rapidity.  In  swimming  they  often  progress  on  their  sides 
or  upon  their  backs  with  feet  vipward. 
They  are  creatures  chiefly  of  the  shore 
or  of  shallow  water,  although  some  closely 
related  species  are  found  in  the  deep  sea. 
These  minute  animals  are  important  scav- 
engers, rapidly  devouring  all  dead  fishes 
and  other  forms  of  decaying  animal  or 
vegetable  matter.  They  are  themselves 
devoured  in  immense  numbers,  often  by 
the  identical  species  of  fishes  upon  whose 
dead  bodies  they  themselves  delight  to 
feast. 

OrcJiestia  agills,  Fig.  GO,  is  the  common 
olive  green  or  brown  Beach  Flea  of  our  coast. 
It  grows  to  be  not  more  than  half  an  inch 
long,  and  lives  during  the  daytime  under 
masses  of  sea  weeds  which  have  been 
thrown  up  upon  the  beach.  It  constructs  burrows  in  the  sand  under 
the  debris,  and  when  disturljed  it  leaps  with  remarkable  strength 
and  agility. 

A  still  larger  species  is,  (Talorchesiia  longicornis  Fig.  66J, 
which  is  Avhite  or  gray  in  color,  and  about  an  inch  long.  It  is  also 
a  beach  scavenger,  and  devours  decayed  sea  weeds,  feeding  mainly 
at  niglit,  and  remaining  hidden  within  its  burrow  during  the  day.  It 
appears  never  voluntarily  to  enter  the  water  but  is  a  good  SAvimmer. 

The  Wood  Borer,  or  Gribble,  (Limnorea  lignoritmj,  is  related 
to  the  sow-bugs  and  pill-bugs  and  belongs  to  the  sub-order  of  Crus- 
tacea known  as  Isopoda.  The  gribble  extends  from  New  York  to 
Nova  Scotia,  and  is  also  abundant  on  the  northern  coasts  of  Euroi^e. 
It  is  not  more  than  one-fifth  of  an  inch  long,  and  has  a  flattened 
body  with  fourteen  segments,  and  seven  pairs  of  short  legs.  The 
Ijack  is  covered  with  short  hairs  to  which  foreign  substances  are  apt 
to  adhere.  It  is  dull  gray  in  color  and  resembles  a  pill-bug,  the  simi- 
larity being  still  further  enhanced  by  its  habit  of  rolling  up  into  a 
ball  when  disturbed.  It  can  also  leap  and  swim  rapidly.  This  crea- 
ture is  most  destructive  to  all  submerged  timber,  devouring  every 


98  SEA-SHORE     LIFE 

sort  of  wood  excepting  teak.  It  burrows  tlirougli  tlie  softer  parts  of 
the  wood,  completely  lioney-coinbing  the  logs  so  that  the  knots  and 
hard  parts  project.  Submerged  timber  decreases  in  diameter  at  the 
rate  of  about  an  inch  per  year  due  to  the  ravages  of  this  pest.  Fortu- 
nately, however,  it  does  not  occur  in  any  considerable  numbers  much 
below  tide  level.  Submerged  wood  must  be  sheathed  in  copper  or 
frequently  painted  with  creosote  or  poisonous  substances,  in  order 
to  prevent  its  destruction. 

CRABS 

Brachyura. 

The  crabs  are  the  highest  of  the  Crnstacea.  The  head  and 
middle  ])art  of  the  body  are  covered  with  a  shell  which  is  usually 
broader  than  long.  The  abdomen  is  small,  and  is  folded  forward, 
fitting  into  a  groove  on  the  lower  surface  of  the  animal.  In  the 
male  the  abdomen  is  narrow,  and  has  only  two  pairs  of  append- 
ages, while  in  the  female  it  is  much  broader,  and  has  four  pairs  of 
appendages  which  serve  to  carry  the  eggs  (see  Fig.  47,  Page  79). 
The  two  pairs  of  feelers  are  small,  and  the  eyes  are  mounted  on 
movable  stalks  which  may  usually  be  folded  back  into  appropriate 
sockets.  The  mouth  appendages  are  broad  and  flat  so  as  to 
cover  the  opening  of  the  mouth  itself.  The  first  pair  of  legs 
have  pincers,  while  the  following  four  pairs  lack  pincers  but  are 
formed  for  walking  or  clinging;  the  hindermost  being  often  paddle- 
shaped  and  used  in  swimming.  The  plumed  gills  are  contained  in 
side  chambers  enclosed  by  the  shell  of  the  middle  part  of  the  body. 
Being  thus  protected  from  drying,  many  of  the  crabs  may  live  for 
long  periods  of  time  on  land,  their  gills  remaining  moist.  Crabs 
live  in  both  salt  and  fresh  water,  and  at  all  depths.  Some  are  active 
swimmers  or  crawlers  while  others  are  sedentar}^  or  even  parasitic. 
They  are  scavengers,  devouring  almost  any  dead  and  decaying 
animal  or  plant.  Despite  their  imclean  habits,  many  species  are 
highly  esteemed  as  food,  and  crab  fisheries  are  of  great  commer- 
cial importance.  When  hatched  from  the  egg,  crabs  are  totally  un- 
like their  adult  form,  and  are  said  to  be  in  the  Zoceci  stage.  The 
head  and  middle  part  of  the  body  are  covered  with  a  delicate  shell 
which  gives  rise  to  four  long,  sharp  spines.    One  of  these  is  directed 


THE    CRUSTACEANS  99 

forward  and  downAvard  between  the  eyes,  another  rises  from  the 
centre  of  the  hack,  and  two  others  from  the  side  near  the  middle  of 


Fig.  67;  BLUE  OR  EDIBLE  CRAB.    Long  Island  Sound. 

the  body.  The  abdomen  is  long,  and  is  not  folded  back  under  the 
body  but  projects  freely.  The  little  creature  has  a  pair  of  stalked 
eyes  and  swims  rapidly  near  the  surface.  It  then  moults  a  number 
of  times  and  changes  into  what  is  called  the  wegalops  stage,  in 
Avhich  it  resembles  a  little  crab  excepting  that  the  abdomen  is 
stretched  straight  out,  and  not  bent  forward  under  the  body  as  in 
full  grown  crabs. 

The  Blue  or  Edible  Crab,  fCallinectes  mpidus,  Fig.  67 J,  is  the 
common  crab  of  the  markets,  and  it  ranges  from  the  Gulf  of  Mexico 
to  Cape  Cod.  Very  closely  allied  species  are  also  found  in  the 
West  Indies,  on  the  African  coast,  and  in  the  Pacific.  Our  crab 
fishery  is  worth  more  than  $320,000  per  year  to  the  fishermen 
themselves.  While  we  are  sufficiently  familiar  with  the  general 
appearance  of  the  blue  crab,  an  account  of  its  habits  may  be  inter- 
esting. It  delights  in  shallow  bays  and  estuaries  where  the  bot- 
tom is  muddy  and  covered  with  eel-grass,  and  the  water  may  be 
brackish.  Here  the  crabs  live  during  the  summer,  but  in  winter 
they  retire  to  deeper  places.     They  feed  upon  dead  or  live  fishes 


100  SEA-SHORE    LIFE 

and  many  other  marine  animals.     In  fact,  almost  any  decomposing 
animal  will  be  greedily  devoured  by  crabs.     The  shell  is  shed  at 


Fig.  OS;  GREEN  CRAB.      Annisquam,  Mass. 

least  once  during  the  summer  and  the  crab  then  expands  consider- 
ably, but  remains  soft  for  a  few  days,  and  is  then  sold  in  the  mar- 
kets as  a  "soft-shelled  crab."  The  soft-shelled  male  crabs  hide 
away  during  this  period,  for  they  are  qiaite  defenceless,  but  the 
soft-shelled  female  is  protected  by  a  hard-shelled  male  who  clings 
to  her.  The  paddle-like  expansions  of  the  last  joints  of  the  hinder- 
most  pairs  of  legs  enable  the  blue  crab  to  swim  rapidly,  while  its 
other  legs  are  used  in  crawling.  It  is  exceedingly  pugnacious 
and  makes  effective  use  of  its  sharp,  powerful  claws. 

The  eggs  are  laid  during  the  summer  soon  after  the  annual 
moult,  and  are  carried  about  attached  to  the  abdominal  appendages 
of  the  female  until  they  hatch. 

This  blue  crab  can  be  at  once  distinguished  from  all  other 
species  of  our  coast  by  the  sharp  spine  which  projects  outward 
from  each  side  of  the  body.     It  becomes  fully  six  inches  in  width. 

The  Green  Crab,  fCareinus  mcenas,  Fig.  68 J.  This  crab  is  dark 
olive-green  mottled  with  yellow-green,  and  is  abundant  in  Long 
Island  Sound,  and  on  the  New  England  Coast  north  of  Cape  Cod. 
It  is  also  found  on  the  northern  coasts  of  Europe,  where  it  is  sold 


THE    CRUSTACEANS 


101 


Fig.  <5p;  LADV  CRAB.     From  a  specimen  in  tlie 
New  York  Aquarium. 


in  the  markets.  In  this  country  it  is  ii.sed  only  for  bait.  It  grows 
to  be  about  three  inches  in  width,  and  two  in  length.  There  are 
ten  sharp-edged 
teeth,  five  on  each 
side,  which  pro- 
ject forward  from 
the  front  edges 
of  the  shell.  The 
right  hand  claw 
is  somewhat  larg- 
er and  blunter 
than  the  left.  It 
is  a  pugnacious 
fighter  and  rapid 
runner. 

The  Lady 
Crab,  (Platyoni- 
chus  ocellat us, 
Fig.    63),   is  a 

beautiful  species  common  on  sandy  bottoms  from  Cape  Cod  to 
Florida,  and  is  abundant  on  the  southern  Long  Island  coast.  It  is 
of  a  delicate  greenish-yellow  profusely  spotted  with  purple-colored 

rings.  The  powerful  claws  are 
armed  with  jagged  teeth  which 
enable  the  crab  to  seize  uj^on 
the  fish  and  other  animals 
which  it  devours.  This  crab 
is  often  seen  partially  buried 
beneath  the  sand  with  onl}^  the 
eye-stalks  protruding.  The 
hind  legs  are  paddle-shaped 
and  the  crab  uses  them  very 
effectually  in  swimming,  al- 
though it  can  also  crawl  with  its 
other  legs.  It  grows  to  be  about  two  and  a  half  inches  long  and 
three  broad.  The  Gulf- Weed  Crab,  ( Portunus  sayi,  Fig.  70  J, 
lives  within  the  masses  of  gulf- weed  (Sargassum)  which  float 
over  the  tropical  Atlantic,  and  is  sometimes  drifted  upon  our  coast 


Fig  7o;  GULF-WEED  CRAB.     From  float- 
ing Gulf-weed.     Tortuga.s,  Florida. 


102  SEA-SHORE    LIFE 

late  in  the  summer.  It  is  mottled  in  brown  and  dull  yellow,  and 
matches  its  surroundings  so  perfectly  when  upon  the  gulf- weed,  that 
its  discovery  is  practically  impossible  unless  the  weed  be  taken 
from  the  water  and  shaken.  The  crab  has  paddle-shaped  posterior 
legs,  and  is  a  good  swimmer,  its  side-legs  being  long  and  oar-like, 
and  fringed  with  delicate  hairs.  It  becomes  about  one  inch  long 
and  one  and  three-quarters  wide.  A  spine  projects  from  each  side 
of  the  shell,  and  the  pincers,  although  weak,  are  sharp. 

Another  little  square-shaped  crab  called  Plmies  minntusYwes 
also  among  the  gulf  weed,  and  legend  has  it  that  when  Columbus 
first  saw  this  crab  he  reassured  his  timorous  crew  by  stating  that 
land  conld  not  be  far  away.  The  crab,  however,  never  visits  the 
land,  but  spends  its  entire  life  upon  the  ocean. 

The  Mud  Crabs,  ( Panoi^eus,  Fig.  77,  iMcje  109).  These  are 
small  dark  olive-brown  crabs  with  large  powerfid  claws  and  with 
sharp  pointed  legs  adapted  to  crawling.  They  are  abundant  in 
Long  Island  Sound,  but  extend  from  the  tropics  to  Massachusetts 
Bay.  The  name  "mud  crab"  is  indicative  of  their  fondness  for 
muddy  shores,  where  they  live  under  stones  or  in  burrows  within 
muddy  banks  or  marshes.  There  are  several  closely  allied  species 
which  have  been  carefully  separated  and  described  by  J.  E.  Bene- 
dict and  Mary  J.  Rathbun  in  "Proceedings  of  the  U.  S.  National 
Museum,"  Vol.  XIV,  1891,  p.  355.     Pis.  XIX-XXIV. 

A  conimen  mud  crab  of  Long  Island  Sound  is  Panopeus  herh- 
stii,  Fig.  77,  which  ranges  from  Brazil  to  Rhode  Island.  It  lives 
within  burrows  in  moist,  muddy  banks  or  under  stones  on  muddy 
bottoms.  It  becomes  one  and  one-half  inches  broad,  and  is  dull 
brown-green  in  color.  A  smaller  species  with  a  flat-backed 
shell,  only  about  three-quarters  of  an  inch  in  ^\idth,  is  Panopeus  de- 
pressiis.     It  may  also  be  distinguished  by  its  black-colored  nippers. 

The  Rock  Crab,  (Cancer  irroratxis,  Fig.  71),  is  the  common  crab 
of  the  New  England  coast  north  of  Cape  Cod,  although  it  ranges 
from  South  Carolina  to  Labrador.  It  is  most  abundant  a  little  below 
low  tide  level  but  also  lives  between  tides,  Avhere  it  is  usually  found 
under  stones,  in  rocky  crevices  or  buried  beneath  the  sand  when 
the  tide  is  out.  Above  it  is  dull  brick-red  in  color  speckled  over 
with  small  brownish  spots,  while  the  under  parts  are  yellow.  Seen 
from  above  the  shell  is  oval  without  sharp  points  at  the  side,  but 


THE    CRUSTACEANS 


103 


Fig.  71 ;  Abo7^e:  JONAH  CRAB.     Belozv:  ROCK  CRAB. 
Cape  Ann,  Massachusetts. 


104  SEA-SHORE     LIFE 

with  nine  blunt,  smooth-edged  teeth  along  each  side  of  the  front 
edge.  The  claws  are  sharp  but  powerful.  This  is  a  crawling  crab, 
and  all  the  legs  end  in  a  sharp  spine,  there  being  no  paddle-like 
swimming  feet.  The  crab  is  closely  related  to  the  edible  crab  of 
England  and  France  but,  while  it  is  sold  in  our  markets  to  a  limited 
extent,  it  is  not  highly  esteemed.  The  shell  grows  to  be  three  inches 
long  and  five  wide.  The  eggs  are  carried  about  by  the  female  dur- 
ing the  summer  and  hatch  as  little  spined  larvte  which  swim  at  the 
surface  and  soon  moult  and  change  into  little  creatures  which 
resemble  the  adults,  excepting  that  the  abdomen  projects  straight 
out  in  a  line  with  the  shell  instead  of  being  folded  under;  and  there 
are  short  spines  on  the  shell  which  are  not  seen  in  the  adult.  After 
again  moulting  several  times,  the  larva  becomes  a  little  rock  crab. 
The  adult  rock  crabs  moult  in  winter,  and  are  then  sold  in  the 
New  York  market  as  soft-shelled  crabs,  although  they  are  not  to  be 
comj)ared  with  the  more  highly  esteemed  blue  crab. 

The  Jonah  Crab,  (Cancer  horealis,  Fig.  71),  is  closely  related  to 
the  rock  crab,  but  can  be  distinguished  by  its  rougher  shell,  and  the 
saw-edged  teeth  on  its  front  edges.  It  becomes  larger  than  the  rock 
crab,  and  ranges  from  the  eastern  end  of  Long  Island  to  Nova  Sco- 
tia. It  lives  on  rocky  shores  exposed  to  the  wash  of  the  breakers, 
and  does  not  hide  away  under  stones  as  does  the  rock  crab. 

The    Oyster    Crab,    (Pinnotheres    ostrenvi,   Fig.    72).       The 
female  of  this  crab  lives,  when  mature,  within  the  gill  cavity  of 
the  oyster,  and    is  highly  esteemed  as  a   delicacy,  being  sold  in 
the  markets  at  a  higli  price.     In  the  female  the 
shell  is  pinkish-white  in  color  and  very  thin,  and 
the  legs  so  weak  that  the  creature  could  not  survive 
away  from  the  protecting  oyster.     The  crab  does 
not  devour  the  oyster,  but  merely  lives  in  associ- 
ation with  it.     The  male  crabs,  however,  swim 
Fie:  72  ■  FEMALE       freely  over  the  sea,  and  they  are  brown  in  color  with 
oYSTEK  CKAH.       a,  light  colorcd  central  stripe,  and  four  whitish 
.ong  sane    ounc .      ^p^^g      They  are  smaller  than  the  females,  and 
their  shells  are  hard.     The  case  of  the  oyster  crab  is  interesting,  for, 
while  the  male  has  remained  active,  and  has  retained  a  hard  shell 
and  strong  claws  and  legs,  the  female  has  lived  a  protected  life,  and 
her  shell  has  degenerated  into  little  more  than  a  soft  membrane,  while 


THE    CRUSTACEANS 


105 


Fig.  73;  fiHOST  CRAB.     Florida  Beaches. 


her  legs  and  claws  are  now  too  weak  to  he  of  any  service  in  the 

battle  for  life  outside  of  the  cavity  of  the  oyster  shell.      The  eggs 

are  carried  by  the  female  until 

they  hatch.      The   larvte  then 

swim    through  the  water,  and 

the  little  females  enter  oysters 

in  their  last  larval  stages. 

Another  little  crab  (Finno- 
i/te/"e.s//iac»Zai«t//iJisfound  with- 
in the  cavity  of  the  shells  of  the 
common  mussel,  and  the  scallop. 

The  Ghost  Crab,  fOcijpoda  arenaria,  Fig.^.  73,  77 J,  ranges  from 
Brazil  to  New  Jersey.  The  young  are  often  found  late  in  summer 
on  the  hot  sandy  beaches  of  the  southern  coast  of  Long  Island,  al- 
though they  probably  die  in  the  winter.  The  shell  of  the  crab  is 
about  two  inches  wide  and  a  little  less  than  this  in  length,  and  is 
quite  rectangular  with  an  angular  ridge  along  each  side.     The  eyes 

are  mounted  on  the  ends  of 
long  stalks,  which  are  usu- 
ally held  upright,  but  may 
be  folded  back  into  sockets 
on  the  face  of  the  shell.  The 
crab  is  dull  yellowish-white, 
and  the  surface  of  the  shell  is 
granulated.  The  claws  are 
sharp  and  powerful,  one  claw 
being  about  twice  the  size  of 
the  other.  This  crab  digs 
long  inclined  burrows  fully 
three  feet  deep  into  the  sandy 
beaches.  It  scrapes  the  sand 
out  "sidewise"  with  its 
legs  and  throws  it  away  from  the  mouth  of  the  burrow  by  a 
sudden  dash.  It  is  a  scavenger,  feeding  upon  decomposing  animals 
and  plants,  and  even  eating  beach-fleas.  Although  these  crabs  are 
relatively  inactive  during  the  day,  at  night  they  swarm  in  great 
numbers  over  our  southern  beaches.  As  they  flit  rapidly  about  in 
the  moonlight  their  popular  name  of  ghost  crab  seems  remarkably 


Fig.  74;  FIDDLER  CRAB. 
Long  Island,  N.  Y. 


Male, 


106 


SEA-SHORE    LIFE 


appropriate.     As  one  approaches  they  clash  off  with  great  rapidity 
and  will  often  rush  into  the  water,  although  the  gray  snappers  are 


Fig-  75;   Burrows  of  Fiddler  Crabs.      In  the  center  of  the  tut  a  male  crab  may 
be  seen  emerging  from  its  burrow.     Streets  of  Key  West,  Florida. 

swimming  close  along  the  shore  in  order  to  devour  them.  The 
crab  rarely  enters  the  sea  excepting  during  the  bseeding  season, 
in  the  spring  of  the  year. 

Mr.  Beebe  of  the  New  York  Zoological  Park  discovered  that  this 
crab  is  very  destructive  to  the  eggs  of  sea  birds  on  Cobb  Island. 

FIDDLER    CRABS. 

Fiddler  Crabs,  (XJca,  Figs.  74, 75 J.  These  crabs  live  in  immense 
numbers  on  muddy  banks  above  high  tide,  and  literally  riddle  the 
ground  with  burrows  into  which  they  rush  for  shelter  at  the  least 
alarm.  In  the  male  one  claw  is  very  large  while  the  other  is  small, 
but  in  the  female  both  claws  are  small  and  of  equal  size. 

The  eyes  are  mounted  upon  long,  movable  eye-stalks.  These 
crabs  feed  upon  plants,  the  male  using  his  small  claw,  and  the  fe- 


THE    CRUSTACEANS 


107 


•male  both  of  her  claws  for  the  purpose.  They  often  scrape  up 
pellets  of  algce  from  the  muddy  surface  of  the  ground,  and  carry 
these  into  their  burrows  for  food. 

They  can  remain  out  of  water,  if  the  ground  be  damp,  for 
months  at  a  time,  and  are  exceedingly  pugnacious,  walking  "side- 
ways," usually  with  the  great  claw  forward.  In  the  construction  of 
its  burrow  the  crab  uses  its  walking  legs  to  scrape  out  the  mud. 
This  mud  is  then  rolled  up  into  little  pellets,  and  dragged  to  a  con- 
siderable distance  from  the  mouth  of  the  burrcjw  ;  the  crab  all  the 
Avhile  appearing  exceedingly  wary  and  moving  its  eye-stalks  about 
in  all  directions.  In  emerging  from  the  burrow  the  great  claw  is 
usually  thrust  out  forward,  whereas  it  is  the  last  part  of  the  crab 
to  be  di'awn  in  in  entering.  There  are  three  common  species  on 
the  Eastern  coast  of  North  America  : 

Uea  pugnax,  Fig.  74,  burrows  into  salt  marshes,  completely 
riddling  the  muddy  banks  with  its  holes.  It  ranges  from  Province- 
town,  Massachusetts,  to  Georgia,  but  a  close  variety  is  abundant  in 
the  West  Indies  and  Gulf  of  Mexico.  The  holes  are  about  three- 
quarters  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  and  two  or  more  feet  in  depth. 

Uca  minax  is  the  largest  of  our  fiddler  crabs,  and  can  be  dis- 
tinguished by  the  red  spots  at  the  joints  of  the  legs.     It  digs  its 
l)urrows  along  the  banks  of  rivers  or  brooks  where  the  water  is  only 
slightly  brackish  or 
even  fresh.     It  often 
constructs   an  oven- 
like archway  of  mud 
over  its  burrow,  thus 
providing  itself  with 
a  safe  place  of  look- 
out for  enemies.     It 
ranges  from   south- 
ern New  England  to 
Florida. 

Uca  pug  Hat  or 
digs  its  burrow  in 
sandy  or  muddy  beaches  from  Cape  Cod  to  Florida.  It  can  be  dis- 
tinguished by  its  rectangular  outline  and  the  highly  polished  sur- 
face of  the  back  of  the  shell. 


Fig.  76;  ORCHID  LAND  CRAB.    Loggerhead  Key, 
Tortugas,  Florida. 


108  SEA-SHORE    LIFE 

The  Orchid  Crab,  (Gecaveinus  lateralis,  Fig.  76 J,  is  a  land  crab, 
and  literally  swarms  over  many  of  the  Florida  Keys  and  West  In- 
dies. It  is  also  found  at  the  Bermudas,  and  on  the  coast  of  South 
America.  The  shell  is  about  two  inches  wide  and  a  little  less  than 
this  in  length,  with  smooth,  rounded  edges.  The  central  parts  of 
the  back  are  dark  purple— almost  black,  while  the  sides  of  the  shell 
and  the  large  claws  are  rose-red.  The  walking  legs  and  under  parts 
are  dull  yellow.  This  crab  spends  almost  its  entire  life  upon  land, 
the  gills  being  small  and  enclosed  in  large  chambers  wl  ich  admit 
air  but  maintain  the  cavity  moist.  The  creature  lives  under  damp 
logs  or  leaves,  or  digs  burrows  fully  three  feet  in  depth  ;  and  is 
often  found  fully  twenty  feet  above  high  tide  level. 

It  is  mainly  nocturnal,  and  great  numbers  of  them  crawl  aljout 
during  the  night  seeking  all  manner  of  refuse  and  carrion  upon 
which  they  feed.  In  the  spring  they  all  visit  the  ocean  to  breed, 
and  in  midsummer  they  retire  to  the  depths  of  their  burrows  to 
moult.  The  crab  is  a  fairly  rapid  runner  and  an  excellent  climber. 
It  is  also  a  pugnacious  fighter,  being  well  protected  by  its  very 
hard  shell. 

The  Spider  Crabs,  (Fig.  77 J.  These  are  sluggish,  weak-clawed 
crabs  with  remarkably  long,  slender  legs.  Tiieir  bodies  are  usually 
flask-shaped  with  long,  tapering  snout,  and  short  eye-stalks. 
Although  apparently  stupid,  these  crabs  have  what  is  probably  the 
most  highly  developed  nervous  system  foimd  in  the  Crustacea,  for 
the  ganglia  of  the  body  are  often  united  into  a  single  disk-like  brain. 

Many  of  the  spider  crabs  have  the  habit  of  placing  bits  of  sea- 
weed, hydroids  and  other  marine  growths  upon  their  backs,  so  that 
the  crab  is  completely  hidden  under  a  veritable  marine  garden.  It 
has  been  found  that  the  crab  deliberately  bites  off  fragments  of 
weeds,  chews  them  for  a  time  and  places  the  weeds  upon  its  own 
back,  where  they  are  caught  by  the  saw-edged  or  hooked-hairs  of 
the  crab's  back,  and  probably  also  anchored  by  means  of  adhesive 
mucous  from  the  crab's  mouth.  The  crab  always  covers  itself  with 
the  sort  of  weeds,  etc.,  found  in  its  immediate  vicinity,  and  if 
removed  to  another  situation,  the  appearance  of  which  is  different, 
promptly  removes  the  old  weeds  and  replaces  them  with  those  which 
match  the  new  surroundings. 

One  of  the  spider  crabs  (Macrocheira  kam'pferi)  is  the  largest 


THE    CRUSTACEANS 


1U9 


living  crustacean,  for  the  spread  of  the  legs  is  fully  12  feet.  It  lives 
off  the  coast  of  Japan  at  depths  greater  than  GOO  feet,  and  is  occa- 
sionally entangled  in  the  set-lines  of  the  fishermen. 

Our   largest   spider  crabs   are   Libinia   diibia,    Fig.   77,   and 


-^ 


Fig.  77:  Above:  MALE  SPIDKR  CRAB. 
Left:  FEMALE  SPIDEK  CRAB. 
Right:  GHOST  CRAB. 
Center:  MUD  CRAB. 

Libinia  emarginata.  They  resemble  each  other  closely,  and  the 
legs  of  both  spread  about  eighteen  inches,  the  males  being  larger, 
and  having  longer  and  stouter  legs  than  the  females.  Libinia 
emarginata  has  more  spines  on  its  back  than  Libinia  dubia.  Both 
live  from  Cape  Cod  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  but  Libinia  emarginata 
extends  north  of  Cape  Cod  to  the  coast  of  Maine,  and  lives  usually 
in    deeper    water    than    Libinia    dubia.      Libinia    dubia    is  very 


110  SEA-SHORE     LIFE 

abundant  in  Long  Island  Sound  on  seaweed-covered  bottoms,  where 
it  attains  its  maximum  size.  The  backs  of  these  crabs  are  covered 
with  hairs,  and  sea  weeds,  barnacles,  and  hydroids  often  grow  upon 
them.     They  are  used  only  for  bait. 

The  Toad  Crab,  fllyas  eoarctafiisj.  This  is  a  spider  crab  but 
its  body  is  relatively  large  and  the  legs  slender  and  weak.  It 
spreads  over  not  more  than  two  and  a  half  inches,  and  the  back  and 
legs  are  often  densely  covered  with  seaweed  which  the  crab  affixes  to 
its  body.  It  is  abundant  in  shallow,  rocky  tide-pools  from  the  Arctic 
Ocean  to  New  Jersey,  but  lives  also  in  deep  water  off  the  coast, 
where  it  crawls  over  rocky  bottoms,  and  provides  food  for  cod  and 
other  fishes.  It  is  the  commonest  spider  crab  along  the  New  England 
coast  north  of  Cape  Cod. 

The  Horseshoe  Crab,  (Limulus  polyphemas,  Fig.  25 J.     This 
common  animal  lives  in  shallow  water  along  our  coast  from  Yuca- 
tan to  Maine,  and  is  often  called  the  king  crab.     It  is,  however,  not 
a  crab  but  is  probably  a  descendant  of  the  long  extinct  trilobites, 
and  there  is  reason  to  believe  also  that  it  is  related  to  the  spiders 
and  scorpions.    It  lives  off  muddy  or  sandy  shores,  and  is  often  seen 
slowly  gliding  over  the  bottom  or   half  buried  within  the  mud. 
The  shell  over  the   head   and   trunk   is   crescent -shaped,  smooth 
and  dome -like  with    two  valley-like  furrows  along    the  sides    of 
the  back.     The  large  lateral  eyes  are  easily  seen,  but  if  we  look 
more  closely  we  will  also  see  two  little  median  eyes  farther  for- 
ward.    Altogether  the  appearance  of  the  head  region  of  the  horse- 
shoe crab  is  quite  similar  to  that  of  the  trilobites  which  died  out  in 
the  age  of  the  coal,  although  the  trilobites  probably  had  no  median 
eyes.     The  abdomen   of  the  horseshoe  crab  tapers  rapidly  back- 
wards and  is  composed  of  six  fused  segments  ending  in  a  long, 
sharp,  movable  spine,  so  that  the  animal  is  about  one  foot  broad 
and  two  feet  long.     The  females  are  larger  than  the  males.    There 
are  seven  pairs  of  legs.     The  first  six  end  in  nipper-like  claws 
while  the  seventh  gives  rise  to  a  whorl  of  oar-like  flaps  used  m 
pushing  the  creature  over  the  bottom.     The  five  pairs  of  append- 
ages of  the  abdomen  are  leaf-like,  and  serve  as  gills  and  for  swim- 
ming.    In  late  spring  and  early  summer  the  horseshoe  crabs  come 
up  in  pairs  upon  the  beaches,  and  deposit  their  eggs  in  holes  which 
they  scoop  out  in  the  sand  and  leave  for  the  waves  to  fill.     They 


THE    CRUSTACEANS  111 

are  especially  abundant  upon  the  beaches  at  the  times  of  the  spring 
tides.  The  eggs  hatch  in  about  a  month,  and  the  young  bear  a  re- 
markable resemblance  to  the  trilobites  so  that  they  are  said  to  be 
in  the  trilobite  stage.  The  sharp  terminal  spine  develops  later, 
after  moulting. 

Horseshoe  crabs  have  been  used  for  making  fertilizer  in  Dela- 
ware Bay  and  are  nearly  exterminated  in  that  region.  They  are 
among  the  most  interesting  of  all  marine  animals,  and  are  probably 
the  last  survivors  of  a  race  which  may  have  been  a  connecting  link 
between  the  trilobites,  crustaceans,  and  scorpions.  There  are  very 
few  existing  species,  one  being  found  on  our  coast  and  several  on 
the  coast  of  Asia. 

THE    SEA    SPIDERS 

Pycnogonidce. 

These  are  generally  small  creatiires  Avhich  crawl  slowly  over 
hydroids  and  sea  weeds,  and  bear  a  superficial  resemblance  to 
sj)iders.  Their  true  relationships  are,  however,  a  puzzle  to 
naturalists. 

The  body  is  extremely  small,  so  that  the  stomach  and  re- 
productive organs  extend  outward  into  the  long,  stout  legs,  the 
stomach  in  some  species  reaching  even  to  the  tips,  while  the  repro- 
ductive organs  open  on  the  lower  sides  of  the  second  joints. 

There  are  typically  seven  pairs  of  appendages  in  the  male  and 
six  in  the  female,  the  third  pair  being  absent  in  the  females  of 
many  species.  In  the  male,  however,  these  are  developed  into  egg- 
carryiiig  organs,  for  he  gathers  the  eggs  into  balls  as  soon  as  they 
are  laid,  and  fastens  them  to  his  third  pair  of  legs  by  means  of  a 
cement  which  issues  from  openings  at  the  fourth  joints  of  his  walk- 
ing legs.  When  the  young  hatch  they  often  crawl  over  the  male 
in  considerable  numbers.  In  other  genera  the  young  enter  the 
digestive  cavities  of  hydroids,  and  form  gall-like  enlargements  upon 
the  stems,  within  Avhich  they  live. 

PhoxicMlidium  maxillare  is  a  small  species  which  varies  in 
color  from  blackish-brown  through  sepia  to  almost  white,  and 
spreads  about  one  inch.  It  is  commonlj'-  found  crawling  over 
hydroids  and  sea-squirts,  on  shelly  bottoms.     The  young  live  for  a 


112  SEA-SHORE    LIFE 

time  within  hydroids,  forming  gall-like  swellings.  The  legs  are 
often  sufficiently  translucent  to  permit  one  to  observe  the  wave-like 
contraction  of  the  stomach-tubes  within  them. 

An  excellent  account,  accompanied  by  good  figures  of  the  sea 
spiders  of  our  coast,  is  given  by  Edmund  B.  Wilson  in  the  "Report 
of  the  United  States  Fish  Commission"  for  1878;  and  in  "Trans- 
actions of  the  Connecticut  Academy  of  Science,"  Vol.  V. 


MOLLUSKS. 

A  LTHOUGH  mollusks  incliide  creatures  of  most  diverse  forms 
and  habits,  there  are  certain  things  which  we  may  say  of  the 
race  as  a  whole. 

In  the  first  place  their  bodies  are  not  divided  into  segments, 
as  is  often  the  case  in  worms  and  crustaceans.     Moreover,  the  right 
and  left  halves  of  the  body  are   typically  similar  each   to  each, 
although  this  is  not  the  case  in  forms  having  coiled  shells.     The 
lower  surface  of  the  body  consists  of  a  thick  muscular  foot  used 
in  creeping.     In  front  of  the  foot  we  find  the  head,  which  may 
have  a  pair  of  eyes  and  tentacles;  while  the  mouth  lies  on  its  lower 
surface  and  is  often  provided  with  numerous  horny,  rasping  teeth. 
A  flap-like  fold  of  the  body  extends  outward  from  the  sides.     This 
fold    is  called    the   "mantle,"  and  its  free  edge  and   upper  part 
secretes  the  shell  which  usually  covers  the  back  of  the  mollusk. 
The  feathery  gills  arise  from  the  sides,  and  lie  in  the  space  between 
the  lower  side  of  the  mantle  and  the  side  of  the  body.     The  intes- 
tine is  coiled  and  opens  typically  at  the  posterior  end  of  the  body, 
behind  the  foot.  There  is  a  paired  digestive  gland  or  "liver"  which 
pours  its  secretion  into  the  mid-gut.      The  three-chambered  heart 
lies  above  the  hind  gut  and  pumps  blood  from  the  gills  to  other 
parts  of  the  body.     The  simplest  mollusks  are  the  Chitonidce  or 
armadillo  slugs,  specimens  of  which  are  commonly  found  crawling 
over  heaps  of  dead  shells.     Their  bodies  are  flat  and  oval  in  out- 
line, and  the   back   is   covered  with  eight  shingle-like  calcareous 
plates.     The  mouth  is  situated  on  the  lower  surface  immediately 
in  front  of  the  broad  muscular  foot.     A  deep  groove  extends  down 
each  side  of  the  body,  and  from  the  bottom  of  this  arise  the  lancet- 
shaped  gills.    Chitons  cling  with  great  tenacity  to  the  surface  upon 
which  they  maybe  crawling,  but  if  torn  off  they  roll  up  into  a  ball. 
A  common  species  with  us,  about  half  an  inch  long,  is  Trachy- 
dermon   apicidata,   which  ranges  from  Cape  Cod   to  the  Gulf   of 
Mexico.     It  is  abundant  upon  dead  oyster  shells  and  is  usually 
dull  brown  or  gray  in  color,  although  some  specimens  are  white. 


114  SEA-SHORE     LIFE 

Acanthopleuni  graniilata,  Fig.  78,  is  a  large  chiton  about  three 
inches  long,  which  is  abundant  on  rocky  shores,  between  tide  limits, 
in  the  Bahama  Islands  and  West  Indies. 

Another  great  group  of  mollusks  are  the  snails,  slugs  and 
limpets,  which  are  all  grouped  under  the  scientific  name  of  Gastero- 
poda.    In  all  of  these  the  shell,  when  present,  consists  of  a  single 


Fig.  yS;  Acanthopleui  a  grantilata  the  connnonest  Chiton  in  the  West  Indies.     From 

Andros  Island,  Bahamas. 

piece,  not  of  a  series  of  shingles,  as  in  the  chitons.  In  some  Gas- 
teropoda, however,  the  shell  has  become  enclosed  by  an  overgrowth 
of  the  edges  of  the  mantle,  and  may  even  disajDpear  in  the 
adult  state. 

In  snails  we  find  that  the  viscera  are  protected  by  being  cov- 
ered with  a  spirally  coiled  shell,  within  which  the  entire  foot  and 
head  may  be  withdrawn.  Indeed,  in  many  of  the  sea  snails  we 
find  a  horny  or  calcareous  plate  called  the  "operculum,"  which  is 
developed  on  the  upper  side  of  the  posterior  part  of  the  foot,  and 
when  the  creature  draws  in  its  head  and  foot  this  completely  closes 
the  aperture  of  the  shell.  The  operculum  is  very  rarely  seen  in  fresh 
water  snails.  The  sea  snails  have  at  least  one  feathered  gill,  but 
the  land  and  fresh  water  species  have  lost  their  gills  and  the  mantle 
edge  has  fused  with  the  side  of  the  body,  making  a  large,  air- filled 
cavity  which  opens  at  one  point,  usually  on  the  right  side,  and 
serves  as  a  lung.  One  can  easily  see  this  breathing  pore  in  slugs 
and  fresh  water  snails,  and  the  latter  must  come  to  the  surface  at 
regular  intervals  to  let  out  a  bubble  of  air,  and  take  in  a  new  sup- 
ply. Slugs,  land  and  fresh  water  snails  are  hermaphrodites,  and 
may  bring  forth  their  young  in  a  well  developed  stage,  although 


MOLLUSKS  lis 

many  species  lay  eggs.  Many  snails  are  herbiverous,  while  a  few 
prey  upon  barnacles  or  other  niollusks.  Sense  organs  are  poorly 
developed  in  snails,  biit  in  land  snails  and  slugs  we  often  find  eyes 
mounted  upon  the  tip  ends  of  long  tentacles  which  arise  from  the 
head.  In  sea  snails,  however,  the  eyes  are  smaller,  and  are  found 
at  the  bases  of  the  tentacles  or  only  half  way  up. 

The  clams,  oysters  and  mussels  form  a  great  group  called  the 
''Laviellibranchiata,''  for  their  gills  project  in  curtain-like  sheets 
from  the  sides  of  the  body,  within  the  shell.  In  these  molhisks  we 
find  two  shells  or  more  properly  "valves,"  one  on  the  right  and  the 
other  on  the  left  side  of  the  body,  while  the  "hinge"  between  the 
valves  extends  along  the  back  of  the  animal.  This  hinge  is  tough 
and  muscular,  and  tends  constantly  to  open  the  valves,  but  this  is 
prevented  by  the  contraction  of  two  powerful  sets  of  muscles  which 
run  across  from  one  valve  to  the  other. 

The  foot  of  the  animal  is  often  well  developed  and  capable  of 
pushing  the  creature  rapidly  through  the  sand,  as  in  the  razor- 
clam,  while  in  other  cases,  as  in  the  oyster,  it  is  small  and  degenerate. 
There  is  no  distinct  head,  but  the  mouth  has  two  leaf-like  lips.  It 
should  be  said  that  the  long,  muscular  "neck"  of  the  soft-shell  clam 
is  not  the  neck  of  the  animal,  but  is  a  tubular  outgrowth  of  the 
mantle,  which  opens  by  two  apertures.  The  one  on  the  lower  side 
is  for  the  admission  of  water  to  the  gill  chambers,  and  the  other  is 
the  anal  aperture.  A  continuous  current  of  water  flows  in  at  the  for- 
mer and  out  from  the  latter  aperture.  In  scientific  language  the 
"neck"  of  the  clam  is  called  the  siphon,  and  it  is  Avell  to  remember 
that  it  extends  outward  from  the  posterior  end  of  the  body;  the 
mouth  being  at  the  opposite  side  of  the  shell. 

Clams,  oysters  and  mussels  feed  upon  minute  plant  and  ani- 
mal organisms,  which  are  drawn  in  between  the  edges  of  the  mantle, 
or  tlirough  the  siphon  by  means  of  the  constant  beating  of  vast 
numbers  of  little  hair-like  cilia  that  cover  the  gills. 

The  most  highly  developed  mollusks  are  the  Cephalopoda, 
represented  by  the  squid,  octopiis,  nautilus,  and  argonaut.  In 
these  we  find  two  large  eyes  and  eight  or  ten  long,  muscular, 
sucker-bearing  "arms"  Avliich  surround  the  mouth.  These  arms 
constitute  a  portion  of  what  was  once  the  foot  of  the  ancestral  forms 
from  which  the  Cephalopoda  are  descended.     The  remaining  part 


116  SEA-SHORE    LIFE 

of  the  foot  has  become  the  tube-like  "siphon,"  through  which  water 
is  ejected  from  the  large  mantle  cavity. 

In  all  living  forms  except  the  nautilus,  the  shell  is  internal, 
although  two  of  the  arms  of  the  female  argonaut  secrete  a  papery 
capsule  which  resembles  a  shell  in  appearance,  but  is  only  a  brood 
pouch  to  hold  the  eggs,  and  is  in  no  sense  comparable  with  the 
shells  of  other  moUiisks.  A  more  detailed  account  of  the  anat- 
omy of  the  Cephalopoda  will  l^e  given  in  the  description  of  our 
common  squid.  All  of  the  Cephalopoda  are  very  active  creatures, 
capturing  fishes  and  other  marine  animals  by  means  of  their  sucker- 
bearing  arms,  and  crushing  the  prey  in  their  horny  beaks.  They 
usually  dart  backward,  being  propelled  by  forcing  the  water  from 
the  mantle  cavity  out  through  the  siphon,  the  opening  of  which  is 
directed  forward,  but  may  ])e  turned  so  as  to  drive  the  stream 
backward. 

In  the  adult  form  the  mollusks  appear  to  be  widely  separated 
from  all  other  groups  of  invertebrates;  but  a  study  of  their  devel- 
opment shows,  that  in  their  earliest  stages  they  are  worm-like  in  a 
number  of  important  characters,  and  it  seems  probable  that  they  are 
remotely  descended  from  worm-like  ancestors. 

Good  accounts  of  our  mollusks  will  be  found  in  Arnold's  "Sea- 
Beach  at  Ebb  Tide."  Excellent  figures  and  clear  descriptions  of 
the  species  of  the  New  England  coast  are  given  by  Gould  and  Bin- 
ney,  in  "Report  on  the  Invertebrates  of  Massachusetts,"  1870, 
Wright  and  Potter,  Boston;  and  the  land  shells  are  equally  well 
described  in  "The  Terrestrial  Air-breathing  Mollusks  of  the  United 
States,"  by  W.  G.  Binney,  in  Bulletin  of  the  Museum  of  Compara- 
tive Zoology  at  Harvard  College,  Vol.  TV,  1878. 

CLAMS,  OYSTERS,  AND  MUSSELS. 

Lamellihranehiata. 

In  this  great  order  of  mollusks  the  shell  is  divided  into  two 
halves,  or  valves,  each  half  shell  covering  a  side  of  the  body,  while 
the  hinge  of  the  valves  extends  down  the  middle  of  the  back  of  the 
animal.  This  hinge  is  an  elastic  cushion  that  tends  to  cause  the 
valves  to  gape  open,  but  this  tendency  is  counteracted  by  one  or 
two  strong  adductor  muscles,  that  extend  across  from  one  valve 


MOLLUSKS 


117 


to  tlie  other.  In  the  oysters  aad  scallops  there  is  but  one  adductor 
muscle,  while  in  clams  and  mussels  there  are  two.  When  the  ad- 
ductor muscles  relax,  the  hinge-cushion  causes  the  valves  to  gape; 


Fig.  79/  Mussel-s  exposed  at  low  tide.    Annisquain,  Mass. 

and  this  is  the  normal  condition  while  the  animal  is  immersed  and 
feeding.  When  the  tide  goes  out,  however,  or  the  creature  is  sud- 
denly disturbed  the  adductors  contract,  thus  closing  the  valves. 

The  shell  is  secreted  hy  a  membrane  called  the  mantle,  that 
arises  from  the  right  and  left  sides  of  the  mid-dorsal  line  and 
extends  downward  as  a  sheet  on  both  sides  of  the  body ;  the  form 
of  the  sheet  being  similar  to  that  of  the  shell  it  secretes.  The  outer 
edges  of  the  mantle  are  tliickened  and  are  usually  more  or  less 
fused,  thus  binding  the  two  valves  together  along  their  edges.  Def- 
initely placed  o]3enings  are,  however,  always  found  where  the  man- 
tle edges  do  not  fuse.  One  or  two  of  these  are  opposite  the  posterior 
end  of  the  body  of  the  animal,  and  allow  water  to  pass  in  and  out 
of  the  mantle-cavity,  while  another  on  the  ventral  side  allows  the 
foot  to  be  thrust  out.  In  the  clams  the  openings  for  the  admission 
and  expulsion  of  water  are  separated  and  the  mantle  is  here  ex- 


118  SEA-SHORE     LIFE 

tended  as  a  long  double  tube,  erroneously  called  the  "  neck,"  that 
projects  outward  from  the  posterior  end  of  the  shell.  This  neck 
should  be  called  the  siphon  and  if  one  observes  a  living  clam  it 
will  be  seen  that  a  constant  current  of  water  is  passing  in  through 
the  opening  in  the  siphon  that  is  farther  away  from  the  hinge,  and 
pouring  out  through  the  one  nearer  the  hinge  side  This  current  is 
caused  by  the  beating  in  unison  of  myriads  of  cilia  that  cover  the 
gills  of  the  clam;  and  thus  water  is  brought  in  to  aerate  the  blood, 
and  to  provide  the  minute  organisms  upon  which  tlie  clam  feeds, 
while  the  waste  water  and  products  of  excretion  are  carried  away 
through  the  dorsal-most  opening.  But  the  mantle  serves  not  only 
to  provide  definite  openings  for  water  currents.  It  secretes  the 
horny  outer  skin,  and  the  inner  stony  layers  of  the  shell. 

In  all  of  the  young  and  in  the  great  majority  of  adult  I;amelli- 
branchs  the  two  valves  of  the  shell  are  exactly  alike  in  shape,  but 
in  those  which  live  attached  to  objects  the  valves  are  often  dissimi- 
lar, as  in  the  case  of  the  oyster  and  the  jingle  shell  fAnouiiaJ. 

The  body  of  the  Tvaraellibranch  lies  suspended  within  the  man- 
tle-cavity, being  attached  to  the  mantle  along  its  dorsal  edge.  The 
mouth  is  near  the  dorsal  side  of  the  anterior  end  of  the  body,  away 
frmn  the  siphon.  It  has  no  teeth,  and  is  a  deep  groove  bordered 
above  and  below  by  projecting  ridges  which  function  as  lips. 

The  foot  is  a  muscular  expansion  on  the  ventral  side  of  the 
body.  In  some  attached  forms  the  foot  is  very  degenerate,  but  in 
many  of  the  clams  it  is  developed  into  a  strong  blade-like  organ, 
capable  of  great  expansion  and  contraction,  and  serving  to  move  the 
animal  from  place  to  place,  to  burrow,  and  in  some  forms  even  to 
swim.  In  many  forms  the  foot  is  provided  with  a  special  gland 
that  secretes  a  glue-like  substance  which  adheres  to  anything  it 
touches,  and  hardens  into  a  tough,  elastic  thread  serving  to  fasten 
the  mollusk  to  an  anchorage.  This  thread  or  rather  accumulation 
of  threads  is  called  the  hy.ssns.  The  byssus  may  usually  be  cast  off 
at  will,  and  renewed  thread  by  thread.  By  means  of  these  threads, 
the  mussels  are  able  to  drag  themselves  slowly  about,  or  even  to 
climb. 

The  most  characteristic  organs  of  Lamellibranchs  are  the  sheet- 
like gills  that  arise  from  the  sides  of  the  body,  and  hang  freely 
within  the  mantle  cavitv.  Indeed  thennme  TxtiiieUih)'anc]iiata  means 


MOLLUSKS  119 

"  plate  gills,"  and  the  gills  of  a  clam  or  oyster  bear  a  close  super- 
ficial resemblance  to  a  pair  of  delicate  leaves  on  each  side  of  the 
body.  In  some  of  the  lamellibranchs,  however,  the  gills  consist  of 
delicate  filaments  calling  to  mind  the  barbules  of  a  feather.  Gills 
of  this  sort  are  seen  in  the  jingle  shell  (Anomia),  the  bloody  clam 
and  in  mussels.  In  oysters  and  clams,  however,  the  feathery  fila- 
ments are  fused  one  to  another  at  many  points,  leaving  sieve-like 
openings  through  which  water  may  pass  in  its  course  through  the 
gills.  The  gill  sheets  are  also  fused  to  the  mantle,  thus  forming  a 
chamber  through  which  the  waste  water  from  the  gills  passes 
along  the  sides  of  the  Ijody  on  its  way  to  the  excurren-t  tube  of  the 
siphon.  The  water  current  over  the  gills  is  maintained  by  the 
orderly  and  constant  beating  of  vast  numbers  of  cilia  that  cover 
their  surfaces. 

Lamellibranchs  feed  upon  minute  organisms,  both  animal  and 
vegetable.  This  food  is  drawn  in  with  the  water  currents,  and  is 
caught  upon  the  slime  of  the  gills,  and  then  driven  toward  the 
mouth  by  the  movements  of  the  cilia.  There  it  is  collected  upon 
the  curtain-like  lips,  and  driven  by  their  cilia  into  the  alimen- 
tary tract. 

There  is  a  fairly  well  developed  stomach  which  is  surrounded 
by  a  large  liver,  the  duct  of  which  empties  into  the  stomach.  A 
long  gelatinous  rod  called  the  crystalline  stylet  is  often  found  in 
the  stomach,  but  its  exact  nature  and  function  are  unknown.  The 
intestine  is  twisted,  and  is  surrounded  by  the  genital  organs. 

The  heart  is  three-chambered,  and  the  hind-gut  passes  through 
it.     It  pumps  blood  from  the  gills  to  other  parts  of  the  body. 

The  LcDnellihrancliiata  are  sedentary  creatures  and  many  of 
them  remain  fixed  from  the  end  of  their  larval  development  until 
death,  as  is  the  case  with  the  oyster.  A  few,  such  as  the  scallop,  are 
enabled  to  swim  in  an  awkward  darting  manner  by  the  rapid 
closure  of  their  valves,  thus  driving  the  animal  hinge-side  forward. 
Others,  such  as  the  clams,  are  enabled  to  burrow  through  sand  and 
mud  by  means  of  their  muscular  foot,  while  still  others,  such  as  the 
mussels,  drag  themselves  slowly  about  by  means  of  their  byssus 
threads. 

As  one  would  expect  in  such  slow  moving  creatures,  sense  or- 
gans are  poorly  developed.     On  the  mantle  edge  of  the  scallop, 


120  SEA-SHORE    LIFE 

however,  we  find  tentacles,  and  also  complex  eyes  each  provided 
with  a  lens  and  a  well  developed  retina  which,  curiously  enough, 
hears  a  close  general  resemhlance  to  that  of  the  vertebrates,  for  it  is 
turned  inside  out.  Near  the  sides  of  the  gills  are  organs  that  are 
believed  to  serve  in  tasting  the  water,  and  there  is  also  a  pair  of 
primitive  ear-like,  or  balancing,  organs  in  the  foot.  Each  of  these 
consists  of  a  cavity  lined  with  cells  which  bear  long  hairs,  while  the 
interior  of  the  cavity  is  filled  with  a  gelatinous  fluid,  and  contains 
one  or  more  stony  concretions,  or  even  grains  of  sand.  It  is  proba- 
ble that  these  primitive  ear-like  organs  enable  the  mollusks  to  per- 
ceive shocks  and  jars  in  the  water,  and  it  is  certain  that  many  of 
them  are  capable  of  perceiving  sound. 

The  nervous  system  is  quite  simple  and  consists  of  three  pairs 
of  ganglia,  or  masses  of  nerve  cells,  joined  by  nerve  fibres.  One 
pair  of  ganglia  is  near  the  mouth  and  above  the  throat,  another 
pair  is  at  the  base  of  the  foot,  while  the  hindmost  pair  is  under  the 
posterior  end  of  the  intestine. 

The  early  stages  in  the  development  of  clams,  oysters  and 
mussels,  bear  a  general  resemblance  to  those  of  certain  groups  of 
worms,  and  it  seems  probable  that  mollusks  and  worms  are  de- 
scended remotely  from  one  and  the  same  ancient  stock,  which 
is  now  extinct.  The  egg  develops  into  a  little  pear-shaped  larva 
closely  resembling  the  tack-headed  larva  (Trocliophora)  of  worms 
excepting  that  it  is  provided  with  a  half-shell  on  either  side.  The 
little  moUusk  swims  through  the  water  until  the  shell  becomes  too 
heavy,  and  then  it  sinks  to  the  bottom.  A  considerable  number  of 
young  lamellibranchs  attach  themselves  to  objects  by  means  of  a 
byssus  thread  which  is  secreted  by  a  gland  in  the  foot.  After 
growing  older,  however,  they  cease  to  develop  a  byssus,  and  change 
their  habits.  The  young  of  the  scallop,  the  long  clam,  and  the  pearl 
oyster  form  these  byssus  threads,  while  the  well  grown  animal  does 
not.  The  young  of  the  fresh-water  mussels  are  parasites,  and  bury 
themselves  for  a  time  beneath  the  skin  of  fishes. 

A  good  general  account  of  the  structure  of  lamellibranchs  is 
given  in  Arnold  Lang's  "Textbook  of  Comparative  Anatomy,"  Part 
II,  1896,  Macmillan  Co.;  and  a  systematic  review  by  Woodward  and 
Tait  in  "Woodward's  Manual  of  the  Mollusca." 

All  of  the  Lamellibranchs  are  aquatic,  and  the  vast  majority  are 


MOLLUSKS  121 

inliabitants  of  tlie  sea.  They  differ  greatly  in  size  and  shape,  vary- 
ing from  microscopic  dimensions  to  four  and  a  half  feet  in  width, 
as  in  the  giant  clam  (Tridaena  gigasj  of  the  tropical  Pacific  and 
Indian  Ocean.  This  great  clam  lives  half  buried  in  the  coral  reefs 
with  the  sinuous  gape  of  its  shell  upperaiost.  It  commonly  remains 
with  its  valves  slightly  open,  showing  the  rich,  blue  edges  of 
the  mantle,  but  if  the  tide  retreats  or  if  it  be  suddenly  disturbed 
the  valves  close  tightly.  The  animal,  exclusive  of  its  shell,  often 
weighs  twenty  pounds  and,  although  coarse,  is  sometimes  eaten  by 
the  natives. 

Excellent  photographs  showing  these  clams  partially  exj^osed 
at  low  tide  are  given  by  W.  Saville-Kent  in  "  The  Great  Barrier 
Reef  of  Australia,"  Plate  XXIX. 

The  American  Oyster,  (Ostrea  virginiea,  Fig.  SoJ,  is  found 
from  the  Crulf  of  St.  Lawrence  to  Texas,  but  is  most  abundant  in 
Chesapeake  and  Delaware  Bays  and  in  Long  Island  and  Pamlico 
Sounds.  It  thrives  best  in  shallow  bays  and  estuaries  where  the 
water  is  apt  to  be  brackish.  Our  oyster  fisheries  are  worth 
$10,600,000  annually. 

Oysters  usually  lie  upon  their  sides,  and  the  lower  valve  fas- 
tens itself  to  a  rock  or  other  firm  anchorage  by  the  shelly  secretion 
of  the  mantle.  This  lower  shell  is  almost  always  upon  the  left  side 
of  the  body,  and  is  quite  deep  and  convex,  while  the  upper  shell 
is  much  flatter  or  even  concave.  At  the  narrow  end  of  the  shell 
we  will  see  a  dark  brown,  elastic  hinge,  which  is  so  arranged 
that  it  tends  constantly  to  cause  the  two  valves  of  the  shell  to  open, 
but  this  is  prevented  by  a  strong  miiscle  that  extends  across  from 
both  sides  of  the  oyster's  body  and  hinds  the  valves  together. 
This  strong  adductor  muscle  is  commonly  but  erroneously  called 
the  "heart."  In  the  American  oyster  the  place  of  attachment  of 
this  muscle  to  the  shell  is  marked  by  a  dark  brownish-purple  area 
while  in  the  common  Ostrea  edulisoi  Europe  this  area  is  uncolored. 
When  undisturbed,  and  under  normal  conditions  oysters  commonly 
remain  with  their  shells  gaping  slightly  open.  The  inside  of  the 
shell  is  lined  with  a  delicate  membrane  called  the  mantle,  Avhich 
grows  otit  from  both  sides  of  the  mid-dorsal  line  of  the  body  and 
secretes  the  shell  itself. 

There  are  also  a  pair  of  gills   which   arise   from   the   sides 


122 


SEA-SHORE     LIFE 


^ 


} 


Fig.  So;  AMERICAN  OYSTER. 


of  the  body,  as  two  sheets  on  each  side,  near  the  mid-dorsal  line, 
and  which  lie  free  in  the  space  between  the  mantle  and  the  body 

of  the  oyster.  The  digestive  tract  is 
much  coiled  and  twisted,  and  the  mouth 
of  the  oyster  is  placed  close  to  the 
hinge  at  the  narrow  apex  of  the  shell, 
where  it  is  surrounded  by  curtain-like 
lips. 

There  is  a  well  developed  stomach 
which  often  contains  a  glistening,  gela- 
tinous, rod  called  the  "crystalline  style." 
The  function  of  this  is  unknown,  al- 
though it  may  possibly  represent  stored 
up  nutrient  material. 

The  large  green-colored  liver  sur- 
rounds the  stomach  into  which  it 
empties,  while  the  reproductive  organs 
siirround  the  coiled  intestine,  and  are  very  large  during  the 
warmer  months  when  the  oysters  are  spawning. 

A  full-grown  female  oyster  will  produce  about  9,000,000  eggs, 
each  being  about  one-five-hundredth  of  an  inch  in  diameter.  The 
eggs  are  cast  out  into  the  water  through  the  oviducts  which  open 
into  the  gill  cavity  on  both  sides  of  the  body  below  the  adductor 
muscle.  They  then  develop  into  little  free-swimming  larvas  which 
swim  rapidly  through  the  water  by  means  of  their  hair-like  cilia. 
The  shells  then  appear  upon  the  sides  of  the  body,  and  when  about 
one-eighth  of  an  inch  wide  the  creature  settles  to  the  bottom  with 
its  left  side  down,  and  there  remains  throughout  life. 

The  true  heart  of  the  oyster  is  bulb-like  in  shape,  and  lies 
within  a  delicate  translucent  sac  close  to  the  inner  side  of  the  great 
adductor  muscle.  It  pulsates  slowly,  and  pumps  blood  from  the 
gills  to  other  parts  of  the  body.  Growth  is  rapid  at  first,  for 
under  favorable  conditions  the  little  oyster,  or  "spat,"  as  it  is 
called,  may  become  an  inch  across  its  shell  in  seven  weeks,  and 
two  inches  in  three  months. 

The  oysters  feed  upon  a  great  variety  of  minute  organisms, 
such  as  simple  unicellular  plants  and  animals,  and  small  marine 
larvfe.     The  gills  are  covered  with  waving  cilia,  which  create  a 


MOLLUSKS  123 

constant  current  providing  fresh  water  to  breathe,  and  also  drawing 
into  the  shell  the  food  of  the  oyster.  The  organisms  serving  as 
food  are  caught  in  the  slime  covering  the  gills,  and  are  swept  into 
the  open  mouth  by  the  action  of  the  cilia.  Oysters  are  capable  of 
detecting  sound,  for  they  close  immediately  when  a  loud  noise  is 
produced. 

The  Surf  Clam,  (Mactra  solidissima,  Fig.  SI).  This  is  also 
called  the  hen-clam.  It  extends  from  tlie  Gulf  of  Mexico  to  Lab- 
rador,  and  is 
found  on  sandy 
beaches  from  low 
water  to  a  depth 
of  about  sixty 
feet.  The  shell 
is  covered  with  a 
horny,  light- 
brown  skin,  and 
is  not  deeply  fur- 
rowed by  lines  of 
growth.  It  grows 
to  be  fully  six 
inches  long  and 

four  wide         The  /="/;§-.  ^//  surf  clam.     From  are.    Voung  and  old. 

.  .  Annisquam,  Mass. 

Siphon    IS    short 

and  thick,  while  the  foot  is  large,  stout  and  muscular,  and  enables 
the  clam  to  dig  rapidly  into  the  sand.  It  does  not  construct  a  deep 
burrow,  however,  but  lives  quite  close  to  the  surface,  and  is  on  this 
account  often  cast  ashore  by  storms.  Its  flesh  is  tough,  and  not 
highly  esteemed  as  food. 

The  Soft-Shell  Clam,  (Mya  arenaria,  Fig.  82 J.  This  is  often 
called  the  "long  clam"'  or  "nanninose."  It  is  found  in  sandy  or 
muddy  shores  from  the  Carolinas  to  the  Arctic,  and  also  on  the 
Northern  coasts  of  Europe.  It  is  common  in  the  sheltered  banks 
of  bays  and  estuaries  between  tide  limits,  where  it  burrows  in  the 
ground  by  means  of  its  muscular  foot,  having  its  long,  extensible 
siphon  pointing  upward.  When  the  tide  is  high  the  siphon  is 
extended  so  as  to  reach  to  the  opening  of  the  burrow,  but  it  retracts 


124 


SEA-SHORE     LIFE 


at  times  of  low  tide.  This  siphon  may  he  as  much  as  a  foot  in 
length,  and  is  pierced  by  two  tubular  openings,  the  one  nearest  the 
hinge  side  of  the  clam  serving  to  carry  off  the  digested  food,  and 
water  from  the  gill  chambers,  while  the  other  serves  to  admit  water 
into  the  gill  chambers  of  the  clam.  There  is  thus  a  constant  cur- 
rent going  into  and  passing  out  of  the  siphon.  The  shell  is  quite 
thin  and  brittle.     This  clam  spawns  in  early  summer,  and  the  eggs 


Fig.  S.2;  SOFT-SHELL  CLAM.     From  lite.     Aimisquam,  Mass. 

develop  into  little  free-swimming  larvae  which  soon  settle  down 
upon  seaweed  or  other  submerged  objects  and  attach  themselves 
by  means  of  a  thread  called  a  byssus,  Avhich  is  secreted  by  a  gland 
in  the  foot  of  the  little  clam.  Soon  they  free  themselves  and  sink 
to  the  bottom,  where  they  begin  to  burrow  when  about  one-quarter 
of  an  inch  long.  They  still  attach  themselves  to  particles  of 
sand,  however,  and  often  leave  one  burrow  to  construct  another. 
Finally,  however,  they  dig  a  permanent  burrow  which  they  rarely 
or  never  leave,  and  no  longer  ]u-oduce  a  byssus. 

This  valuable  mollusk  is  highly  esteemed  in  the  market.  The 
fishery  in  the  New  England  States  is  worth  more  than  $500,000 
annually. 


MOLLUSKS 


125 


Fig.  Ss;  LITTLE-NECK  CLAM.     Long 
Island  Sound. 


The  Round  Clam,  Quahaug,  or  Little-neck  Clara,  f  Venus  mer- 
cenaria,  Fig.  S3J,  is  the  common  hard-shelled  clam  of  the  New- 
York  market,  and  the  fishery  in  the  Middle  Atlantic  States  is  worth 
$200,000  annually.    The  Indians 
made  their  purple  wampum  from, 
its  shell. 

The  hard  clam  ranges  from 
Yucatan  to  Nova  Scotia,  but  is 
common  only  from  the  Carolinas 
to  Cape  Cod.  It  is  most  abund- 
ant in  shallow  bays  and  estu- 
aries where  it  lives  below  the 
level  of  low  tide. 

It  is  often  seen  lying  upon 
the  bottom,  but  is  able  to  bur- 
row to  a  slight  de[)th  by  means  of 
its  strong  muscular  foot  which 
can  be  protruded  from  the  shell 
so  as  to  sweep  backwards  and 
forwards  over  a  wide  area.  The  siphon  is  short  and  blunt,  and  the 
end  displaying  the  two  openings  is  forked.  A  continuous  current 
of  water  flows  in  through  the  lower  opening,  and  out  through  the 
opening  nearest  the  hinge  of  the  shell.  The  mantle  edge  around 
the  lip  of  the  valves  is  crumpled.  The  shell  is  covered  by  a  grayish 
or  dull  broAvnish-gray  skin,  and  it  displays  quite  regular  and  deep 
rings  of  growth.  The  siphon  is  light  yellow,  while  the  foot  is 
white.  Kellogg  finds  that  these  clams  grow  very  rapidly,  and 
may  become  about  three  and  a  quarter  times  their  former  volume 
in  six  months.  These  clams  feed  upon  diatoms  and  minute  organ- 
isms, which  are  drawn  into  the  gill  chamber  through  the  in-current 
tube  of  the  siphon.  The  particles  serving  as  food  are  collected  by 
the  slime  upon  the  gills,  and  driven  into  the  mouth  by  the  motion 
of  the  cilia,  while  undesirable  material  is  thrown  upon  the  surface 
of  the  body  or  the  mantle  and  then  driven  to  the  base  of  the  in- 
current  opening  of  the  siphon,  where  it  may  be  discharged  by  a 
sudden  closure  of  the  valves  of  the  shell. 

The  Razor  Clam,  (Ensis  americana,  Fig.  84).     This  curious 
clam  resembles  in  shape  the  handle  of  a  razor,  and  is  found  from 


126 


SEA-SHORE    LIFE 


Labrador  to  the  Florida  Keys.  The  shell  becomes  about  six  inches 
long  and  is  only  one  inch  wide.  The  clam  has  a  long  muscular  foot 
which  can  be  withdrawn  within  the  shell  but  may  be  protruded 
fully  five  inches  out  from  the  anterior  end.  By  means  of  this  foot 
the  clam  burrows  through  sandy  beaches  with  wonderful  rapidity, 


Fig.  84;  RAZOR  CLAM.     Annisiiuam,  Mass. 

SO  that  it  is  practically  impossible  to  capture  one  of  them  with  a 
spade  after  it  has  once  buried  itself  JDeneath  the  surface.  At  low 
tide  the  clam  often  comes  to  the  surface  and  remains  with  the  pos- 
terior end  of  its  shell  projecting,  allowing  the  short  siphon  to  pro- 
trude into  the  air.  If  it  be  disturbed  it  darts  rapidly  back  into  its 
burrow.  This  clam  is  very  palatable,  but  the  difficulty  of  capturing 
it  prevents  its  being  sold  in  any  quantity  in  the  markets.  It  is 
found  commonly  within  sandy  sea  beaches  or  sand  bars  where  the 
water  is  not  brackish. 

The  Sand-Bar  Clam,  fSiliqaa  costata,  Fig.  So  J.     This  shell  is 
about  one  and  three-quarter  inches  long  and  three-quarters  of  an 

inch  wide.     It  lives  within 

loose  sandy  beaches  and 
bars,  in  shallow  water,  but 
does  not  extend  above  low 
tide  level.  It  occurs  from 
Nova  Scotia  to  the  Carol i- 
nas  but  is  found  only  in 
situations  where  the  ocean 
water  is  pure.  The  shell 
is  covered  with  a  rich  brown  skin,  which  gives  it  a  polished  sur- 
face.    The  siphon  is  slender  but  quite  long,  while  the  foot  is  broad 


w 

m  — 


fig.  S3;  SAND-KAR  CLAM.     Cape  Ann,  Mass. 


MOLLUSKS  127 

and  muscular  and  its  end  flattened  to  serve  as  a  pushing  organ. 
The  clam  burrows  onl}-  a  short  distance  beneath  the  sand  and  occa- 
sionally comes  to  the  surface  where  it  literally  skips  along  by  means 
of  its  powerful  foot,  aided  by  the  flapping  motion  of  its  valves.  In 
common  with  all  other  clams  it  feeds  upon  minute  organisms  both 
vegetable  and  animal. 

The  Swimming  Clam,  (Solenomya  velum.  Fig.  86 J,  ranges  from 
North  Carolina  to  Nova  Scotia,  where  it  burrows  into  sandy  or 
muddy  beaches  immediately  be- 
low tide  level.  In  common  with 
tlie  razor  clam,  and  sand-bar 
clam,  it  prefers  pure  ocean  water. 
It  is  not  over  three-quarters  f»f 
an  inch  in  length,  and  the  sliell 
is  thin  and  flexible  with  a  ricli 
brown  surface  varied  by  yellow 
lines  radiating  from  the  hinge.  ^^^-  »(>-■  swimming  clam,    cape 

mi        c  c      1   •         1  T  Ann,  Mass. 

The  foot  of  this  clam  can  be  ex- 
panded into  an  umbrella  shape  at  its  apex.       When  the  foot  is 
expanded  and  driven  suddenly  outward,  the  clam  swims  backward, 
but  when  the  foot  is  suddenly  withdrawn  it  swims  forward.     In 

this  manner  the  clam  is  enabled  to  swim  for 
a  considerable  distance  through  the  water  with- 
out touching  the  bottom. 

The   Bloody   Clam,   (Argina   pexata,   Fig. 

87 J,  is  common  under  stones  or  within  gravelly 

beaches,  below^  low-tide  level,  from  Florida  to 

Cape    Cod.       It   attaches    itself    to    stones   by 

means  of  a  byssus  thread  which  is  secreted  by 

—  -^      a  gland  in  the  foot.     The  shell  is  oblong,  about 

F!£:.  sy/  BLOODY        one  and  one-quarter  inches  wide,  and  covered 

with  a  rough,  brown  skin.     There  are  about  32 

ridges  that  radiate  outward  from  the  beak  of  the  shell.     The  gills 

and  circulatory  fluid  of  the  clam  are  red.     Hence  the  popular  name 

of  "bloody  clam." 

The  Ship-Worm,  or  Teredo,  (Fig.  88),  is  not  a  worm  but  is 
closely  related  to  the  clams.  Its  peculiar  elongate  form  and  worm- 
like appearance   are  due  to  its  habit  of  burrowing  into  any  sort 


128 


SEA-SHORE     LIFE 


of  wood,  excepting  palmetto  logs  or  teak.  The  ship-worm  begins 
to  burrow  into  the  wood  by  movements  of  its  foot  and  shell,  when 
only  as  large  as  a  pin's  head,  so  that  the  opening  to  the  burrow 
is  small.  For  a  short  distance  from  the  entrance  inward  the  bur- 
row is  apt  to  be  perpendicular  to  the  surface,  but  it  soon  turns 
and  runs  more  or  less  in  the  direction  of  the  grain  of  the  wood, 
although  usually  quite  twisted.  The  burrow  is  lined  with  shelly 
material  secreted  by  the  teredo,  and  it  is  interesting  to  observe  that 
no  matter  how  numerous  the  teredos  infesting  a  piece  of  wood,  their 
tubes  remain  separate  one  from  another  and  never  intersect.  The 
shelly  material  lining  the  tube  is  not  the  true  shell  of  the  teredo. 
The  true  sliell  is  found  at  the  head-end  of  the  body  which  is  farthest 
in  from  the  opening  to  the  burrow.  Its  two  valves  are  small, 
white  and  delicately  sculptured.  The  long,  worm-shaped  body  is  yel- 
lowish-white and  tapers  gradually  to  the  posterior  end  which  is 
near  the  opening  of  the  burrow.  The  two  long,  extensible  siphons 
are  found  here;  and  on  both  sides  near  their  base  are  a  pair  of 


Fig.  88;  SHIP-WORM  with  SIPHONS  PHOTKUDING.     From  living  specimens  infesting 

wood  in  the  New  York  Aquarium. 

shelly  llappers  which  serve  to  close  the  opening  of  the  burrow 
when  the  siphons  are  withdrawn.  A  thick  muscular  collar  at  the 
base  of  the  flapper  also  assists  in  closing  the  opening. 

The  teredo  does  not  eat  the  wood  into  which  it  bores  and  is, 
therefore,  but  little  affected  by  poisoning  the  timber.  The  most 
efficient  protection  is  copper  sheating.  Species  of  teredo  are  widely 
distributed  and  do  enormous  damage  to  submerged  timber.     Tere- 


MOLLUSKS 


129 


Fig. 


CDD  CLAM. 


do  navalis  is  abundant  along  our  shores  and  also  on  the  coasts  of 
Europe,  where  it  has  done  great  damage  to  the  woodwork  of  the 
dikes  of  Holland. 

The  eggs  develop  within  the  gill  cavity  of  the  teredo  and  are 
cast  out  chiefly  in  May  and  June  as  actively  swimming  ciliated 
larvje.  They  then  develop  a  pair  of 
relatively  large  shells  resembling  those 
of  a  clam,  and  finally  eyes,  and  a  long 
foot  wliich  enaljles  them  to  crawl  over 
timber  into  which  they  soon  burrow. 

The  Cod  Clam,  (Cardita  borealis, 
Fig.  89),  is  one  of  the  foods  of  the  cod. 
The  shell  is  about  one  inch  long  and 
three-quarters  of  an  inch  wide,  and 
there  are  about  20  deep,  curved,  fur- 
rows which  radiate  outward  from  the 
beak  of  the  shell.  The  shell  is  covered  with  a  dark  brown  skin. 
It  is  common  on  rocky  and  gravelly  bottoms  at  a  depth  from  30 
to  600  feet  from  Cape  llatteras  to  the  Arctic,  and  it  also  occurs 
on  the  Pacific  shores  of  Alaska,  and  on  the  northern  coasts  of 
Europe. 

.MARINE     MUSSELS 

Most  of  the  mussels,  or  Mytilidcv,  are  marine,  although  a  few  are 
found  in  fresh  water.  The  shell  is  elongate  and  thin,  and  covered 
with  a  thick  skiu.  The  Common  Edible  i\lussel  (Mytilns  edulis 
Fig>i.  7'J,  90),  abounds  on  mud  flats  between  tide  limits  and  ranges 
from  North  Carolina  to  California,  being  also  common  along  the 
Arctic  shores  and  the  northern  coasts  of  Europe.  The  shell  is 
covered  with  a  glossy  black,  bluish  or  brown  skin  without  radiat- 
ing ridges.  The  mussel  attaches  itself  to  objects  by  means  of  a 
strong  yellow-colored  byssus-thread  which  is  secreted  by  a  gland 
in  the  foot,  and  which  soon  hardens  in  the  air  into  a  tough,  thread- 
like anchor  rope.  Great  masses  of  mussel  shells  cover  the  shallow 
flats,  anchored  one  to  another  by  means  of  these  threads.  They 
can,  however,  leave  their  anchorages  by  casting  off  the  threads 
from  the  foot,  and  then  pushing  themselves  about  so  as  to  move 
into  more  favorable    situations.     They  can  also  climb  by  extend- 


180 


SEA-SHORE    LIFE 


Fig.  50;   EDIBLE  MUSSEL.     Cape 
Ann,  Mass. 


iiig  tlie  foot  upwards,  and  attaching  themselves  successively 
higher  and  higher  up  by  means  of  newly  formed  byssus  threads. 
When  the  tide  is  high  the  valves  of  the  mussels  will  be  seen  to 

be  gaping,   and    the    beautifully 
..  fringed    edges   of    their   mantles 

protruding  slightly,   allowing 

water  and  minute  organisms  to  be 

^  drawn  into  their  gill  cavities,  and 

from  thence  into  their  mouths  at 
the  opposite  end  of  the  shell. 
There  are  two  adductor  muscles 
instead  of  one,  as  in  the  oyster, 
but  in  most  respects  the  anatomy 
of  the  mussel  closely  approaches  that  of  the  oyster.  In  France  the 
mussels  are  cultivated  and  highly  esteemed  as  food,  and  the  fishery 
is  worth  more  than  f  150,000  annually.  We  make  very  little  use 
of  our  mussels,  as  at  times  they  are  said  to  be  more  or  less  poison- 
ous; especially  those  found  growing  upon  wood.  An  account  of 
the  development  of  the  edible  mussel  is  given  by  John  Wilson  in 
"Fifth  Annual  Re- 
port of  the  Fishery 
Board  for  S  c  o  t  - 
land,"  for  1886. 

The  Ribbed 
Mussel ,  (  Modiola 
plieatida,  Fig.  91J, 
can  be  disting- 
uished by  the  radi- 
ating ridges  of  the 
shell.  It  is  a  brack- 
ish water  sjiecies 
and  is  found  between  tide  limits  from  Nova  Scotia  to  Georgia. 
•■■•■  The  Horse  Mussel,  or  Bearded  Mussel,  f  Modiola  modiolus,  Fig. 
94),  lives  half  buried  in  gravelly  bottoms,  or  firmly  attached  by  its 
byssus  threads  within  crevices  of  rocks,  below  low-tide  level.  It 
ranges  from  New  Jersey  to  the  Arctic  Ocean,  and  the  northern 
coasts  of  Europe.  It  is  chestnut  brown,  and  the  skin  flakes  off 
around  the  edges  of  the  shell,  forming  a  shaggy  yellow  "beard." 

■■'An   illustration   of   the   Horse  Mussel  with  scale  limpets  and  egg  cocoons  of  Kock  Snail,  on 
page  1^48. 


Fig.  gi;  EIBHED  MUSSEL. 


MOLLUSKS 


131 


Among  the  most  interesting  of  the  mussels  are  the  rock  boring 
forms  called  Lithophagus,  Fig.  92,  which  are  common  in  all  tropi- 
cal oceans.  When  voung 
the  shell  bores  into,  or  dis- 
solves out,  a  cavity  for 
itself  within  coral  rocks 
or  dead  coral,  and  there  it 
remains  throughout  life, 
enlarging  the  cavity  as  it 
grows.  It  is  interesting 
to  notice  that  some  of  the 
sj^ecies  of  rock  boring 
mussels  attach  them- 
selves to  the  inside  of 
their  rocky  tunnels  bv 
means  of  a  byssus,  al- 
though this  can  certainly 
serve  no  useful  purpose, 
as  the  opening  of  the  tun- 
nel is  always  too  small  to  allow  the  shell  to  drop  out.  It  is  evi- 
dently a  habit  inherited  from  their  remote  free-living  ancestors. 


Fig.  (j3;  liock-boriutt  Mussel  ( Lit/iophagus)  witliin 
a  fragment  of  coral  breccia.      Tortugas,  Florida. 


Fig.  93;  RAZOK  SHELL.     Florida. 

The  author  has  observed  a  byssus  formed  by  Lithophagus  from  the 
Bahamas  having  a  sliell  four  and  one-half  inches  long. 

The  Razor  Shell,  f Pinna  muricata,  Firj.  93),  is  another  inter- 


132  SEA-SHORE    LIFE 

esting  relative  of  the  massel  family.  It  is  common  in  shallow 
water  along  the  sandy  shores  of  the  West  Indies  and  Florida,  and 
extends  as  far  north  as  the  North  Carolina  coast.  Each  valve  of 
the  shell  is  fan-shaped,  with  a  sharp-pointed  apex  and  a  wide, 
sharp-edged  margin.  It  attaches  itself  by  means  of  a  strong 
byssus-thread  to  a  rock  beneath  the  sand,  and  the  broad  edge  of 
the  shell  projects  above  the  surface  of  the  ground.  The  valves  of 
the  shell  open  and  shut  rythmically,  thus  creating  a  current  of 
water  over  the  gills  and  drawing  minute  organisms  into  the  ever 
open  mouth.  The  razor  shells,  owing  to  their  great  abundance, 
and  sharp  edges,  render  wading  with  bare  feet  all  but  impossible 
on  parts  of  the  Florida  coast. 

THE     FRESH-WATER    MUSSELS. 

There  are  fully  (500  species  of  fresh-water  mussels  in  the 
streams  of  the  United  States,  and  more  than  three-quarters  of  them 
live  in  the  Mississippi  and  its  tributaries.  The  shells  are  usually 
elongate  and  covered  with  a  thick  outer  skin.  The  two  valves  of 
the  shell  are  similar  each  to  each,  and  there  is  a  well  developed 
foot,  by  means  of  which  the  animal  ploughs  along  through  the  mud 
making  a  deep  furrow  with  only  about  one-half  of  the  posterior  end 
of  the  shell  projecting.  There  are  two  large  openings  in  the  man- 
tle at  the  posterior  end  of  the  shell,  and  these  openings  are  usually 
beautifully  fringed.  The  one  nearest  the  hinge  side  is  the  anal 
aperture  while  the  other  serves  to  admit  water  and  minute  organisms 
into  the  gill  chambers.  Although  usually  dull  brown  or  greenish 
in  color  on  the  outside,  the  inside  of  the  shells  are  beautiful,  some 
being  purple-black,  others  silvery  white,  golden  copper  color,  salmon- 
pink  or  yellow.  On  this  account  they  are  highly  prized  for  the 
manufacture  of  buttons,  and  this  industry  on  the  Mississippi  alone 
is  worth  $40,000  annually.  Valuable  pearls  are  also  obtained  from 
these  mussels. 

The  eggs  of  the  fresh-water  mussels  are  carried  in  pouches 
between  the  layers  of  the  outer  gills,  and  there  they  remain  until 
they  have  developed  a  bivalve  shell,  the  lips  of  which  are  armed 
with  sharp,  hook-like  spines.  The  little  mussel  is  then  cast  out  and 
drops  to  the  bottom  where  it  comes  to  rest  with  the  open  valves  of 
its  shell  upwards,  and  then  it  thrusts  out  a  long,  glutinous,  thread 


MOLLUSKS  133 

that  waves  through  the  water.  If  by  chance  this  thread  comes  in 
contact  with  the  fins  or  scales  of  a  fish  it  instantly  attaches  itself, 
and  draws  up  the  little  mussel 
so  that  it  is  enabled  to  snap  its 
shell  upon  the  fin  and  hold  tight- 
ly by  means  of  its  sharp  spines. 
This  irritates  the  tissues  of  the 
fish,  so  that  the  skin  grows  over 
the  little  attached  mollusk,  en- 
closing it  in  a  capsule  or  cyst.  It 
remains  thus  for  from  two  weeks 

to  more    than    two    months,   and  ^^^^  W- ^ 

finally  frees  itself  from  the  fish 
and  drops  to  the  bottom  as  a  well 

111  1  mi  1  Fig.  95;  COMMON  SCALLOP. 

developed  mussel.     The  mussels 

are  thus  transported   from  stream  to  stream   through  the  agency 

of  fish,  and  this  accounts  for  their  A-ery  wide  distribution. 

The  fresh-water  mussels  of  lakes  and  ponds  are  thin-shelled 
and  belong  to  a  group  called  the  anodontas,  while  those  of  running 
streams  are  thick-shelled  and  are  called  unios.  They  grow  very 
slowly  and  do  not  begin  to  breed  until  they  are  from  three  to  seven 
years  old,  although  they  probably  live  to  be  from  fifteen  to  twenty- 
five  years  of  age  In  189G  the  pearls  obtained  from  mussels  in 
Arkansas  were  valued  at  835,000,  some  of  them  being  worth  over 
'$1,000  apiece 

The  Scallop,  (Fecten  irradians,  Fig.  95).  The  common  scallop 
ranges  from  Tampa,  Florida,  to  Nova  Scotia.  It  is  most  abundant 
near  the  eastern  end  of  Long  Island  Sound,  and,  Avhile  common  at 
Provincetown,  Cape  Cod,  is  exceedingly  rare  north  of  that  place. 
It  lives  best  in  shalloAv  bays,  and  harbors,  where  the  bottom  is  apt 
to  be  sandy  or  covered  with  eel  grass.  The  shell  is  flattened  at  the 
hinge,  forming  a  pair  of  "ears,"  and  about  19  radiating  ridges 
extend  outward  from  the  beak  of  the  shell.  Professor  Davenport 
found  that  long  ago  in  Pliocene  times  the  scallops  had  from  19  to 
22  of  these  ridges  but  that  the  normal  number  for  modern  shells  is 
only  19.  When  the  scallop  is  young  it  attaches  itself  to  eel  grass, 
or  other  submerged  objects,  by  means  of  a  byssus  comjDosed  of  stout, 
thread-like  anchorages  secreted  by  a  gland  in  its  foot.     The  little 


134  SEA-SHORE    LIFE 

scallop  thus  remains  attached  until  it  is  from  one-half  to  one  and 
a  half  inches  long,  after  which  it  frees  itself  and  swims  actively 

about  by  flapping  the  valves  of  its 
shell.  The  mantle  edge  around  the 
lips  of  the  shell  is  studded  with  dark 
iridescent  blue  eyes  which  glow 
when  alive  with  a  beautiful  fluor- 
escence; and  scattered  between  the 
eyes  there  are  numerous  delicate 
feelers.  The  large  adductor  muscle, 
that  serves  to  close  the  shell,  is  the 
only  part  eaten  by  man,  and  is  the 
scallop  of  the  markets. 

The  scallop  breeds  during  the 

Fig.  c6;  ARCTIC  SCALLOP.     Maine.  .  „ 

summer,  and  grows  very  rapidly, 
becoming  more  than  an  inch  long  before  the  winter.  During 
the  winter  growth  is  very  slow,  but  is  resumed  in  the  spring.  It 
seems  probable  that  scallops  do  not  live  to  be  more  than  three  or 
four  years  old.  They  are  captured  by  dredging  in  autumn  and 
winter,  but  the  supply  in  any  one  locality  is  uncertain,  owing  to  the 
wandering  habits  of  the  animals.  The  scallop  fishery  of  Connecti- 
cut and  Rhode  Island  is  worth  $115,000  annually. 

The  Arctic  Scallop,  (Pecten  islandieus,  Fig.  96 J.  is  very  rare 
south  of  Cape  Cod,  but  is  quite  common  in  depths  of  150  feet  and 
more  off  the  northern  New  England  coast.  It  ranges  into  the  Arctic 
and  is  found  on  the  northern  coasts  of  Europe.  The  outer  surface 
of  the  shell  is  covered  with  a  scaly  skin;  there  are  about  100  shallow 
ridges,  and  the  "ears"  are  unequal,  the  posterior  one  being  the 
shorter  and  its  angle  obtuse. 

The  Jingle  Shell,  fAnomia  simjDlex,  Fig.  97 J.  This  is  also 
called  the  gold  shell,  or  scale  shell,  and  the  name  jingle  shell  is 
given  in  allusion  to  the  ringing  sound  produced  Avhen  the  Avaves 
beat  upon  beaches  strewn  with  the  dead  shells.  The  shell  is  scale- 
like and  of  a  greenish-yellow  color.  It  is  one  to  three  inches  broad 
and  the  upper  valve  is  convex  while  the  lower  is  flat  or  concave, 
and  matches  the  irregularities  of  the  surface  to  whicli  the  shell  is 
attached.  The  peculiar  feature  of  the  lower  valve  is  a  large  hole 
near  the  apex.     A  stout,  stony  stalk  passes  through  this  opening. 


MOLLUSKS 


135 


and  is  fastened  to  the  rock  or  other  body  upon  which  the  jingle 
shell  is  growing.  This  stalk  of  attachment  is  in  reality  the  byssus, 
and  when  first  formed  it  is  flexible  as  are  the  attaching  threads  of 
many  other  clams  and  mussels. 

The  jingle  shell  is  found  from  the  West  Indies  to  Cape  Cod, 
and  is  very  abundant  in  Long  Island  Sound.  It  is,  however,  rare 
north  of  Massachusetts  Bay, 
although  it  has  been  found  as 
far  north  as  Cape  Sable.  It  is  a 
shallow  water  form,  not  living 
at  a  depth  greater  than  70  feet. 

The  dead  shells  are  of 
considerable  commercial  im- 
portance, for  they  are  used  by 
the  oystermen  to  be  strewn 
over  the  beds  in  order  to  give 
the  little  oyster  a  good  surface 
upon  which  to  set.  The  shell 
is  Avell  figured  in  Verrill  and 
Smith's  "Invertebrates  of 
Vineyard  Sound,"  p.  17  (311), 
Plate  XXII,   Figs.  241,  242,  under  the  name  of  Anoiiiia  glabra. 

The  Pearl  Oyster,  (Meleagvina  margaritiferaj.  This  species  and 
several  closely  related  varieties  furnish  the  most  valuable  mother  of 
pearl  and  precious  pearls  known.  The  pearl  oysters  are  especially 
abundant  in  the  Indian  Ocean  and  tropical  Pacific  but  they  are  also 
found  in  the  Gulf  of  California,  the  Red  Sea,  and  sparingly  in  the 
West  Indies.  The  fisheries  of  the  Persian  Gulf  are  worth  •$  2,boO,000 
annually  and  those  of  Ceylon  are  almost  as  valuable.  About  15,- 
000  tons  of  pearl  shells  are  used  by  the  world  each  year,  the  value 
of  which  ranges  from  about  $900  to  S250  per  ton.  The  pearl 
oyster  is  a  large,  flat  bivalve,  with  a  long,  straight  hinge,  and  quite 
regularly  curved  contour  to  the  shell,  and  is  about  ten  inches  broad. 
On  the  outside  the  shell  is  dark-olive  often  mottled  with  irregularly 
crescent-shaped  yellowish  spots,  or  streaked  with  broken  yellowish 
lines  radiating  from  the  apex.  The  outer  skin  of  the  shell  is  rough 
and  flakes  off  into  long,  ragged,  scale-like  projections,  especially  near 
the  outer  edges.     Inside  one  finds  the  beautiful  nacre  of  the  shell 


J^tg-  97/  JIN<U.E  SHELL  UPON  A  ROCK. 
Long  Island  Sound. 


136  SEA-SHORE    LIFE 

which  is  deposited  in  layers  by  the  mantle  as  the  shell  grows.  Con- 
trary to  the  general  opinion,  pearls  appear  not  to  be  formed  around 
grains  of  sand  but  around  minute  parasites,  or  even  an  egg  of  the 
oyster  itself.  However,  some  foreign  body  causes  an  irritation  of 
the  mantle,  and  the  nacre  is  then  deposited  in  layers  around  the 
disturbing  substance.  The  best  pearls  are  spherical  and  are  not 
attached  to  the  shell  itself,  for  if  they  become  fastened  to  the  shell 
they  grow  irregularly,  and  their  value  is  lessened.  They  are  always 
of  the  same  color  as  the  nacre  of  the  shell,  and  as  individual  oysters 
vary  considerably,  this  may  be  a  steely  black,  a  brilliant  iridescent 
white,  delicate  pink  or  yellow.  In  the  Gulf  of  California  only  about 
one  oyster  in  a  thousand  contains  a  pearl.  Pearls  are  most  abund- 
ant in  diseased  oysters,  or  those  which  are  attacked  by  boring 
sponges  and  other  parasites,  and  are  best  developed  in  oysters 
about  four  years  old.  Great  as  may  be  the  value  of  individual 
pearls,  the  pearl  fisheries  are  mainly  dependent  upon  the  sale  of  the 
shells  themselves.  Immense  numbers  of  shells  are  annually  used 
in  the  manufacture  of  buttons  and  ornaments. 

The  pearl  oysters  attach  themselves,  when  young,  by  a  strong 
byssus-thread  to  rocks  in  water  from  25  to  250  feet  deep,  and  they 
are  abundant  in  some  of  the  lagoons  of  the  coral  islands  of  the  Pa- 
cific in  water  about  100  feet  in  depth.  In  the  Paumotos  Islands  the 
natives  obtain  them  by  the  primitive  method  of  diving  to  the  bottom 
without  the  aid  of  diving  suits  or  other  apparatus.  Having  dis- 
covered the  situation  of  a  pearl  shell  by  means  of  the  water  glass, 
which  is  merely  a  glass-bottomed  bucket,  the  diver  proceeds  to 
whistle  shrilly,  filling  his  lungs  repeatedly  to  their  fullest  capacity. 
He  then  jumps  in  feet  foremost  but  immediately  turns  and  swims 
head  down  to  the  bottom,  carrying  with  him  a  half  pearl  shell 
with  which  to  cut  the  living  pearl  shells  off  from  the  rocks  below. 
The  writer  observed  one  experienced  diver  who  went  down  in  90 
feet  of  water  and  remained  below  two  minutes  and  five  seconds, 
bringing  up  two  pearl  shells.  The  largest  known  pearl  belongs  to 
Mr.  Hope,  of  England,  and  has  long  been  on  exhibition  in  the  South 
Kensington  Museum.  It  is  nearly  four  and  a  half  inches  in  diam- 
eter, but  is  somewhat  irregular.  The  iridescence  of  pearls  is  an 
optical  phenomenon  and  is  due  to  the  interference  of  light  caused 
by  minute  corrugations  over  the  surface  of  the  pearl, 


MOLLUSKS  137 

SNAILS    AND    SLUGS. 
Gasteropoda. 

Fully  15,500  species  of  living  mollusks  belong  to  the  great 
order  of  Gasteropoda,  which  means  stomach  foot.  A  wide  diversity 
of  forms  are  met  with,  but  when  young  they  all  have  a  single  shell; 
although  this  may  degenerate  into  a  mere  internal  scale,  as  in  the 
case  of  the  slugs,  or  disappear  entirely  in  adult  life  as  in  the  case 
of  the  naked  mollusks  fNudihrancJiiataJ. 

A  flat,  creeping  sole,  or  foot  is  usually  present,  and  the  head 
is  distinct  and  usually  provided  with  feelers  and  eyes,  while  within 
the  mouth  we  find  a  remarkable  ribbon-like  tongue  which  is  cov- 
ered with  rows  of  horny  rasping  teeth,  and  is  called  the  radida. 

The  vital  organs  are  contained  in  a  large  sac-like  body-mass 
that  is  joined  by  a  relatively  slender  neck  to  the  upper  side  o£  the 
foot.  In  tlie  simplest  forms  this  body-mass  is  dome  shaped,  or 
conical,  but  in  the  course  of  evolution  its  Aveight  has  caused  it  to 
topple  over  to  the  left  side  of  the  body,  and  then  in  order  to  present 
the  least  surface  to  possible  injury  it  has  become  coiled  usually  in 
a  right-handed  direction.  The  shell  which  covers  the  body-mass 
naturally  has  a  shape  similar  to  that  of  the  body-mass  itself,  and  the 
vast  majority  of  gastropoda  shells  are  right-handed  spirals.  This 
toppling  over  of  the  body- mass  and  shell  upon  the  left  side  has 
caused  the  gill,  kidney  opening  and  other  external  organs  of  that  side 
either  to  disappear  or  to  migrate  toward  the  right  side,  so  that  in 
Gasteropoda  we  usually  find  a  feathered  gill  only  on  the  right-hand 
side  of  the  body,  underneath  the  mantle-fold,  although  in  some 
species  the  gill  Avhich  was  originally  on  the  left  side  has  come 
around  and  still  persists  on  the  right  side  of  the  body,  and  thus 
the  animal  has  two  gills  on  the  right  side  and  none  on  the  left. 

In  the  typical  snail,  then,  the  intestine  bends  back  upon  itself, 
and  opens  on  the  right  side  of  the  body  near  the  head,  while  a  lit- 
tle in  front  of  the  anus  lies  the  opening  of  tlie  kidney  and  still 
further  forward  the  gill. 

In  a  few  forms  we  may  find  a  kidney-duct  and  a  gill  back  of 
the  anus,  these  having  shifted  over  from  the  left  side  of  the  body ; 
but  this  condition  is  not  often  seen,  for  these  organs  have  usually 
disappeared,  instead  of  travelling  around  the  body  from  the  left  to 
the  right  side, 


138  SEA-SHORE    LIFE 

The  shell  serves  not  only  to  protect  the  intestines,  but  the  en- 
tire head  and  foot  may  be  withdrawn  within  it. 

In  many  sea-snails  there  is  a  horny  or  stony  plate  called  the 
operculuiu  which  lies  on  the  dorsal  side  of  the  posterior  end  of 
the  foot,  and  when  the  foot  is  withdrawn  this  closes  the  opening 
of  the  shell. 

The  mantle  projects  as  a  curtain  beyond  the  lip  of  the  shell, 
and  protects  the  gills  and  other  organs  which  lie  in  the  space  be- 
tween it  and  the  side  of  the  body.  Often  the  mantle  curtain  is  so 
large  that  it  is  reflected  upward  over  the  outer  surface  of  the  shell, 
Avliich  it  may  entirely  encase.  The  secretions  of  the  mantle  serve  to 
keep  the  outer  surface  of  the  shell  smooth  and  even  highly  pol- 
ished as  in  the  cowries,  but  in  many  cases  the  shell  has  degene- 
rated and  become  permanently  covered  by  the  mantle  as  in  slugs. 

In  most  of  the  fresh-water  snails,  and  in  land  snails  and  slugs, 
the  free  edges  of  the  mantle  have  fused  with  the  side  of  the  body, 
leaving  only  one  opening  for  the  admission  and  expulsion  of  air  on 
the  right  side  of  the  body. 

In  these  forms  the  gill  has  disappeared,  and  a  sort  of  lung  is 
formed  by  the  ramification  of  a  network  of  blood  vessels  over  the 
inner  surface  of  the  mantle.  These  snails  are  obliged  to  take  in  a 
fresh  supply  of  air  at  regular  intervals  and  if  one  observes  a  com- 
mon pond  snail  it  will  be  seen  to  come  to  the  surface  and  emit  a 
bubble  of  air  from  its  air-pore  and  then  take  in  fresh  air  before 
descending.  Indeed,  fresh  water  snails  will  soon  drown  if  they  be 
not  allowed  to  come  to  the  surface  to  breathe.  Curiously  enough 
practically  none  of  these  lung-breathing  snails  have  an  operculum 
when  adult. 

The  gill  of  the  operculum-bearing  snails  is  feathered  and 
close  by  the  side  of  it  one  finds  a  smaller  feathered  body  called  the 
ospliradiiim  which  is  possibly  an  organ  for  tasting  the  water  that 
is  being  breathed.  In  these  snails  one  often  finds  opposite  the  gill 
a  long  tidmlar  fold  of  the  mantle  which  serves  to  conduct  water 
into  the  gill  chamber.  This  fold  is  often  protected  by  a  snout-like 
projection  of  the  shell  above  it.  The  water  is  usually  discharged 
through  another  opening  which  lies  farther  back. 

The  sense  organs  of  the  Gasteropoda  are  poorly  developed 
although  they  are  very  sensitive  to  touch.     The  feelers  on  the  head 


MOLLUSKS 


139 


1 


Ftg.  gS;  NORTHEliN  SAND- 

COLLAK  SNAIL.     Long 

Island  Sound. 


are  often  not  only  tactile  organs  bnt  serve  as  eye-stalks.  In  the 
land-snails  and  slugs  the  little  cup-like  eyes  are  at  the  extremity 
of  the  feelers  while  in  sea-snails  they  lie 
at  the  base  of  the  tentacles,  or  only  half 
way  lip.  The  eggs  of  snails  are  sur- 
rounded hy  gelatinous  envelopes  or  en- 
closed in  parchment-like  cocoons  of 
definite  shape.  Some  of  the  eggs  of 
land-snails  contain  a  great  deal  of  nutri- 
ent jelly  and  may  be  covered  with  a 
firm,  smooth  shell.  Indeed,  they  may 
be  as  large  as  the  egg  of  a  pigeon  as  in 
the  case  of  our  American  land-snail, 
Bnlinuifi.  The  early  stages  of  segmen- 
tation in  the  developing  eggs  of  snails 
are  quite  similar  to  those  of  the  flat-worms,  and  this  probably 
indicates  that  both  flat-worms,  and  mollusks  are  descended  from 
a  common  stock.  In  many  of  the  sea-snails  the  larva  becomes  a 
fi'ee-swimming,  pear-shaped  creature  propelled  by  one  or  more  rings 
of  cilia  around  the  place  of  its  greatest  girth,  and  having  a  bristle 
of  cilia  at  its  blunt  anterior  end,  and  wliat  is  most  interesting* 
the  clams,  mussels  and  ringed-worms  (Annelids)  go  through  a  very 
similar  stage  in  their  development.  Later  a  pair  of  large  flat  lobes 
grow  out  on  either  side  of  the  mouth,  and  the  edges  of  these  lobes 
are  fringed  with  powerful  cilia  which  enable  the  little  mollusk  to 
swim  rapidly  through  the  water.  The  larva  is  now  called  a  veliger. 
Finally  the  veliger  lobes  degenerate,  and  the  shell  becomes  so  large 
that  the  larva  sinks  to  the  bottom  as  a  small  snail. 

In  slugs  and  some  land  and  fresh-water  snails  the  primitive 
shell  and  operculum  are  sometimes  cast  off,  and  another  shell  which 
remains  throughout  life  may  develop.  This  casting  off  of  the  shell 
takes  place  before  the  little  snail  hatches  from  the  egg. 

A  good  account  of  the  development  of  snails  is  given  by  Kor- 
schelt  and  Heider  in  their  "Textbook  of  Embryology,"  Vol.  IV, 
MacmiUan,  1900. 

The  Sand-Collar  Snails,  (Lxinatia  lieros  and  Neverita  duplicata, 
Figs.  98-100).  These  large  snails  are  found  in  shallow  water 
along  sandy  beaches,  and  are  very  abundant  off  the  coasts  of  Long 


J40  SEA-SHORE     LIFE 

Island  and  New  Jersey.    L.  heros,  Fig.  9S,  ranges  from  Virginia  to 
I^nbrador,  and  N.  diiplicata,  Fig.  99,  from  Yucatan  to  Massachusetts 

Bay.  They  may  be  recognized  by  their 
large  size,  light  yellowish-brown  or  bluish- 
Avhite  color,  blunt,  rounded  spire,  and  sim- 
ple, round  opening  with  a  sharp-edged 
lip.  In  L.  heros  the  umbillicus,  or  cen- 
tral cavity  of  the  body  whorl,  is  widely 
open  whereas  in  A^.  duplicata  it  is  practi- 
cally closed  by  a  plug.  The  whole  shell 
is  also  flatter  than  in  L.  heros.  The  ani- 
i^z.e.  pp.sorTHERNSANiJ-        ji^qI  jg  gg  large  that  when  seen  expanded 

COLLAR  SNAIL.  New  Jersey.  .  i         Ti  •       n  i         i  •  i  i 

it  seetns  hardly  conceivable  that  it  could 
withdraw  into  its  shell.  However,  it  can  perform  this  feat  very 
rapidly,  and  then  completely  close  the  opening  Avith  its  horny 
operculum. 

The  broad,  muscular  foot  of  these  snails  secretes  a  large 
amount  of  mucous,  enabling  the  creature  to  glide  readily  over  the 
bottom  or  bury  itself  beneath  the  surface,  which  it  always  does  if 
in  danger  of  being  stranded  by  the  tide.  The  edges  of  the  foot  are 
sharply  angular,  and  a  large  piece  forward  of  the  head  is  reflected 
back,  making  a  thick,  fleshy  shield  which  serves  as  a  ploughshare 
when  the  animal  burrows  through  the  sand  in  search  of  prey.  The 
mantle  is  very  contractible,  and  can  be  reflected  uj^ward  over  the 
shell  so  as  to  almost  wholly  enclose  it.  The  surface  of  the  shell  is 
thus  bathed  in  the  secretion  from  the  mantle,  and  kept  smooth  as 
is  common  with  all  mollusks  ihat  cover  their  shells  in  this  manner. 
A  notch-like  fold  in  the  free  edge  of  the  mantle  admits  water  into 
the  gill  cavity.  The  head  is  provided  with  two  sharp-pointed 
tentacles. 

These  creatures  are  carniverous  and  devour  other  mollusks, 
including  the  young  of  their  own  species.  They  are  especially 
enemies  of  the  clams.  Applying  the  proboscis  to  the  surface  of  the 
clam  shell,  it  bores  through  by  means  of  its  ribbon-like  tongue, 
which  is  armed  with  numerous  rasping  teeth.  This  boring  process  is 
usually  facilitated  in  carnivorous  mollusks  by  a  secretion  of  sul- 
phuric acid.  The  hole  bored  is  circular,  and  its  sides  beveled  as 
if  countersunk, 


MOLLUSKS 


141 


The  well-known  "sand-collars"  are  the  egg  capsules  of  this 
snail.     When  first  pressed  out  from  the  side  of  the  animal  the  collar 


Fig.  lOo;  Northern  8aiid-collar  Snail  crawling  over  a  sandy  bottom  between  two  of  its  egg 
cocoons.    From  life.    Cape  Aou,  Massachusetts. 


is  composed  of  a  glutinous  material  in  which  the  eggs  are  imbedded 
in  great  numbers  arranged  in  regular  rows.  Sand  immediately 
adheres  to  the  collar,  and  it  soon  hardens.  These  collars  are  com- 
mon throughout  the  summer.  The  young  snails  often  have  two  or 
three  rows  of  dull  purple  spots  running  spirally  down  the  shell; 
but  these  disappear  in  the  adults. 

The  Giant  Whelks,  fFulgHrearica,andSijcotypuscanalicuJatvs, 
Fi<j.  101  J.  Our  whelks  are  the  largest  coiled  shells  to  be  found 
north  of  Cape  Hatteras.  They  extend  from  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  to 
Cape  Cod,  and  are  especially  abundant  off  the  New  Jersey  coast 
and  in  Long  Island  Sound  upon  gravelly  or  sandy  bottoms  at,  or 
IdcIow,  low-tide  level,  where  they  plough  along  with  the  foot  partially 
buried  beneath  the  surface  of  the  ground.  The  shells  of  our 
whelks  grow  to  be  fully  six  inches  long,  and  are  pear-shaped,  with  a 
long,  tapering  snout,  or  anterior  canal.  The  Knobbed  Whelk,  (Ful- 
giir  caricaj,  may  at  once  be  recognized  by  the  circlet  of  knob-like 
protuberances  around  the  shoulder  of  the  body- whorl  of  the  shell. 


142 


SEA-SHORE    LIFE 


The  Channelled  Whelk,  fSycotypiis  canaliculaius J  has  no  knoh-like 
protuberances,  but  there  is  quite  a  deep  channel  at  the  suture  of 

the  spire.  Also  in  the  chan- 
nelled whelk  the  shell  is  covered 
with  a  rough,  hairy-looking 
skin  whereas  the  surface  of  the 
shell  of  the  KnoblDcd  Whelk  is 
smooth. 

These  animals  prey  upon 
other  mollusks  and  are  very 
destructive  to  clams  and  oys- 
ters. The  mouth  is  at  the  ex- 
m^  £«fV"^f/>ii,  tremity  of  a  proboscis,  and  is 

^^.  armed    with    a   ribbon-like 

tongue  covered  with  rasping 
teeth.  In  eating,  the  end  of 
the  proboscis  is  applied  to  the 
victim's  body,  and  the  flesh 
rasped  off  by  vigorous  sweeps 
of  the  ribbon-tongue. 

The  egg  cocoons  of  our 
whelks  are  often  seen  cast  up 
upon  the  beaches,  and  resemble 
a  row  of  yellowish  colored 
checkers  fastened  upon  a  cord.  Each  checker  is  in  reality  a  tough, 
disk-shaped  capsule  containing  about  two  dozen  eggs  or  young 
whelks.  According  to  Coues,  when  forming  the  capsules  the  female 
lies  buried  a  few  inches  beneath  the  sand  and  remains  stationary 
during  the  process.  The  string  of  capsules  is  slowly  thrust  upward, 
and  when  completed  lies  exposed  upon  the  surface.  The  string 
begins  as  a  simple  thread,  without  capsules,  and  the  first  few  cap- 
sules are  small  and  imperfect  but  soon  increase  in  size,  being  most 
perfect  at  the  middle  of  the  string.  There  is  a  thin  spot  at  the  mid- 
dle of  the  outer  edge  of  each  capsule  and  through  this  the  young 
break  their  way.  The  capsules  of  the  Knobbed  Whelk  are  smooth 
sided  disks,  but  their  narrow  edges  are  crossed  by  sharp  ridges. 
Those  of  the  Channelled  Whelk  are  thinner  with  a  thin,  sharp  outer 
edge,  while  the  broad  sides  of  the  disks  show  radiating  ridges. 


Fig.  joi, 


Right:  KNOBBED  WHELK. 
Left:  CHANNELLED  WHELK. 

Belotv:  Egg  cocoons  of  the  Chan- 
nelled Whelk. 


MOLLUSKS 


143 


These  capsules  are  produced  in  spring  and  summer,  but  newly  laid 
ones  are  also  abundant  in  Long  Island  Sound  during  September. 

Formerly  the 
Indians  used 
these  shells  for 
the  manufacture 
of  their  white 
wampum. 

From  Cape 
Ilatteras  to  Cuba 
we  find  still  an- 

Fig.  102;  English  Whelk  and  its  Egg  Cocoons.  other    whelk 

fFulgur  perversa),  which  resembles  the  Knobbed  Whelk,  but  it  is 
streaked  longitudinally  with  dull,  purple-brown,  and  its  shell  is 
coiled  in  a  left-handed  spiral. 

The  English  Whelk,  {Buccinuin  undatiun,  Fi<j.  I02j,is  a  com- 
mon sea  snail  in  shallow  water  north  of  Cape  Cod.  It  ranges,  how- 
ever, from  Cape  Ilatteras  to  the  Arctic  Ocean,  and  is  also  found  on 


ftg.  <)4;  HORSE  MUSSEL,   OR  BEARDED  MUSSEL.      From  life.      A 

scale-limpet  (Patella  tesluditialts),  and  seven  egg  cocoons  of  the 

Rock  Snail  (Purpura  lapillus)  are  seen  upon  the  right  hand 

shell.     Cape  Ann,  Massachusetts. 

the  northern  coasts  of  Europe.  On  the  Maine  coast  it  is  found  at 
low  tide  level,  but  south  of  Cape  Cod  it  lives  in  deep  water,  having 
been  taken  from  a  depth  of  3,900  feet. 


144 


SEA-SHORE    LIFE 


The  shell  grows  to  be  about  three  inches  long,  and  is  marked 
with  revolving  ridges  and  transverse  furrows,  and  its  outer  surface 
is  covered  with  a  velvety  brown  skin.  It  is  carniverous  and  readily 
feeds  upon  dead  animals. 

During  the  summer  its  egg  cocoons  are  often  found  attached 
to  rocks  l)elow  low  tide  level.     They  consist  of  a  mass  of  rounded 


/r,-^.  7oj;  Rock  Snails  (Purpura  lapillus)  devouring  barnacles  upon  a  rock  at  Annisquam,  Mass. 

capsules,  yellow  in  color,  all  joined  at  their  bases  into  a  hemispher- 
ical mass.  They  are  popularly  and  aptly  termed  "sea  corn."  Each 
capsule  contains  a  number  of  eggs,  but  only  a  few  develop,  the 
more  vigorous  young  devouring  the  weaker  before  hatching. 

In  England  this  snail  is  sold  in  the  markets,  but  with  us  it  is 
neglected.  The  lip  of  the  shell  is  very  apt  to  be  broken  in  large 
specimens. 

The   Rock   Snail,  {Purpura  lapillus,  Fig.  103).      This   snail 


Fig.  104;  TEN-RIBBED  SNAIL.    Massachusetts  Bay. 


MpLLUSKS  145 

literally  covers  the  rocks  on  many  parts  of  the  New  England  coast 
north  of  Cape  Cod.  It  is  most  abundant  between  tides,  where  the 
rocks  are  covered 
with  barnacles  up- 
on which  it  feeds. 
It  ranges  from 
Montauk  P  o  i  n  t, 
Long  Island,  to 
the  Arctic  Ocean, 
and  is  abundant 
on  the  European 
coasts  as  far  south 
as  Portugal.  Witli 
us  it  grows  to 
be  about  one  and 
one-lialf  inches 
long   but    becomes    larger    on    the   northern    coasts   of   Europe. 

It  is  very  variable  in  form  and  color.  Some  individuals  are 
quite  smooth  while  others  are  ringed  Avith  deep  ridges,  or  have 
rough,  scale-covered  shells.  Some  are  dark  brown,  others  white, 
gray,  yellow,  dull  orange  or  ringed  with  combinations  of  these  col- 
ors. The  snails  which  live  upon  insolated  rocks  far  off  the  coast, 
exposed  to  the  full  force  of  the  ocean,  are  small,  and  are  dark  gra)'^ 
in  color  with  dull  yellowish  bands.  Those  living  on  the  rocks  of 
protected  shores  are  more  variable,  both  in  form  and  color. 

The  eggs  are  laid  during  the  summer  in  little  spindle-shaped 
yellow  capsules  which  resemble  minute  ten  pins  set  up  on  their 
pointed  ends.  They  are  placed  on  the  nnder  sides  of  rocks,  or  on 
dead  shells.     (Fig.  ^94). 

A  closely  related  species  (Purpura  patulaj  from  the  Mediter- 
ranean Avas  used  to  make  the  Tyrian  purple  dye  used  by  the  Ro- 
mans for  their  ceremonial  togas.  The  snails  were  pounded  in  a 
mortar  and  mixed  with  water  and  soda.  After  a  few  hours  the  liquid 
changes  from  yellow  to  deep  purple,  and  may  then  be  used  to  dye 
wool  or  cloth. 

The  Ten-Ribbed  SnaU,  fChrysodomus  decemcostatus,  Fig.  104 J, 
becomes  fully  three  inches  in  length.  It  is  yellow-brown  in  color, 
and  displays  ten  whorled  ridges.     It  is  found  off  the  New  England 


146 


SEA-SHORE    LIFE 


Fig.  105;  OYSTER  DRILL. 

Long  Island  Sound. 


coast  north  of  Cape  Cod,  and  occnrs  just  below  Ioav  tide  level  on  the 
Maine  shore,  although  it  is  usually  found  in  deeper  water.      When 

empty  it  is  a  favorite  shell  with  hermit  crabs, 
and  is  often  dragged  long  distances  from  its 
true  habitat. 

The  Oyster -Drill,  fUrosalpi7ix  cinerea, 
Fig.  105 J,  is  a  destructive  little  snail,  common 
in  shallow  water  on  stony  bottoms  down  to 
about  sixty  feet  in  dei^th;  and  while  it  ranges 
from  Florida  to  Nova  Scotia,  it  is  rare  and 
local  north  of  Cape  Cod. 

It  is  most  abundant  in  Chesapeake  Bay  and  Long  Island  Sound. 
The  shell  is  less  than  one  inch  long,  and  the  lip  is  extended  out  in 
a  projecting  snout  that  serves  to  protect  the  siphon  of  the  animal. 
It  is  dull  brownish-gray,  and  there  are  numerous  rough,  raised, 
whorls  and  longitudinal  ridges  over  the  shell.  The  egg  cocoons  are 
laid  during  summer  on  the  under  sui'face  of  dead  shells  or  stones, 
and  are  spindle-shaped,  resembling  little  yellow  vases  made  out  of 
parchment.  The  stems  of  these  little  vases  are  very  short,  and  angu- 
lar ridges  extend  along  their  sides. 

This  snail  is  one  of  the  worst  enemies  of  small  oysters  and  other 
bivalves.  It  rasps  a  small  round  hole  through  the  shell  by  means  of 
the  sharp,  horny  teeth  of  its  tongue,  aided 
possibly  by  the  secretion  of  sulphuric  acid. 
Then  having  penetrated  the  shell  it  sucks  the 
contents  out  at  leisure.  Next  to  the  starfish 
there  is  probably  no  worse  enemy  of  the  oys- 
ter than  this  snail,  and  its  popular  name  of 
oyster-drill  is  well  earned.  It  attacks  its  vic- 
tims throughout  the  year,  but  fortunately  it 
is  unable  to  drill  through  the  shells  of  full 
grown  clams  and  oysters. 

Large  numbers  of  little  clam  shells  that 
have  been  drilled  by  this  pest  are  always  to 
be  seen  cast  up  upon  our  beaches. 

The  Mud-Flat  Snail,  (Nassa  obsoleta, 
Fig.   106 J,   is  a  small    snail    ranging   from 

Tampa,  Florida,  to  Nova  Scotia.  It  is  rare  north  of  Cape  Cod,  but  is 
most  abundant  on  the  mud  flats  of  Long  Island  Sound,  which  it 
literally  covers  over  wide  areas. 


I# 


Fig.  106;  Above:  NASSA 

TRIVITTATA. 
Below:  NASSA  OBSOLE- 
TA.   Long-  Island  Sound. 


MOLLUSKS 


147 


Fig.  1 07, 


Periwinkles  clustering  upon  a  rock  at 
Annisquam,  Mass. 


The  spire  of  the  shell  is  blunt,  and  in  old  individuals  its  apex 
is  apt  to  be  broken  off.  The  surface  of  the  shell  is  covered  with 
seaweed  and  mud,  but 
Avhen  cleaned  it  is  seen 
to  be  black,  with  a  shin- 
ing black  interior.  This 
snail  drills  holes  through 
the  shells  of  other  mol- 
lusks  and  devours  them. 
It  is,  however,  preyed 
upon  by  young  hermit 
crabs,  that  occupy  the 
shells  after  devouring 
the  mollusk  itself. 

The  Sand-Flat  Snail, 
(Ncussatrivittata,  Fig.  106), 
can  be  distinguished 
from  Nassci  ohsoleta  by 
its  sharp  spire,  angular  suture  and  regularly  granular  surface.  The 
shell  is  five-eighths  of  an  inch  long,  and  two  sharp-pointed  fleshy 
processes  arise  from  the  posterior  end  of  the  foot  giving  the  impres- 
sion of  a  pair  of  tails.  There  is  a  pair  of  long, 
slender  tentacles  on  the  head,  and  half  way  up 
on  the  side  of  each  there  is  an  eye.  The  siphon 
tube  is  long  and  curved  upward,  while  the  pro- 
boscis is  even  longer  and  extends  forward  as 
a  flexible  tube.  The  snail  applies  this  proboscis 
to  the  surface  of  other  snail  shells,  bores  through 
by  means  of  its  rasping  leeth,  and  then  devours 
the  soft  parts  of  the  prey.  Xassa  trivittata 
appears  to  feed  upon  every  species  of  mollusk  through  whose  shell 
it  is  capable  of  boring,  and  will  readily  attack  individuals  of  its 
own  species. 

It  is  found  from  eastern  Florida  to  Nova  Scotia,  and  is  most 
abundant  upon  sand  flats  in  Long  Island  Sound,  and  on  the  Massa- 
chusetts coast  north  of  Cape  Cod.  It  is  also  found  on  muddy  or 
stony  bottoms  and  extends  into  water  about  240  feet  deep.  When 
the  tide  goes  out  it  crawls  slowly  over  the  moist  sand  leaving  a  tortu- 


Fig.  loS;  PERIWINKLE. 

From  life. 


148  SEA-SHORE    LIFE 

ous  trail,  and  when  the  beach  begijis  to  dry  it  burrows  beneath  the 
surface  head  downward,  but  comes  to  rest  with  the  aperture  of  the 

shell  toward  the  surface. 

The  Salt-Marsh  Snail,  fMelanipus 

•  ^^L  hidentatusj,  is  the  most  abundant  snail 

n^^^  upon  the  stems  of  salt  marsh  grasses 
^^^^v  near  high  tide  mark.  It  ranges  from 
Florida  to  Cape  Cod,  and  is  very  com- 
mon along  the  coasts  of  Long  Island 

Fig.  log;  Right:  I'ERIWINKLE.  .    -^  TpTSPV 

£^//.-  SEAWEED  SNAIL.        ailCl  i\  CW  J  CI  SCy. 

It  is  a  little  brown-colored  snail  of 
about  the  size  and  shape  of  a  coffee  berry.  The  aperture  is  narrow 
and  elongate,  the  spire  short  and  blunt,  and  the  forward  end  of  the 
shell  tapers  to  a  blunt  point.  Some  varieties  are  banded  with  light 
and  dark  brown,  while  others  are  plain  in  color.  This  snail  devours 
vegetable  matter,  and  is  itself  preyed  upon  by  minnows,  crabs,  and 
numerous  sea  birds. 

The  Periwinkle,  fLittorina  Uttorea,  Figs.  107-109,  111).  This 
snail  was  probably  introduced  from  the  northern  coasts  of  Europe 
or  from  Labrador.  It  is  extremely  abundant  on  the  rocky  shores  of 
England,  and  is  sold  in  market  to  the  poor  in  large  cities.  After 
being  boiled  the  animal  is  removed  from  the  shell  by  a  bent  pin. 
In  flavor  it  resembles  a  clam  but  is  more  delicate. 

The  snail  Avas  first  observed  on  our  shores  at  the  Gulf  of  St. 
Lawrence  in  1855.  In  1871  it  had  reached  the  New  Hampshire 
coast,  and  has  slowly  spread  southward  arriving  at  Salem,  Massa- 
chusetts, in  1872,  Woods  Holl,  Massachusetts,  in  1875,  New  Haven 
in  1880,  and  at  present  it  is  found  even  at  the  western  end  of 
Long  Island  Sound.  Wherever  it  has  appeared  it  has  become 
the  most  abundant  sea-snail  within  two  or  three  years.  On  the 
New  England  coast  it  covers  the  rocks  and  seaweed  between  tide 
limits,  and  Professor  Bumpus  gathered  more  than  2500  of  them 
from  a  small  depression  in  the  rocks  at  Seaconnet  near  the  mouth 
of  Buzzard's  Bay.  The  shell  is  thick,  heavy,  and  dark  brown, 
about  five-eighths  of  an  inch  long,  and  the  spire,  although  short, 
is  sharp-pointed.  The  body-whorl  is  large  and  the  outer  edge  of 
the  lip  is  sharp  and  black  in  color  Avhile  its  inner  (columella)  side 
is  faint  purple-white.     The  shell  is  whorled  with  numerous  shallow 


MOLLUSKS  149 

furrows.  It  can  remain  out  of  water  for  hours  at  a  time  without 
suffering  any  apparent  inconvenience.  When  the  tide  comes  in, 
however,  it  crawls  slowly  about  feeding  upon  vegetable  matter. 
The  foot  is  black  and  the  head  is  provided  with  two  sharp-pointed 
tentacles  with  eyes  on  their  outer  sides  near  their  bases. 

The  Seaweed  Snail,  (Littorina  palliata,  Fig.  109 J,  ranges  from 
New  Jersey  to  Nova  Scotia,  and  is  common  upon  sea  weeds  between 
tide  limits.  The  surface  of  the  shell  is  smooth  and  is  variable  in 
color,  being  either  olive,  yellow,  or  brown,  red  or  mottled,  but  usu- 
ally closely  approaching  the  color  of  the  seaweed  upon  which  it 
lives.     The  spire  is  blunter  than  in  Littorina  Uttorea. 

TJie  Floating  Snail,  (Jantli'ma  fragilis,  Fig.  110).  This  beau- 
tiful snail  is  found  floating  upon  the  Gulf  Stream,  and  off  the 
Florida  coast  and  West  Indies  in  the  spring,  but  it  is  occasionally 
cast  Tip  upon  our  shore  by  southerly 
gales.  The  shell  is  blunt  and  about  one 
and  a  half  inches  in  w^idth,  and  is  of  a 
beautiful  purple-blue  color,  lighter  over 
the  spire  than  at  the  base  of  the  body 
whorl.  It  is  almost  as  thin  as  paper,  and 
is  usiially  broken  l)y  the  surf  in  being 
washed  ashore.  A  gelatinous  substance 
is  secreted  by  a  gland  in  the  foot  of  the 
animal,  and  this  becomes  filled  with  air 
bubbles  and  hardens  to  form  a  veritable 
raft  that  floats  the  snail.  The  female 
even    deposits  her  eggs   in    spindle-like      ^'^  "°'  floating  snail. 

^  °°      ,  1  Tortugas,  Florida. 

capsules  on  the  under  side  of  this  raft, 

the  youngest  eggs  being  nearest  the  body  of  the  snail,  and  the  old- 
est on  the  outer  end  of  the  raft.  The  feathery  gills  project  beyond 
the  lip  of  the  shell,  and  there  are  four  tentacles  upon  the  head. 
While  the  float  remains  attached  it  is  impossible  for  the  snail  to 
sink,  but  it  may  apparently  be  cast  off  at  will.  When  pressed  the 
snail  exudes  a  blue-violet  fluid. 

The  Boat  Shells,  (Crepidula).  These  are  often  called  "deck- 
ers" or  "slipper  limpets."  They  are  degenerate,  scale-like  snails, 
and  when  full  grown  either  remain  fastened  permanently  to  one 
spot  or  move  very  slowly.     Those  species  that  become  fast  to  one 


150 


SEA-SHORE     LIFE 


spot  fit  closely  over  the  stone  or  dead  shell  to  which  they  are 
attached,  the  attachment  being  made  very  secure  by  a  stony  cement 

that  is  secreted  by  the 
foot.  The  eggs  are  laid 
in  ronnd  capsules 
which  are  attached  to 
a  minute  cord  in  grape- 
like  clusters.  Each 
little  capsule  contains 
a  large  number  of  eggs 
floating  in  a  nutrient 
jelly.  From  two  to 
twenty  thousand  eggs 
are  laid,  and  are  fast- 
ened to  the  ground  by 
the  side  of  the  animal 
so  as  to  be  covered  by 
the  shell  itself.  The  l)reeding  season  extends  from  early  summer 
until  about  August  loth.  Our  species  range  from  the  West  Indies 
to  Nova  Scotia,  and  are  very  comuKjn  in  Long  Island  Sound. 

Crepidula  fornlcata  (Fig.  112 J,  the  largest  species,  is  found 
attached  to  horse-shoe  crabs,  and  also  to  stones  and  dead  shells.  A 
succession  of  individuals  being  often  seen  fastened  one  to  the  shell 
of  the  other  with  the  last  shell  in  the  line  fastened  to  a  stone  or 


I^tg.  in;  Eel  Grass,  at  low  tide,  covered  with  Periwinkles. 
Annisquam,  Mass. 


Ftjr.  112;  DECKER  SHELL.     Long  Island  Sound. 

Other  firm  anchorage.     In  these  strings  of  shells  the  heads  are 
usually  pointed  all  in  the  same  direction.     The  young  hatch  as 


MOLLUSKS  151 

free-swimming  veliger  larvte,  but  after  two  or  three  weeks  they 
settle  down  as  young  boat-shells.  Until  they  are  about  half  grown 
they  can  move  slowly,  but  finally  they  become  fixed  for  the  remain- 
der of  their  lives.  The  males  are  smaller  and  more  active  than  the 
females,  but  they  also  lose  all  power  of  locomotion  when  more  than 
half  grow^n.  This  species  may  be  recognized  by  its  decidedly  con- 
vex shell,  gray,  horny  color,  and  faint  reddish-brown  flecks  over 
the  surface  of  the  shell. 

Crepidida  plana  is  a  small,  flat,  white  species  which  lives 
within  shells  that  are  being  carried  about  by  hermit  crabs.  The 
head  end  of  the  crepidula  almost  always  faces  the  opening  of  the 
shell  within  which  it  lives.  Its  breeding  habits  are  similar  to 
those  of  C.  fornieata. 

Crepidula  eonvexa  is  the  smallest  of  our  species,  and  its  shells 
are  dark  brown  in  color,  and  more  convex  than  either  of  the  others. 
It  lives  on  the  outside  of  shells,  being  carried  about  by  hermit 
crabs.  It  can  move  to  a  limited  extent  throughout  life,  and  the 
young  hatch  as  little  snails,  and  do  not  pass  through  a  free-swim- 
ming veliger  stage. 

A  most  thorough  account  of  the  development  and  life  history 
of  our  species  of  Crepidula  is  given  by  E.  G.  Conklin  in  the 
"American  Journal  of  Morphology,"  Vol.  XIII,  Part  1,  1897. 

THE     NAKED     MOLLUSKS    OR     SEA     SLUGS. 

Niidihranchiata. 

These  are  slug-like  in  general  appearance  but  are  not  to  be  con- 
fused with  land  slugs.  They  have  a  flat  creeping  foot,  and  no  shell 
when  adult,  although  one  is  jDresent  in  the  young,  indicating  that 
they  have  descended  from  sea  snails.  However,  the  shell  and 
operculum  which  are  found  in  the  young  larvae  are  cast  off  very 
early  in  development. 

The  mouth  is  on  the  lower  side  of  the  front  end  of  the  body, 
and  the  intestine  usually  giv^es  off  branched  canals  which  ramify 
through  the  body.  The  vent  is  either  upon  the  middle  line  of  the 
back  or  upon  the  right  side.  When  found  upon  the  mid-dorsal 
line  it  is  usually  surrounded  by  branching  gills  wliich  are  often 
highly  colored  and  resemble  a  beautiful  flower.      These  gills  are, 


152  SEA-SHORE     LIFE 

however,  not  derived  from  the  plumed  gills  of  other  snails,  but  are 
a  new  formation  found  only  among  the  Nudihranchiata.  The  back 
is  apt  to  be  covered  with  finger-shaped  processes  which  proba- 
bly function  in  respiration,  and  the  head  is  provided  with  eyes 
and  tentacles. 

These  most  interesting  little  snails  match  their  surroundings 
to  a  wonderful  degree  of  perfection,  their  ragged- looking  backs  and 
mottled  color  giving  the  impression  of  a  piece  of  torn  seaweed. 
They  crawl  upon  sea  weeds  or  stones,  but  can  also  swim  foot  up- 
wards along  the  surface  of  the  sea. 

jEoUs  papillosa  is  the  commonest  species  under  stones  or  upon 
sea  weeds  in  shallow  water  off  our  north  Atlantic  coast,  and  the 
shores  of  Europe.  It  grows  to  be  about  three  inches  long,  but  spe- 
cimens over  an  inch  in  length  are  rare.  It  is  very  variable  in 
color,  being  fawn,  gray,  or  yellowish  sprinkled  with  large  dots  of 
white,  olive,  brown,  purple  or  yellow.  The  body  is  square  in  front 
but  tapers  to  a  point  behind.  There  are  two  pairs  of  tentacles 
upon  the  head,  and  numerous  rows  of  papillae,  down  both  sides,  the 
middle  of  the  back  being  bare.  The  eggs  are  laid  in  a  white  gela- 
tinous cord,  festooned  and  coiled  in  a  spiral,  and  deposited  upon 
stones.  A  good  figure  and  description  of  this  creature  is  given  by 
Gould  and  Binney.  "Invertebrates  of  Massachusetts,"  p.  238. 
Plate  XVIII.  Figs.  257-263.  Curiously  enough  the  skin  of  this 
creature  is  provided  with  stinging  thread-cells  similar  to  those  of 
jelly-fishes  and  sea  anemones.  It  is  probable,  however,  that  these 
thread  cells  may  have  been  obtained  from  sea  anemones  upon  which 
the  mollusk  has  fed. 

AncAiJa  sulphiirea  is  a  pale  yellow  species  commonly  found  on 
rocky  bottoms  off  the  New  England  coast  north  of  Cape  Cod ;  being 
very  abundant  in  water  about  200  feet  deep. 

THE     SQUID,     OCTOPUS    AND     NAUTILUS. 

Cephalopoda. 

These  are  the  most  highly  developed  mollusks,  and  when  one 
observes  their  remarkably  rapid  movements,  their  acute  senses,  and 
the  complexity  of  tlieir  entire  organization,  it  is  difficult  to  convince 
one's  self  that  their  nearest  living  relatives  are  snails  and  clams. 

They  are  all  carniverous,  and  prey  iipon  fishes,  crustacea  and 
other  mollusks  which  they  capture  by  darting  backward,  seizing 


MOLLUSKS 


153 


the  victims  in  their  sucker-bearing  arms,  and  crushing  the  prey  in 
their  sharp,  parrot-like  beaks. 

Nothing  in  nature  is  more  gruesome  and  hideous  than  the 
sinuous  writhing  of  these  creatures,  or  more  strangely  fascinating 
than  the  wonderful  play  of  varied  colors  over  their  soft,  pulsating 
bodies,  this  movement  contrasted  all  the  time  with  the  cruel,  stony 
stare  of  their  expressionless  ej'es. 

The  octopus  often  takes  up  its  abode  within  some  rocky  crev- 
ice, and  lies  safely  hidden  in  the  shadow,  at  the  same  time  similat- 
ing  the  color  of  its  surroundings  so  that  its  victims  do  not  perceive 


^.B.JuoY 


fig.  113;  OCTOPUS  AMERICANUS.     From  a  painting  made  at  Tortugas,  Fla., 

by  Herbert  B.  Judy. 

their  danger  until  grasped  by  the  suckers  of  the  long,  muscular 
arms.  This  habit  of  seeking  caverns  is  well  known  to  the  Japan- 
ese, who  capture  the  octopus  for  the  market  by  simply  sinking 
earthenware  urns  over  night,  and  then  drawing  them  up  in  the 
morning,  when  some  of  them  are  found  to  be  occupied  by  these 
repulsive  creatures. 

Despite  their  generally  musky  odor  octopi  and  squids  are  eaten 


154  SEA-SHORE     LIFE 

ill  France,  Italy  and  Japan.  They  are  also  preyed  upon  hy  sea 
lions  and  sperm  whales. 

In  the  octopi  there  are  eight,  and  in  the  squids  and  sepia  ten 
long,  flexible  arms  that  surround  the  mouth,  and  in  many  species 
the  rims  of  the  suckers  are  beset  with  hooks,  thus  increasing  the 
tenaciousness  of  their  grasp.  A  careful  study  has  shown  that  these 
arms  are  derived  from  what  was  once  the  fore  part  of  the  foot  in 
the  ancestral  mollusk,  from  Avhich  the  Cej^halopoda  are  descended. 
The  mouth  is  provided  with  a  pair  of  powerful,  parrot-like  beaks, 
while  the  tongue  is  beset  with  sharp,  rasping  teeth.  In  all  forms 
the  teeth  and  jaws  are  horny,  but  in  Nautilus  the  beaks  are  coated 
externally  with  calcareous  matter. 

The  chambered  nautilus  of  the  tropical  Pacific  and  Indian 
Ocean  is  the  only  living  species  whose  shell  is  wholly  external. 
This  graceful  shell  is  composed  of  a  series  of  chambers  filled  with 
gas,  and  coiled  in  the  form  of  a  regular  spiral.  These  chambers 
are  separated  one  from  another  by  shelly  partitions,  but  each  par- 
tition is  pierced  at  its  centre  to  allow  of  the  passage  of  a  tabe  called 
the  siphuncle,  which  runs  through  the  compartments,  and  is 
attached  to  the  back  of  the  body  of  the  nautilus.  The  animal  itself 
lives  in  the  largest  and  last  formed  chamber,  into  which  it  can 
almost  completely  withdraw  its  head  and  tentacles. 

The  spinda  of  the  tropical  Atlantic  and  Pacific  has  also  a 
chambered  cell,  luit  this  is  largely  covered  by  the  mantle,  and  is 
small  in  comparison  with  the  size  of  the  animal,  and  curiously 
enough  the  shell  of  spirula  is  coiled  in  a  manner  opposite  to  that 
of  nautilus,  These  graceful  cream-colored  little  spirals  are  found 
cast  up  upon  the  sands  of  every  coral  island,  but  the  living  animal 
is  exceedingly  rare,  and  almost  nothing  is  known  concerning  its 
habits. 

In  the  squids  the  shell  is  also  internal  and  imbedded  in  the 
mantle,  and  is  reduced  to  a  mere  remnant  popularly  called  the 
"pen,"  in  allusion  to  its  peculiar  shape,  while  in  the  octojnis  the 
shell  has  disappeared  entirely  in  the  adult  animal. 

The  so-called  shell  of  the  paper  nautilus  or  Argonanta  is  not 
to  be  compared  with  the  shell  of  other  mollusks,  for  it  is  merely  a 
shell-shaped  capsule  secreted  by  broad,  flat  expansions  of  two  of  the 
arms.    Its  resemblance  to  a  shell  is  merely  accidental,  and  it  serves 


MOLLUSKS  155 

only  as  a  pouch  to  contain  the  eggs  while  they  are  being  carried 
about  by  the  female.  When  first  taken  from  the  water  it  is  soft  and 
flexible,  but  soon  hardens  and  becomes  very  brittle  in  the  air.  When 
much  disturbed  the  female  may  cast  it  off,  and  it  is  never  developed 
by  the  male  argonaut. 

In  all  forms  excepting  the  chambered  nautilus  the  body  is 
cone-shaped  or  dome-like,  and  is  enclosed  in  a  mantle  which  is  at- 
tach.ed  along  the  back,  and  hangs  freely  around  the  body,  encasing 
it  as  a  bag  on  the  sides.  The  head  and  tentacles  project  beyond  the 
mouth  of  the  mantle-bag,  as  does  also  the  siphon.  This  siphon  is  a 
tube  which  is  developed  on  the  side  of  the  head,  and  is  open  at  both 
ends.  In  the  adult  nautilus  and  in  all  embryonic  Cephalopods  this 
siphon  is  composed  of  two  side  flaps  whose  edges  fold  together  to 
form  a  tube,  but  in  all  adult  cephalopods,  excepting  nautilus,  the 
edges  fuse  forming  a  solid- walled  tube. 

When  the  mantle-bag  expands,  water  is  drawn  in  through  the 
slit  between  the  body  and  mantle  on  both  sides  of  the  neck.  If  the 
animal  be  quietly  breathing,  the  water  is  forced  out  through  the 
same  slit  by  the  contraction  of  the  mantle,  biit  if  the  cephalopod 
desires  to  move,  the  free  edge  of  the  mantle-bag  becomes  hooked  to 
the  outer  wall  of  the  siphon,  thus  closing  the  neck-slit  so  that  the 
water  is  driven  forcil^ly  out  through  the  tube  of  the  siphon.  This 
siphon  tube  usually  projects  forward,  and  the  concentrated  stream  of 
water  rushing  out  of  it  forces  the  animal  backward  Avith  great 
rapidity.  The  siphon  can,  however,  at  times  be  directed  backward, 
thus  driving  the  animal  forward,  but  this  is  so  rarely  done  that  it 
can  not  be  called  the  usua^  manner  of  progression. 

A  careful  study  of  the  subject  has  convinced  naturalists  that 
the  siphon  has  been  derived  from  what  was  the  middle  part  of  the 
foot,  in  the  extinct  mollusks  from  which  the  Cephalopods  have  de- 
scended. 

The  so-called  "side  fins"  and  "tail"  of  the  squid  are  mere 
expansions  of  the  mantle.  It  is  interesting  to  observe  that  the  so- 
called  tail  fin  is  not  at  the  posterior  end  of  the  body  but  at  the 
highest  point  of  the  back  of  the  animal.  The  sucker  bearing  arms 
being  derived  from  the  fore  part,  and  the  siphon  from  the  middle 
part  of  the  foot,  while  the  conical  body  has  been  elongated  dorsal- 
wards.     These  things  can,  however,  only  be  fully  comprehended 


156  SEA-SHORE    LIFE 

through  careful  study,  and  the  only  point  we  should  remember  is 
that  it  is  not  quite  correct  to  say  that  the  squid  "swims  backward" 
but  that  it  swims  with  the  middle  point  of  its  back  directed  forward. 

Feathered  gills  arise  from  the  body,  and  project  into  the  cavity 
of  the  mantle-bag,  so  that  they  are  bathed  by  the  water  that  comes 
in  through  the  slit-like  opening  between  the  mantle  and  the  sides  of 
the  neck.  In  nautilus  there  are  four,  whereas  in  all  other  cephalo- 
pods  there  are  only  two  gills.  In  common  with  other  mollusks  the 
heart  pumps  blood  from  the  gills  to  other  parts  of  the  body. 

The  kidneys,  genital  organs,  and  alimentary  tract  also  open  into 
the  cavity  of  the  mantle-bag  and  their  products  are  discharged  with 
the  waste  water  through  the  siphon. 

The  ink  bag  is  a  peculiar  organ  that  is  found  in  all  forms  ex- 
cepting nautilus.  Its  duct  opens  into  the  intestine  near  the  vent, 
and  when  the  animal  becomes  excited  or  alarmed  the  inky  fluid  is 
discharged  through  the  siphon  thus  darkening  the  Avater  and  ena- 
bling the  animal  to  bewilder  its  prey,  or  to  itself  escape  from  danger. 
Both  india  ink  and  sepia  are  made  from  the  fluid  of  the  ink  bags  of 
cuttle  fishes. 

The  nervous  system  is  far  better  developed  than  in  snails  and 
other  mollusks.  The  brain  is  large  and  is  protected  by  a  sheath  of 
cartilage,  while  the  eyes  bear  a  close  but  only  accidental  resemblance 
to  those  of  vertebrates.  In  nautilus,  however,  the  eye  is  a  mere  cujd- 
shaped  cavity,  the  bottom  and  sides  of  the  cup  being  lined  with 
sensory  cells  constituting  the  retina;  but  in  all  other  cephalopods 
the  eye  is  much  more  complex.  On  the  outside  we  see  the  glassy 
cornea  or  window  of  the  eye,  and  close  behind  it  lies  the  iris  with 
its  circular  or  slit-like  aperture  of  the  pupil.  The  lens  is  large  and 
spherical  and  lies  back  of  the  iris,  almost  fdlingthe  cup-like  cavity 
of  the  eye  which  is  elsewhere  filled  with  a  transparent  fluid.  The 
retina  lining  the  cavity  of  the  eye  is  not  turned  inside  out  a^  in  the 
case  of  vertebrates,  but  receives  the  light  directly.  There  are  two 
ear-like  organs  on  the  side  of  the  head,  which  enable  the  animal 
not  only  to  hear,  but  also  to  maintain  its  equilibrium  in  the  water. 

The  wonderful  color  changes  of  the  Cephalopods  have  caused 
them  to  be  described  as  "  chameleons  of  the  sea."  Immediately  un- 
der the  skin  there  are  large  numbers  of  little  pigment  cells  with 
muscular  walls.     When  the  walls  contract  each  pigment  cell  is  re- 


MOLLUSKS 


157 


duced  to  a  mere  dot  and  is  practically  invisible,  hut  when  the  walls 
expand  the  cell  enlarges  to  fully  twenty-five  times  its  former  area, 
and  the  sudden  enlargement  of  thousands  of  these  little  pigment 
cells,  or  chromatophores,  as  they  are  called,  produces  a  flash  of  color. 
There  are  several  sets  of  these  chromatophores,  some  rosin  colored, 
others  yellow,  blue-green  or  brown.  Each  set  may  expand  inde- 
pendently or  in  combination  Avith  the  others  and  thus  a  varied  play 
of  color  is  produced. 

In  Cephalopods  the  sexes  are  separate,  the  male  being  often 
much  smaller  than  the  female.  In  some  forms,  such  as  the  paper 
nautilus,  one  of  the 
arms  of  the  male  un- 
dergoes a  curious 
transformation.  It 
develops  within  a 
large  sac  which 
bursts  leaving  a  part 
of  the  sides  of  the 
sac  still  attached  to 
the  arm.  The  male 
then  places  a  packet 
of  sperinatoza  upon 
the  arm,  and  after 
seizing  the  female 
the  arm  breaks  off. 
and  becomes  at- 
tached to  her  body  within  the  mantle  cavity,  thus  conveying  the 
spermatoza  for  the  fertilization  of  the  eggs.  The  eggs  are  usually 
laid  enclosed  in  gelatinous  capsules  and  the  development  is  direct 
without  any  free  swimming  larval  stage  such  as  is  characteristic  of 
other  mollusks. 

A  good  general  account  of  Cephalopods  is  given  by  Professor 
J.  S.  Kingsley  in  the  "Riverside  Natural  History,"  Vol.  I. 

The  Chambered  Nautilus,  f  Nautilus  pompilius,  Fig.  114). 
This  most  interesting  creature  is  found  in  the  western  parts  of  the 
tropical  Pacific,  and  in  the  Indian  Ocean.  It  lives  upon  the  bottom, 
and  is  not  usually  found  in  water  less  than  100  feet  deep,  being 
most  abundant  at  a  depth  of  about  1000  feet.     Contrary  to  popular 


Fig.  114:  THE  CH.A.MBKHEI),  OR  PEARLY  NAUTILUS. 
From  the  Tropical  Pacitic 


158  SEA-SHORE    LIFE 

belief  it  never  swims  at  the  surface.  The  chambers  of  the  shell, 
the  construction  of  which  we  hav^e  already  mentioned,  are  filled 
with  gas,  this  being  a  mixture  of  oxygen  and  nitrogen  resemb- 
ling ordinary  air,  but  being  richer  in  nitrogen.  This  gas  prob- 
ably serves  to  increase  the  buoyancy  of  the  shell,  so  as  to 
enable  the  animal  to  move  more  rapidly.  The  animal  itself  is 
confined  to  the  outermost  and  largest  chamber  of  the  shell.  The 
mouth  is  provided  with  a  pair  of  parrot-like  beaks  composed  of  a 
black,  horny  substance,  coated  on  the  outside  with  shelly  matter. 
There  are  about  90  tentacles  around  the  mouth.  These  have  poorly 
developed  suckers,  and  can  be  retracted  each  into  its  own  special 
sheath.  The  sheaths  of  two  of  these  tentacles  are  fused  into  a 
broad,  flat  plate  called  the  hood,  that  serves  to  partially  close  the 
aperture  of  the  shell  when  the  animal  retracts.  This  hood  lies  on 
the  back  of  the  head,  while  on  the  lower  side  we  find  a  tube  made 
of  two  side  folds  which  overlap.  This  is  the  "siphon"  or  fun- 
nel through  which  water  is  expelled,  driving  the  animal  back- 
ward. In  this  manner  it  swims  through  the  water  near  the  bottom, 
gliding  along  with  the  aperture  of  the  shell  turned  upwards  and 
the  tentacles  held  close  together  and  trailing  out  horizontally.  The 
writer  was  informed  by  natives  of  the  Paumotu  Islands,  however, 
that  the  nautilus  also  crawls  over  the  bottom,  and  often  buries  itself 
beneath  the  sand. 

In  the  Philippine  Islands  the  nautilus  is  captured  in  traps 
somewhat  similar  in  construction  to  our  lobster-pots,  the  bait  used 
being  pieces  of  chicken  or  even  dead  dogs  and  cats.  The  animal 
is  eaten  in  these  islands  but  is  not  highly  esteemed,  and  a  better 
price  is  now  obtained  for  the  shell,  which  is  used  in  China  for  the 
manufacture  of  pearl  buttons. 

The  tentacles  and  funnel-tube  are  oiDaque-white,  while  the 
hood  is  speckled  with  brown  and  yellow  spots.  There  is  a  simple, 
pit-like  eye  mounted  on  a  short  stalk  on  either  side  of  the  head,  and 
this  is  so  placed  that  it  can  obtain  a  view  of  the  surroundings  even 
when  the  creature  is  almost  completely  retracted,  and  the  aperture 
of  the  shell  all  but  closed  by  the  hood.  The  shell  of  the  nautilus 
is  smooth  and  white  and  marked  with  bands  of  reddish-brown, 
while  the  inner  side  of  the  aperture  "is  marked  with  jet-black  where 
the  mantle  fold  is  applied  to  the  shell.     The  partitions  of  the  cham- 


MOLLUSKS  159 

bers  and  the  whole  interior  of  the  shell  are  lined  with  pearly  nacre, 
having  a  lustre  only  slighty  inferior  to  that  of  the  pearl  oyster. 

The  nautilus  is  one  of  the  most  interesting  of  living  animals, 
for  it  is  the  sole  survivor  of  a  once  numerous  race,  great  numbers 
of  which  swam  in  the  pcean  during  Silurian  times.  The  oldest 
forms  are  apt  to  have  straight  shells,  but  later  we  find  them  for  the 
most  part  coiled,  while  during  the  last  ages  of  their  decline  they 
sometimes  uncoiled  to  a  greater  or  less  degree,  or  assumed  strange 
contorted  shapes.  Some  were  five  or  six  feet  in  length,  and  one 
species  must  have  weighed  several  tons. 

Associated  with  the  nautilus  race  was  another  great  group 
called  the  Ammonites  in  which  the  margins  of  the  partitions  separ- 
ating the  chambers  of  the  shell  were  complexly  folded.  Their  shells 
were  also  highly  ornamented  with  ridges  and  projections  and  the 
siphuncle  was  small  and  did  not  usually  pass  through  the  centre 
of  the  partitions,  but  ran  through  the  edges  close  to  the  wall  of  the 
shell.  More  than  5000  species  of  Ammunites  and  2500  of  the  nau- 
tilus race  lived  in  these  ancient  times.  The  Ammonites  died  out 
completely  in  the  age  of  the  chalk,  while  the  nautilus  race  declined 
slowly,  until  to-day  we  find  its  last  representatives  still  living  in 
the  depths  of  the  tropical  Pacific.  Three  or  four  species  of  Nauti- 
lus are  found  in  the  tropical  Pacific,  the  best  known  being  Nautilus 
pompilius. 

THE    SQUIDS,     OR     SEA-ARROWS. 

Several  species  of  squids  occur  along  our  coast.  Their  bodies 
are  spindle-shaped,  tapering  to  a  point  behind.  Avhile  the  fin  resem- 
bles in  outline  an  arrow  or  spear-head.  The  shell  is  degenerate, 
and  is  reduced  to  a  mere  internal  scale  imbedded  in  the  mantle  and 
called  the  "pen"  in  allusion  to  its  shape.  Ten  arms  surround  the 
mouth.  Eight  of  these  are  triangular  in  cross  section,  and  are  each 
furnished  with  two  rows  of  suckers  on  their  inner  sides.  The 
fourth  pair  of  arms  are,  however,  much  longer  than  the  others, 
and  have  suckers  only  upon  their  expanded  tips  where  we  find  four 
rows  of  these  organs  of  adhesion.  The  eyes  are  large,  have  no  lids, 
and  the  pupil  is  a  round  opening. 

Squids  usually  swim  backward,  being  propelled  in  a  series  of 
rapid  darts  by  the  water  which  is  sucked  in  through  the  mantle- 


160 


SEA-SHORE    LIFE 


slit  on  the  sides  of  the  neck,  and  discharged  through  the  siphon 
which  jD rejects  outward  from  the  mantle-cavity  under  the  head. 
Occasionally,  however,  the  siphon  is  turned  backward,  thus  caus- 


Fig.  115;  BLUNT-TAILED  SQUID.     New  Jersey  Coast. 

iiig  the  animal  to  dart  forward,  but  this  method  of  progression 
is  rare  in  comparison  with  the  backward  darting.  They  can 
also  swim  slowly  forward  when  propelled  by  movements  of  the 
fin.  Sqiiids  feed  upon  small  fishes,  Crustacea,  and  even  the 
young  of  their  own  species,  and  they  are  themselves  devoured  by 
numerous  fishes,  the  sperm  whale  and  seals.  In  killing  a  small 
fish  they  bite  a  piece  out  of  the  back  of  the  neck.  They  capture 
their  prey  by  darting  rajDidly  backward,  swinging  quickly  to  one 
side  and  seizing  the  victim  in  their  sucker-bearing  arms. 

Very  commonly  they  become  stranded  in  their  backward  dart- 
ing flight,  and  then  thrash  helplessly  upon  the  shore,  forcing  water 
out  through  the  siphon  and  ejecting  their  jet-black  ink.  The 
shores  of  Maine  are  often  strewn  with  squids  that  have  perished  in 
this  manner,  this  being  especially  noticeable  after  moonlight 
nights.  Indeed,  the  fishermen  take  advantage  of  the  attraction 
squids  display  for  light  by  placing  a  beacon  in  the  bow  of  their 
boats  and  slowly  rowing  ashore,  thus  stranding  the  congregated 
animals. 

They  often  swim  in  schools,  especially  during  spring  and  early 
summer.  During  some  years  the  water  fairly  teems  with  them, 
and  then  again  none  will  be  seen  for  long  periods  of  time.  As  they 
dart  through  the  ocean  their  color  changes  instantly  to  match  their 


MOLLUSKS  161 

surroundings,  while  at  times  flushes  of  steely-blue,  purple,  reddish 
or  yellow  flash  over  the  body  as  the  creature  swims. 

These  changes  of  color  are  produced  by  the  contraction  and 
expansion  of  several  sets  of  pigment  cells  beneath  the  skin.  For 
example, — when  the  reddish-brown  set  contracts,  the  brown  color 
is  so  reduced  that  it  almost  disappears,  whereas  the  expansion  of 
these  pigment  cells  instantly  tinges  the  whole  surface. 

Although  these  creatures  are  biit  rarely  sold  in  market,  their 
flesh  being  little  esteemed  as  food,  more  than  1,000,000  pounds  of 
squids  valued  at  about  $1J:,500  are  taken  annually  upon  the  Massa- 
chusetts coast,  to  be  used  in  the  cod  fishery,  and  about  one-half  of 
the  bait  used  upon  the  banks  of  Newfoundland  consists  of  squids. 

Squids  lay  their  eggs  upon  weedy  bottoms  throughout  the 
summer,  the  eggs  being  contained  in  clusters  of  gelatinous  finger- 
shaped  capsules,  each  capsule  holding  a  large  number.  These 
clusters  are  often  five  or  six  inches  in  diameter  and  are  known  to 
tiie  fishermen  as  "sea-grapes." 

The  Blunt-Tailed  Squid,  (Lal'ujo  pcalii.  Fig  115  J.  This  is  the 
common  squid  from  the  Carolinas  to  Cape  Cod.  North  of  this  point 
it  is  rare,  and  it  does  not  extend  beyond  Cape  Ann,  Massachusetts. 
It  becomes  about  a  foot  in  length,  and  is  usually  speckled  with 
rusty-brown  or  purplish  color,  although  its  color  constantly  changes 
in  intensity.  The  fin  is  large,  obtusely  rounded  on  the  outer 
edges,  and  about  as  broad  as  it  is  long.  A  closely  allied  pale 
translucent  variety  called  Loligo  pealii  var.  pallida  is  most  abund- 
ant in  Long  Island  Sound. 

The  Short-Tailed  Squid,  {Om  mast  replies  illecebrosiis).  This  is 
the  common  squid  of  the  New  England  coast  north  of  Cape  Cod, 
and  is  most  extensively  used  as  bait  in  the  cod  fishery.  The  fin  is 
one-third  broader  than  it  is  long,  and  its  outer  edges  form  nearly  a 
right  angle. 

The  Giant  Squid,  ( Areliiteuthis  princeps,  Fkj.  116 J.  This  is  the 
largest  living  invertebrate,  and  the  sudden  appearance  of  its 
writhing  arms  upon  the  ocean  has  probably  given  rise  to  stories  of 
the  sea  serpent.  It  has  been  seen  but  rarely,  and  then  always 
upon  the  Grand  Banks  or  ofP  the  coast  of  Newfoundland.  Alto- 
gether not  more  than  thirty  specimens  have  been  found,  and  the 
majority  of  these  were  badly  damaged.     The  arms  are  as  thick  as  a 


162 


SEA-SHORE     LIFE 


man's  leg  and  their  suckers  as  large  as  tea-cups.     One  obtained 
in  1877  had  a  body  nine  and  a  half  feet  long  and  seven   feet  in 


Ftg.  ii6;  GIANT  SQtUD  of  the  Newfoundland  Banks.     From  a  painting 
by  Herbert  B.  Judy. 

girth,  the  arms  being  thirty  feet  long.     It  was  exhibited  at  the  old 
New  York  Aquarium  and  afterwards  in  other  places,  but  untor- 


MOLLUSKS  163 

tanately  it  is  now  lost.  Tlie  largest  ever  seen  was  stranded — while 
yet  alive — on  the  coast  of  Newfoundland,  and  was  cut  up  for  dog 
meat  by  the  fishermen  who  captured  it.  Its  body  was  said  to  have 
been  twenty  feet  and  the  tentacles  thirty-five  feet  in  length.  The 
fabulous  Krakenoi  the  Norsemen  was  probably  a  giant  squid  In 
their  old  sea-tales  we  read  of  its  devouring  ships,  and  indeed  it  is 
well  established  that  large  squids  have  at  times  attacked  fisher- 
men's boats. 

In  every  respect,  excepting  size,  these  monsters  resemble  the 
little  short-tailed  squid  of  the  New  England  coast.  Nothing  is 
known  of  the  habits  of  the  giant  squid,  although  it  probably  lives 
in  deep  water  off  the  Banks  and  only  occasionally  comes  to  the  sur- 
face at  night  Powerful  as  these  monsters  are,  thoy  are  greedily 
devoured  by  the  sperm  whale. 

The  American  Devil-Fish,  (Octopus  americmms,  Fig.  113 J. 
This  creature  is  found  upon  the  coral  reefs  of  Florida  and  the 
West  Indies,  where  it  lives  within  rocky  crevices,  the  color  of  which 
it  exactly  matches.  Here  it  lies  in  wait  for  prey,  and  the  floor  and 
entrance  of  its  den  are  strewn  with  the  broken  shells  of  mollusks 
and  Crustacea  that  have  fallen  victims  to  the  Octopus.  It  also 
glides  ghost-like  over  the  sands,  resembling  the  glistening  white 
bottom  so  completely  that  it  is  all  but  invisible.  This  gliding 
movement  is  accomplished  by  opening  and  closing  the  umbrella- 
like web  that  forms  a  span  between  the  bases  of  the  arms.  At  every 
such  pulsation  the  creature  shoots  backward,  trailing  its  eight  long 
arms,  which  extend  straight  outward.  The  creature  can  also  accom- 
plish the  same  movement,  or  a  side  motion,  by  expelling  the  Avater 
from  its  siphon  tube,  which  usually  projects  out  to  one  side  from 
the  edge  of  the  mantle.  If  grasped  the  writhing  arms,  with  their 
double  rows  of  suckers,  instantly  seize  upon  the  tormentor,  and  the 
sharp,  parrot-like  beak  inflicts  a  painful  wound.  Ink  is  also  ejected 
from  the  siphon,  and  a  wonderful  play  of  colors  pass  over  the  body, 
flashing  steely  blue,  green,  brilliant  white,  rusty  red  or  dull  brown. 
When  removed  from  the  water  the  creature  thrashes  about  in  hide- 
ous contortions  for  a  few  minutes  and  then  dies  utterly  exhausted. 
The  eyes  are  frog-like  and  prominent,  with  a  slit-shaped  pupil,  and 
the  skin  around  them  can  be  drawn  together  from  all  sides,  form- 
ing a  veritable  eye-lid.     The  body  is  soft  and  rounded  and  there 


164 


SEA-SHORE     LIFE 


are  no  tins,  and  no  trace  of  a  shell  in  the  adult.  When  full  grown 
the  arms  are  each  about  two  feet  long.  In  the  male  the  third  arm 
on  the  right  hand  side  is  curiously  modified  for  sexual  purposes, 
and  is  cast  off  and  adheres  to  the  female  during  the  breeding 
season. 

Another  species  of  Octopus,  (0.  hairdiij  is  found  in  deep  water 
off  the  New  England  coast,  but  it  is  not  often  met  with.  A  good 
figure  of  it  taken  from  Verill  is  given  in  the  "  Riverside  Natural 
History,"  Vol.  I,  p.  371. 

The  Paper  Nautilus,  ( Argonauta,  Fig.  117 J.  Several  closely 
related  species  of  Argoriauta  are  found  in  the  tropical  parts  of  the 

Atlantic  and  Pacific 
Oceans.  Occasionally 
the  creatvire  is  drifted 
northward  upon  the 
Gulf  Stream,  and  may 
be  cast  up  upon  the 
southern  Long  Island 
coast.  The  female  has 
eight  sucker-bearing 
arms,  which  resemble 
those  of  the  Octopus, 
excepting  that  the  front 
pair  of  arms  end  each 
in  a  large,  flat  expan- 
sion. These  expanded 
parts  secrete  a  delicate  capsule  which  bears  an  accidental  resem- 
blance to  a  beautifully-sculptured  shell,  although  it  is  not  compar- 
able with  the  shell  of  other  moliusks.  It  is  not  attached  to  the  body, 
and  may  be  even  cast  off,  and  serves  merely  to  contain  the  eggs  dur- 
ing the  breeding  season.  These  eggs  are  laid  in  grape-like  clusters 
enclosed  in  delicate  capsules.  The  six  tapering  arms  may  also  be 
thrust  within  the  cavity  of  the  capsule  while  the  Argonaut  swims 
backward,  being  propelled  by  jets  of  water  from  the  siphon. 

During  the  breeding  season  the  females  are  found  swimming 
at  the  surface,  but  at  other  times  they  appear  to  live  in  the  depths. 
Beautiful  colors  play  over  the  creature  as  it  swims  about,  and  the 
shell,  while  in  the  water,  is  very  soft  and  flexible. 


^^ 

•%^ 

•i 

1 

-^ 

jSv    ' 

; 

S 

1 

m 
^ 

Wmi 

/ 

V 

Fig.  117 ;  PAPER  NAUTILUS.     From  the  Tropical  Pacific. 


MOLLUSKS  165 

The  male  Argonaut  is  only  about  one-tenth  as  large  as  the 
female,  being  about  one  inch  in  length.  Previous  to  the  breeding 
season  the  third  arm  on  the  left  side  is  seen  to  be  developing  inside 
of  a  sac.  Later  this  sac  splits  along  on  one  side  and  turns  inside  out, 
thus  freeing  the  arm,  which  is  then  seen  to  be  more  than  twice  as 
long  as  the  ordinary  arms  of  the  animal,  and  to  terminate  in  a  long 
pointed  filament  which  was  itself  developed  in  a  sack  very  much  as 
was  the  base  of  the  arm.  A  number  of  long  filamentous  tubes  con- 
taining spermatozoa  are  placed  within  the  cavity  of  the  sac  at  the 
base  of  the  arm.  At  the  breeding  time  the  entire  arm  is  cast  ofF, 
enters  the  mantle  cavity  of  the  female,  and  adheres  to  her  l^ody. 
The  male  Argonaut  never  develops  a  shell. 

It  is  in  the  contemplation  of  creatures  such  as  this  that  we 
come  to  realize  the  hopelessness  of  any  attempt  to  measure  by  our 
puny  standards  the  immensity  of  time  that  has  elapsed  since  evo- 
lution began  to  mold  the  manifold  forms  of  life.  How  long  may  it 
have  been  before  such  a  remarkable  contrivance  as  the  shell-like 
brood-pouch  and  such  a  curiously  modified  arm  as  that  of  the  male 
Argonaut  could  have  been  developed? 

Altogether  there  is  no  more  comprehensive  picture  of  the 
course  of  evolution  than  that  furnished  by  the  fossil  shells  of 
Cephalopods.  We  see  the  straight-shelled  Xautilus  race  that 
swarmed  in  the  ancient  Silurian  seas,  when  the  whole  western  half 
of  New  York  State  was  submerged  by  an  ocean  continuous  with 
what  is  now  the  Pacific.  Afterwards  in  Devonian  times  we  find  the 
sculptured  Ammonites  appearing  in  a  vast  variety  of  forms.  Then 
the  Nautilus  race  slowly  faded  away  until  to-day  we  find  its  last 
lingering  descendant  living  in  the  depths  of  the  Pacific,  while  the 
Ammonites,  their  shells  coiling  and  uncoiling  in  writhing,  snake- 
like shapes,  died  out  forever,  while  the  Chalk  cliffs  of  England  were 
yet  beneath  the  sea. 

Only  the  soft  bodied  squids  and  octopi  which  first  appear  in 
Triassic  seas,  still  survive  in  reduced  numbers  in  the  oceans  of 
to-day. 


THE    SEA-SQUIRTS, 

Tunicates  or  Ascidians. 

\  TTACHED  to  rocks,  sea  weeds  or  piles  of  wharves,  one  some- 
^^^  times  finds  a  globular  or  dome-like  mass  of  tough,  gelatinous 
consistency,  usually  dull  in  color,  and  often  covered  with  sand  or 
detritus.  If  the  creature  be  touched  it  contracts,  and  a  fine  stream 
of  water  is  forced  out  of  two  openings  that  will  be  observed  quite 
dose  together  near  the  highest  point  of  the  dome-like  body  This 
habit  has  led  to  their  being  commonly  designated  as  "sea-squirts." 
The  older  naturalists  were  inclined  to  believe  that  they  were  re- 
lated to  moUusks,  but  a  study  of  their  development  showed  con- 
clusively that  they  are  lowly  organized  and  degenerate  vertebrate- 
like animals  in  which  a  flexible  rod  serves  as  a  back-bone,  although 
it  must  be  remembered  that  this  rod  is  tough  and  gelatinous  in  con- 
sistency— not  bony.  It  is  interesting  to  observe,  however,  that  the 
central  part  of  the  backbone  of  all  vertebrates,  from  the  lowest 
fishes  up  to  man,  is  at  one  time  a  flexible  rod  exactly  similar  in 
origin  and  constitution  to  that  of  the  tunicates.  In  higher  forms, 
however,  this  primitive  rod  becomes  surrounded,  and  often 
all  but  obliterated  by  a  casing  of  cartilage  or  bone,  thus  greatly 
increasing  its  efficiency  as  a  support  for  the  skeleton  and  muscles. 

But  to  return  to  the  tunicates;  no  one  would  have  supposed 
that  these  unattractive,  almost  shapeless  creatures  were  primitive 
vertebrates  until  their  development  was  studied,  and  it  was  discov- 
ered that  the  larva  is  free-swimming  and  resembles  a  tadpole  in  hav- 
a  large  head  and  long,  lash-like  tail.  Moreover,  we  find  that 
extending  a  short  distance  down  the  middle  of  the  back  immedi- 
ately under  the  skin  there  is  a  nervous  tube  in  every  way  compar- 
able with  the  spinal  cord  of  vertebrates,  while  parallel  with,  and 
lying  under  this  tube  we  find  a  flexible,  rod-like  structure  that  is 
evidently  similar  to  the  central  core  of  the  back  bone  of  all 
vertebrates. 

The  head  of  the  tunicate  embryo  is  also  interesting,  for  Ave 
find  on  the  dorsal  side  a  single  eye,  and  in  front  of  this  a  primitive 


TUNICATES  107 

ear-like  organ;  and  the  remarkable  fact  is  that  the  retina  and  lens 
of  the  eye  and  the  sensory  part  of  the  "ear"  are  derived  from  the 
walls  of  the  brain  as  is  the  case  in   vertebrates. 

After  swimming  about  for  some  time  the  tunicate  tadpole  usu- 
ally settles  down  upon  the  bottom  and  fastens  itself  to  a  situation 
from  which  it  never  departs.  Under  these  conditions  it  finds 
almost  no  need  for  sense  organs  or  skeleton,  and  accordingly  these 
degenerate  to  such  a  degree  that  the  eye  disappears  completely, 
and  the  other  structures  are  reduced  to  mere  remnants. 

I)iit  all  tunicates  do  not  thus  settle  down  and  degenerate,  for 
some  of  them  remain  active  throughout  life,  swimming  rapidly 
through  the  water.  One  of  these  free  forms  called  Aypendlcularia 
remains  tadpole-like  in  shape  throughout  its  existence,  having  a 
pair  of  gill-slits,  one  on  each  side,  and  a  long  powerful  tail  which  is 
provided  with  a  fin,  and  arises  from  the  middle  of  the  ventral  side 
of  the  body. 

Many  tunicates  are  solitary  animals  Avhile  others  produce 
large  colonies  by  budding,  the  older  members  of  the  colony  giving 
rise  to  the  younger.  In  other  forms  such  as  Salpa,  there  is  an  alter- 
nation of  generations,  one  being  produced  from  eggs  and  the  fol- 
lowing generation  through  budding. 

A  tunicate  has  been  aptly  compared  to  a  leather  bottle  with 
two  spouts.  The  outer  covering  of  the  body  is  usually  tough 
in  consistency  and  contains  cellulose,  the  composition  of  which  is 
identical  with  the  sul)stance  that  forms  the  walls  of  plant  cells. 

A  moment's  observation  of  the  two  funnel-shaped  spouts  will 
show  that  water  is  constantly  being  drawn  into  one  and  forced  out 
from  the  other,  and  a  further  study  shows  that  the  water  is  drawn 
in  at  the  spout  at  the  front  end  of  the  body,  and  passed  out  of  the 
opening  upon  the  back  of  the  animal.  The  intestine  is  U-shaped, 
and  the  mouth  is  at  the  place  where  the  water  enters  while  the  vent 
is  at  the  sj)out  through  which  the  water  passes  out. 

The  throat  is  a  wide  sac  almost  as  long  as  the  body  itself,  and 
is  piei-ced  by  so  many  little  gill  slits  that  its  sides  resemble  a  sieve. 
The  water  enters  the  mouth,  passes  through  these  gill  slits,  and 
finally  out  through  the  dorsal  spout;  the  current  being  maintained 
by  the  beating  in  unison  of  thousands  of  hair-like  cilia  which  line 
the  gill  slits. 


168 


SEA-SHORE     LIFE 


The  minute  animal  and  vegetable  organisms  that  are  drawn 
in  with  the  water  do  not  pass  through  the  gill  slits,  but  are  caught 
in  the  slime  that  lines  the  throat  and  passed  around,  entangled  in  a 
cord  of  slime,  into  the  stomach. 

The  heart  is  a  spindle-shaped  tube  lying  under  and  near  the 
stomach.  Curiously  enougli  it  pimips  blood  in  one  direction  for  a 
few  moments,  then  rests,  and   piimps  in   the  opposite   direction. 

The  Ijlood  corpuscles  are 
mainly  colorless  and  con- 
stantly change  their  shape  re- 
sembling amoebce.  Some  of 
the  blood  corpuscles  are,  how- 
ever, of  definite  shape  and  are 
often  deeply  colored,  being 
reddish,  indigo,  brown  or 
even  Avhite.  It  has  been  f oun d 
that  when  bacteria  or  other 
disease  germs  are  introduced 
into  the  blood  system,  the 
colorless  blood  corpuscles 
seize  upon  them,  and  attempt 
to  engulf  them.  Sometimes, 
however,  they  do  not  succeed 
but  are  themselves  destroyed 
in  the  attempt  to  digest  the 
bacteria,  and  then  the  disease 
conquers  in  the  strife. 

The  genital  organs  are 
found  close  to  the  side  of  a 
loop  of  the  intestine,  and  their 
duct  opens  at  the  dorsal  spout.  In  common  with  many  sedentary 
and  degenerate  animals  all  tunicates  are  hermaphrodites,  but  the 
same  individual  does  not  usually  fertilize  its  own  eggs. 

The  "brain"  or  principal  ganglion  of  the  Tunicate  is  situated 
midway  between  the  two  spouts,  and  is  simply  the  remnant  of  the 
larval  brain.  It  is,  however,  of  so  little  importance  that  if  it  be 
cut  out  the  creature  lives  quite  well,  and  is  even  capable  of  contract- 
ing in  a  normal  manner  when  touched.      The  "brainless"  animal 


Fig.  !iS;  CIOXA  INTESTIXALIS.     From 
Woods  Holl,  Mass. 


TU-NICATES  169 

is,  however,  less  sensitive,  and  its  reactions  are  slower  than  in  the 
normal  creature. 

A  good  account  of  Tunicates,  their  development  and  relation- 
shijDS,  is  given  by  Arthur  Willey  in  "Amphioxus  and  the  Ancestry 
of  the  Vertebrates,"  1894,  and  also  by  J.  S.  Kingsley  in  "The  River- 
side Natural  History,"  Vol.  III.  Most  valuable  general  treatises 
upon  the  subject  are  also  given  by  W.  Herdman  in  "Report  on  the 
Tunicata,"  in  the  Reports  of  the  Voyage  of  H.  M.  S.  "Challenger," 
Zoology,  Vol.  VI.;  and  by  W.  K.  Brooks  in  "Salpa,"  Memoirs  Johns 
Hopkins  University  Laboratory,  1893.  A  valuable  summary  for 
higher  students  is  given  by  W.  A.  Herdman  in  The  Cambridge 
Natural  History,  Vol.  VII.,  pp.  33-138,  Macmillan  &  Co.,  1901. 

Cioiia  intesfinalis  (Fig.  US  J.  This  large  sea-squirt  is  found 
upon  our  shores,  and  is  also  abundant  in  the  Mediterranean  and  on 
the  coast  of  England.  It  is  found  upon  the  under  sides  of  stones  or 
upon  the  shady  sides  of  wharf  piles  immediately  below  low  tide  level. 

It  grows  to  be  four  inches  long  and  the  body  is  slender,  and  is 
of  the  shape  of  an  urn  with  two  spouts,  one  at  the  narrow  end  and 
one  at  a  short  distance  below  the  terminal  opening.  The  terminal 
opening  is  at  the  forward  end  of  the  animal,  and  serves  as  a  mouth 
for  the  admission  of  water  and  food  ;  while  tlie  lower  aperture  arises 
from  the  back  of  the  creature  and  serves  to  carry  off  the  water  which 
has  passed  through  the  numerous  gill  slits  of  the  huge  throat,  and 
to  conduct  away  the  waste  products  of  the  body. 

The  animal  is  dull  yellowish  or  greenish  in  color,  and  the  aper- 
tures are  bordered  with  brilliant  greenish-yellow.  The  body  is  trans- 
lucent, and  there  are  from  twelve  to  fourteen  powerful  strands  of 
longitudinal  muscle  fibres  which  appear  as  opaque  glistening  lines. 
If  the  animal  be  disturbed  these  longitudinal  muscles  contract  rap- 
idly, so  that  the  creature  shrinks  into  a  shape  even  broader  than  long. 

In  common  with  all  tunicates  this  creature  is  hermaphroditic 
l)ut  is  practically  incapable  of  fertilizing  its  own  eggs.  These  are 
discharged  with  clock-like  regularity  at  one  and  one-half  hours  be- 
fore sunrise  by  means  of  a  series  of  violent  contractions,  and  are 
fertilized  in  the  water  by  spermatozoa  discharged  from  another 
tunicate.  The  egg  is  covered  with  a  membrane  which  rises  into 
papilla,  giving  it  the  appearance  of  a  chestnut  bur  made  of  glass 
and  with  a  few  blunt  spines.    It  develops  into  a  little  tadpole-shaped 


170 


SEA-SHORE     LIFE 


larva  witli  large  rounded  head,  and  lash-like  tail.  The  larva  usually 
breaks  through  the  egg  membrane  and  swims  through  the  water, 
avoiding  the  light.  Soon,  however,  it  settles  down,  and  becomes 
fast  to  the  bottom  by  means  of  the  adhesive  slime  of  its  body.  Often 
it  becomes  fastened  by  the  tail,  but  occasionally  by  its  head  or  some 
other  part  of  the  body.  The  little  creature  then  struggles  vainly 
to  free  itself  for  a  time,  but  soon  the  tail  becomes  absorbed,  the 
nervous  system  degenerates  and  the  animal  becomes  a  Gwna,  fixed 
for  life  to  one  spot,  and  in  its  adult  state  no  one  would  suppose 
that  it  was  in  reality  a  vertebrate. 

Molgula  mcmhattensis,  Fig.  119.     This  is  found  under  stones, 
etc.,  below  low  tide  level  from  Maine  to  the  Carolinas.      The  body 

is  aboiit  one  inch  in  diameter,  rounded 
in  outline  and  usually  covered  more  or 
less  with  particles  of  sand  and  detritus. 
In  color  it  is  dull  olive  green.  Two 
long  tapering  spouts  project  upward,  the 
uppermost  being  for  the  admission,  and 
the  lower  for  the  discharge  of  water 
which  passes  through  the  gills.  Alto- 
gether the  creature  presents  the  appear- 
ance of  the  Avater  bottles  made  of  skin, 
such  as  are  still  used  in  the  Orient,  and 
indeed  the  name  ascidian  signifies  a 
little  water  skin.  The  eggs  are  laid 
a  little  before  daybreak  during  the  sum- 
mer months,  and  the  larva  develop  in  a 
few  hours  into  little  tadpoles  within  the  egg  membrane,  and  finally 
change  into  fixed  tunicates  without  being  set  free  from  the  egg 
membrane. 

This  species  may  often  be  seen  in  the  New  York  Aquarium, 
where  colonies  of  volunteer  growth  attach  themselves  to  the  rocky 
linings  of  the  tanks,  and  attain  full  growth  in  about  six  weeks. 

The  Star-Spangled  Jelly,  (BotryUns  gouldiij.  This  compound 
ascidian  ranges  from  New  Jersey  to  Maine,  and  is  very  abundant 
late  in  summer  upon  eel  grass.  It  forms  smooth,  thick,  gelatinous 
expansions  of  various  colors,  such  as  gray-green,  dull  yellow,  brown, 
purple,  or  spotted  with  white.       The  whole  surface  appears  as  if 


Fi,^.  ii<);  MOLGULA  MANHAT- 
TENSIS.     Woods  Holl,  Mass. 


TUNICATES  171 

spangled  with  stars,  outlined  nsually  in  brighter  color  than  the 
general  surface  of  the  jelly-like  mass.  Careful  examination  shows 
that  each  "  star  "  is  composed  of  a  half  dozen  or  more  mouth  open- 
ings ranged  around  a  central  opening  which  serves  as  a  common 
vent.  Water  is  drawn  in  through  the  mouth  openings  and  dis- 
charged through  the  vent  together  with  waste  products.  The  mi- 
nute larvae  are  tadpole-like  in  appearance  and  swim  toward  the  light. 
Finally  they  become  fastened  by  means  of  their  slime  to  some  solid 
object,  and  if  in  a  situation  suitable  for  growth  they  develop  into  a 
gelatinous  expansion  composed  of  numerous  aggregated  ascidians 
all  derived  by  a  process  of  budding  from  the  original  larva. 

In  common  with  Molgnln,  this  species  often  colonizes  in  the 
tanks  of  the  New  York  Aquarium,  the  larvae  being  pumped  in  with 
the  sea-water  from  the  harbor. 


These  references  are,  in  so  far  as  possible,  to  works  in  the  English  lan- 
guage wherein  one  may  find  a  more  elaborate  description  than  is  possible  in  this 
little  book.  They  usually  refer  to  the  best  published  drawings,  or  figures,  of  the 
several  species.  As  a  rule,  the  following  references  relate  to  species  only.  Refer- 
ences to  literature  concerning  families  and  orders  will  be  found  throughout  the  text. 

JELLYFISHES  AND  HYDROIDS. 

Portugese  Man-of- War  (Physalia  are thusa)— Agassi z,  L.,  Contributions  to  Nat.  Hist, 
of  the  U.  S.,  Vol.  IV,  PI.   35.    Haeckel  E.,  Siphonophora?  of  the  Challenger 
Expedition,  Challenger  Reports,  Zoology,  Vol.  XXVIII. 
Porpita  linnaeana— Agassiz,  A.,  Memoirs  Museum  Comparative  Zoology,  Harvard, 

Vol.  VIII,  No.  2. 
Velella    mutica— Agassiz,   A.,  Memoirs   Museum    Comparative  Zoology,  Harvard, 

Vol.  VIII,  No.  2. 
Passion-flower  Hydroid    (Thamnocnidia  spectabilis)— Agassiz,  L.,   Contributions 

to  Nat.  Hist,  of  the  U.  S.,  Vol.  IV,  PI.  22. 
Eel-Grass  Hydroid  (Pennaria  tiarella)— Arnold,  C.  K.,  Sea  Beach  at  Ebb  Tide,  p.  124. 

Hargitt,  C.  W.,  American  Naturalist,  Vol.  XXXIV,  p.  387,  Pis.  1-4. 
Sea  Blubber  (Gyanea  arctica)— Agassiz,  L.,  Contributions  to  Nat.  Hist,  of  the  U.  S., 

Vol.  Ill,  PI.  3,  5,  10, 1860.     Agassiz,  E.  C.  and  A.,  Sea-side  Studies,  p.  38. 
Speckled  Jellyfish  (Dactylometra  quinquecirra)— Agassiz  and  Mayer,  Bull.  Museum 

Comparative  Zoology,  Harvard,  Vol.  XXXII,  1898. 
Milky  Disk   (Aurelia  flavidula)— Agassiz,  E.   C.   and  A.,  Sea-side  Studies,  p.  42. 

Arnold,  C.  F.,  Sea  Beach  at  Ebb  Tide,  p.  137.     Agassiz,  L.,  Contributions  to 

Nat.  Hist,  of  the  U.  S.,  Vol.  Ill,  Pis.  6-llb,  Vol.  IV,  pp.  10,  160. 
Milky   Cross   (Staurophora   laciniata)— Agassiz,  L.,  Contributions  to  Nat.  His.  of 

the  U.  S.     Acalephffi  North  America,  Part  1,  PI.  7,  1849. 
Thimble  Jellyfish  (Melicertum  campanula)— Agassiz,  E.C.  audA.,  Sea-side  Studies, 

p.  63.     Agassiz,  A.,  North  American  Acalephse,  p.  130. 
Gonionemus  murliachii— IMurbach,  L.,  Journal  of  Morpholog^^  Vol.  II,  1895.     Yerkes 

and  Ayer,  American  Journal  of  Physiology,  Vol.  IX,  p.  279.    Perkins,  H.  F., 

Proceedings  Academy  Natural  Science,  Phila.,  Nov.,  1902. 
Sea-Plume  Hydroid  (Obelia,  Exicope)— Agassiz,  L.,  Contributions  to  Nat.  Hist,  of  the 

U.  S.,  Vol.  IV,  PI.  33.  Brooks,  W.  K.,  Handbook  of  Invertebrate  Zoology,  p.  31. 


REFERENCES  173 

Rainbow  Jellyfish  (Mnemiopsis  leidyi) — Agassiz,  A.,  North  American  Acalephae,  p. 
20,  Figs.  22-24.  Fewkes,  J.  W.,  Bull.  ilus.  Comparative  Zoology,  Harvard, 
Vol.  VIII,  p.  173,  1881. 

SEA  ANEMONES  AND  CORALS. 

Brown  Anemone  (Metridiiim  marginafiunl— Agassiz,  E.  C.  and  A.,  Sea-side  Studies, 
p.  8.     Parker,  Ct.  H.,  Bull.  Musemn  Comparative  Zoology,  Harvard,  Vol. 

XXXV,  1899. 

Sand  Anemone  (Halcampa  producta)— Verrill  and  Smith,  Invertebrate  Animals  of 

Vineyard  Sound,  PI.  38,  Fig.  285. 
Orange-streaked  Anemone  (Sagartia  Incise)— Parker,  G.  H.,  Amer.  Naturalist,  Vol. 

XXXVI,  p.  491,  1002.     Also,  Davenport,  Gertrtide  C,  Mark  Anniversary 
Volume,  p.  137,  1903. 

Atlantic  Corals — Agassiz,  L.,  Report  on  Florida  Reefs,  Jlemoirs  Mus.  Comparative 
Zoology,  Harvard,  Vol.  VIII,  No.  1,  1880.  Bemiuda— Verrill,  A.  E.,  Trans- 
actions Conn.  Academy  of  Sciences,  Vol.  XI,  pp.  65-200.  Porto  Rico — 
Vaixghan,  T.  W.,  Bull.  C.  S.  Fish  Comm.,  Vol.  XX,  Part  2,  pp.  291-320. 

Coral  Atolls:  Atlantic  and  Pacific— Dana,  J.  D.,  Coral  Islands.  Coral  Islands— 
Semper,  C,  Animal  Life,  International  Scientific  Series,  Vol.  XXX,  1881, 
p.  230.  Agassiz,  A.,  BuU.  and  Memoirs  Museum  Comparative  Zoolog}',  Har- 
vard, Bahamas,  Bermuda,  Australia,  Fiji,  Tropical  Pacific,  Maldives.  Gardi- 
ner, J.  S.,  Geographical  Journal,  London,  Vol.  XIX,  p.  277.  Saville,  Kent 
W  ,  The  Great  Barrier  b'eef  of  Australia. 

Star  Coral  (Asti-angia  danae)— Agassiz,  Sonrel,  Fewkes,  Nat.  Hist.  Illustrations, 
Smithsonian  Institution,  Pul)lication  671,  1889. 

Fleshy  Coral  (Alcyoneum  carnexmi) — Agassiz,  E.  C.  and  A.,  Sea-side  Studies,  p.  20. 

STARFISHES,  SEA  URCHINS  AND  SEA  CUCUMBERS. 

Common  Starfish  (Asterias  forbesii  and  A.  vulgaris) — Agassiz,  A.,  Memoirs  Mus. 
Comparative  Zoology,  Harvard,  Vol.  V.,  No.  1,  1877.  Mead,  G.  and  A.  D., 
Bull.  U.  S.  Fish  Comm.,  Vol.  XIX,  1899. 

Blood  Star  (Cribrella  sanguinolenta)— Agassiz,  A.,  North  Am.  Starfishes,  Memoirs 
Museum  Comparative  Zoology^  Harvard,  Vol.  V,  No.  1,  1877. 

Giant  Starfish  (Pentaceros  reticulatus} — Agassiz,  A.,  North  Am.  Starfishes,  Memoirs 
Museum  Comparative  Zoology,  Harvard,  Vol.  V,  No.  1,  1877. 

Brittle  Starfish  (Ophiopholis  aculeata)  -Lyman,  T.,  Catalogue  Museiim  Comparative 
Zoology,  Harvard,  No.  1,  p.  96,  PI.  1,  1865.  Agassiz,  E.  C.  and  A.,  Sea- 
side Studies,  p.  115. 

Basket  Starfish  (Astrophyton  agassizii) — Agassiz,  E.  C.  and  A.,  Sea-side  Studies, 
p.  117-120. 

Sea  Urchin,  Purple  (Arbacia  punctulata) — Agassiz,  A.,  Memoirs  Mus.  Comparative 
Zoology,  Harvard,  Vol.  Ill,  PI.  2,  Fig.  4.  Brooks,  W.  K.,  Handbook  of  In- 
vertebrate Anatomy,  pp.  102-131.  Fewkes,  J.  W.,  Memoirs  of  Peabody 
Academy,  1881,  Vol.  I,  No.  6.  Loeb,  J.,  Amer.  Journal  Physiolog}',  Vol.  IV, 
p.  455,  1901. 


174  SEA-SHORE     LIFE 

Sea  Urchin,  Green  (Strongelocentrotus  drobachiensis) — Agassiz,  E.  C.  and  A.,  Sea- 
side Studies,  p.  102. 

Sea  Cucumber,  Brittle  (Synapta  inhaerens) — Clark,  H.  L.,  Bull.  U.  S.  Fish  Comm., 
Vol.  XIV,  1899,  pp.  21-31. 

Sea  Cucumber,  Crimson  (Cuvieria  squamata)— Agassiz,  E.  C.  and  A.,  Sea-side 
Studies,  p.  98. 

Sand  Dollar  (Echinarachnius  parma) — Agassiz,  E.  C.  and  A.,  Sea-side  Studies,  p.  107. 

WORMS. 

Worm,  Ribbon  (Meek el iaingens) — Davenport,  C.  B.  and  G.  C,  Introduction  to  Zool- 
ogy, p.  158. 

Worm,  Sea  ]\Iouse  (Aphrodite  aculeata) — Arnold,  A.  F.,  Sea  Beach  at  Ebb  Tide, 
p.  175. 

Worm,  Clam  (Nereis)— Arnold,  A.  F.,  Sea  Beach  at  Ebb  Tide,  pp.  176-177.  Verrill 
and  Smith,  Invertebrate  Animals  of  Vineyard  Sound,  p.  317,  PL  22.  Wilson, 
E.  B.,  Annals  N.  Y.  Academy  of  Sciences,  Vol.  XI,  No.  1,  pp.  1-27,  1898. 

Worm,  Opal  ( Lumbriconereis  opalina) — Verrill  and  Smith,  Invertebrate  Animals  of 
Vineyard  Sound,  pp.  342,  594,  PI.  13. 

Worm,  Four-jawed  (Euglycera  americana) — Davenport,  C.  B.  and  G.C.,  Introduction 
to  Zoology,  p.  146. 

Worm,  Fringed  (Cirratulus  grandis) — Verrill  and  Smith,  Invertebrate  Animals  of 
Vineyard  Sound,  Figs.  80,  81,  PL  15. 

Worm,  Tufted  (Amphitrite  ornata) — Davenport,  C.  B.  and  G.  C,  Introduction  to 
Zoology,  p.  149  Arnold,  A.  F.,  Sea  Beach  at  Ebb  Tide,  p.  182.  Mead,  A. 
D.,  American  Journal  of  Morphology,  Vol.  XIII,  1897.  Linville,  H.  R.,  Mark 
Anniversary  Volume,  p.  225,  1903. 

Worm,  Blood-spot  (Polycirrus  eximius) — Davenport,  C.  B.  and  G.  C,  Introduction 
to  Zoology,  p.  149.  Verrill  and  Smith,  Invertebrate  Animals  of  Vineyard 
Sound,  p.  616,  Fig.  85,  PL  XVL 

Worm,  Shell  (Serpula  dianthus) — Verrill  and  Smith,  Invertebrate  Animals  of  Vine- 
yard Sound,  pp.  322,  620. 

Worm,  Sea-flower  (Spirobranchus  tricornis)~Ehlers,  E.,  Memoirs  Mus.  Compara- 
tive Zoology,  Harvard,   Vol.  XV,  1887. 

Worm,  Acorn  (Balanoglossus) — Lang,  A.,  Text-l)ook  Comparative  Anatomy,  Part  2, 
pp.  561-596.  Agassiz,  A.,  Memoirs  Am.  Academy  Arts  and  Sciences,  Vol. 
IX,  1873.  Bateson,  W.,  Quarterly  Journal  Microscopical  Science,  1884,  '85, 
'86.     Morgan,  T.  H.,  Journal  of  Morphology,  Vol.  IX,  1894. 

BRACHIOPODS. 

Parchment  Shell  (Terebratidina  septentrionalis) — Morse,  E.  S.,  Memoirs  Boston 
Society  of  Natural  History,  Vol.  II,  1871.     Also,  Vol.  V,  No.  8, 1902. 

MOSS  ANLMALS  AND  CORALLINES. 

Lace-Coralline  (Membranipora  pilosa)— Verrill  and  Smith,  Invertebrate  Animals  of 
Vineyard  Sound,  Pi.  34,  Figs.  262,  263. 


REFERENCES  175 

Red  Crust  Coralline  (EschareUa  variabilis) — Verrill  and  Smith,  Invertebrate  Ani- 
mals of  Vineyard  Sound,  PI.  33,  Fig.  256. 

CRUSTACEANS. 

Barnacle,  Whale  (Coronula  diadema)— Darwin,  C,  Monograph  of  the  Cirripedia, 
PI   15, 16,  1851.     Kingsley,  J.  S.,  Riverside  Nat.  Hist.,  Vol.  II,  p.  21. 

Barnacle,  Stalked,  (Lepas  coronula  diadema  j — Darwin,  C,  ilonograph  of  the  Cirri- 
pedia, p.  73,  PI.  1.  VerriU  and  Smith,  Invertebrate  Animals  of  Vineyard 
Sound,  p.  285,  PI.  7,  Fig.  31.  Bigelow,  il.  A.,  Bull.  JIuseum  of  Comparative 
Zoology,  Vol.  XL.,  p.  59. 

Crayfish  (Cambarus)  — Hagen,  H.,  Memoirs  Mus.  of  Com.  Zoology,  Harvard,  ^'ol.  I, 
1871.  Faxon,  W.,  Memoirs  Mus.  Comparative  Zoology,  Harvard,  Vol.  IX, 
1885.  Goode,  G.  B.,  etc.,  U.  S.  Fish  Comm.,  Fisheries  and  Fisherj^  Indus- 
tries U.  S.,  1884. 

Prawn,  Snapping  ( A Ipheus)— Brooks  and  Herrick,  Memoirs.  Nat.  Acad.  Sciences, 
Vol.  V,  1891. 

Prawn,  Common  (Palaemonetes  vulgaris)— Arnold,  A.  F.,  Sea  Beach  at  Ebb  Tide, 
p.  260. 

Shrimp,  Common  (Crangon  vulgaris)— Arnold,  A.  F.,  Sea  Beach  at  Ebb  Tide,  p.  261. 

Shrimp,  Edible  (Penaeus  setiferus)  — U.  S.  Fish  Comm.,  Fishery  Industries  U.  S.,  Sec. 
1,P1.  273,  188-1. 

Shrimp,  Coral  (Stenopushispidus)-  Herrick,  F.H.,  Memoirs  Nat.  Academy  Sciences, 
Vol.  V,  1891. 

Slirimp,  Feather-footed  (.Mysis  stenolepis) — Arnold,  A.  F.,  Sea  Beach  at  FJ)I)  Tide, 
p.  257. 

Crab,  Hermit  ( Pagiiridae )— Benedict,  J.  E,  Bull.  U.  S.  Fish  Comm.,  Vol.  XX, 
Part  2,  1900. 

Sand-Bug  (^Hippa  talpoida)— Arnold,  A.  F.,  Sea  Beach  at  Ebb  Tide,  p.  268. 

Mantis  Shrimp  (Squilla  empusa) — Arnold,  A.  F.,  Sea  Beach  at  Ebb  Tide,  p.  288. 

Sand  Fleas,  Talorcliestia,  etc.— Arnold,  A.  F.,  Sea  Beach  at  Ebb  Tide,  p.  289. 
Smallwood,  ilal)el,  Cold  Spring  Harbor  Monographs,  p.  1,  1903.  Published 
by  Marine  Biological  Laboratory,  Brooklyn  Inst.  Arts  and  Sciences. 

Wood  Borer,  or  Gribble— Arnold,  A.  F.,  Sea  Beach  at  Ebb  Tide,  p.  292. 

Crab,  Green  (Carcinus  maenas) — Arnold,  A.  F.,  Sea  Beach  at  Ebb  Tide,  p.  271. 

Crab,  Lady  (Platyonichus  ocellatus) — Arnold,  A.  F.,  Sea  Beach  at  Ebb  Tide,  276. 

Crab,  Jonah  (Cancer  borealis) — U.  S.  Fish  Comm.,  Fishery  Ind.  of  the  U.  S.,  Sec. 
1,PL  260,  1881. 

Crab,  Oyster  (Pinnotheres  ostreum) — U.  S.  Fish  Comm.,  Fishery  Ind.  of  the  IJ.  S.,  Sec. 
1,P1.  269,  1884.  Verrill  and  Smith,  Invertebrate  Animals  of  Vineyard  Sound, 
p.  367,  PI.  1,  Fig.  2. 

Crab,  Fiddler  (Uca) — Smith,  S.  I.,  Trans.  Conn.  Academy  Arts  and  Sciences,  Vol.  II, 
Part  1,  1870. 

Crab,  Spider  (Libinia)— U.  S.  Fish  Comm.,  Fishery  Industries  U.  S.,  Sec.  1,  PL  209. 
Davenport,  C.  B.  and  G.  C,  Introduction  to  Zoology,  p.  108. 


176  SEA-SHORE     LIFE 

Crab,  Horseshoe  (Liinulus)— Arnold,  A.  F.,  Sea  Beach  at  Ebb  Tide,  p.  295,  PL  64. 
Packard,  A.  S.,  Memoirs  Boston  Society  of  Nat.  Hist.,  1880. 

MOLLUSKS. 

Clam,  Littleneck  (Venus  mercenaria) — Verrill  &  Smith,  Invertebrate  Animals  of 
Vineyard  Sound,  p.  65,  PI.  26,  Fig.  184,  1874.  Kellogg,  J.  L.,  Bull.  New 
York  State  Museum,  No.  71,  Sept.,  1903. 

Clam,  Sandbar — (Siliqua  costata) — Dall,  W.  H.,  Bull.  U.  S.  National  Museum,  No. 
37,  PI.  53,  Fig.  3,  1889 

Clam,  Bloody  (Argina  pexata) — Davenport,  C.  B.  and  G.  C,  Introduction  to  Zoology, 
p.  184. 

Ship  Worm  (Teredo) — Verrill  and  Smith,  Invertebrate  Animals  of  Vineyard  Sound, 
p.  90  (384),  PI.  26,  Fig.  183.  Quatrefages,  A.  de,  Annal  Sci.  Naturelles, 
Tom  XI,  pp.  202-228,  1849.  Hatschek,  B.,  Arbeit  Zoolog.  Institut  Univer- 
sitat  Wien,  Bd.  Ill,  Heft  1,  1880. 

Scallop  (Pecten  in-adians) — Davenport,  C.  B.,  American  Naturalist,  Vol.  XXXIV, 
pp.  863-878,  1900.     Also,  Mark  Anniversary  Volume,  1903. 

Scallop,  Arctic  (Pecten  islandicus) — Gould  and  Binney,  Invertebrates  of  Mass.,  p. 
198,  Fig.  495. 

Snail,  Sand-Collar  (Limatia) — Verrill  and  Smith,  Invertebrate  Animals  of  Vineyard 
Sound,  p.  59  (353),  PI.  23,  Figs.  130,  133,  136. 

Snail,  Salt  Marsh  (Melampusbidentatus) — Verrill  and  Smith,  Invertebrate  Animals 
of  Vineyard  Sound,  PI.  25,  Figs.  169,  169a. 

Whelk  (Fulgur)— Arnold,  A.  F.,  Sea  15e:ich  at  Ebb  Tide,  PI.  I. 

Periwinkle  (Littorina  littorea) — Bum  pus,  H.  C,  Zoological  Bulletin,  Vol.  I,  1898. 
Bigelow  and  Rathbun,  American  Naturalist,  March,  1903. 

Nautilus^Griffin,  L,  E  ,  Memoirs  of  National  Academy  U.  S.,  Vol.  VIII,  1900.  Dean, 
Bashford,  American  Naturalist,  Vol.  XXXV,  pp.  819-837. 

Giant  Squid  (Architeuthis  princeps) — Verrill,  A.  E.,  Am.  Journal  of  Science,  1874, 
p.  158;  1875,  pp.  123,  177,  213;  1876,  p.  236;  1877,  p.  425.  Also,  Transac- 
tions of  Connecticut  Academy  of  Sciences,  Vol.  V,  1878-82. 

TUNICATES. 

Sea-Squirt  (Ciona  intestinalis) — Castle,  W.  E.,  Bidl.  Mus.  Compai-ative  Zoologj', 
Harvard,  Vol.  XXVII,  1896.  Willey  A.,  .Amphioxus  and  the  Ancestry  of  the 
Vertebrates,  1894. 


SlnDev. 


Acanthopleura  granulata,  114 
Acorn-worm,  70 
^Eolis  papillosa,  152 
Agassiz,  A.,  31,  33 
Agassiz,  E.  C.  and  A.,  23 
Agassiz,  L.,  31,  47 
Alcyonaria,  43 
Alcyoneura  carneum,  43 
Alpheus  heteroc-helis,  87 

minus,  87 

saulcyi,  86 
Amphitrite  ornata,  G8 
Aiicula  sulphurea,  152 
Anemones,  40 
Annelids,  63 
Anomia  glabra,  135 

simplex,  134 
Aphrodite  aculeata,  65 
Appendicularia,  167 
Arbacia  punctulata,  58 
Architeuthis  princeps,  161 
Argina  pexata,  127 
Argonaiita,  164 
Armadillo  slugs,  113 
Arnold,  Augusta  F.,  24,  80,  116 
Ascidians,  l66 
Asterias  forbesii,  17,  51,  52 

vulgaris,  51 
Astrangia  danag,  42 
Astrophyton  agassizii,  57 
Aurelia  flavidula,  34 

Balanoglossus  kowalevskii,  70 
Balanus  balanoides,  81 

hameri,  82 
Barnacle,  rock,  82 

stalked,  82 

whale,  S2 
Barnacles,  80 
Basket  star,  57 
Benedict,  James  E  ,  102 
Binney.  W   G.,  116 
Birgus  latro,  93 
Blastula,  22 
Blood  star,  54 
Botryllus  gouldii,  170 
Brachiopods,  72 


Brachyura,  98 

Brooks,  W.  K.,  169 

Bryozoa,  74 

Bnccinum  undatmn,  143 

Bugula  turrita,  75 

Bumpus,  Hermon  C.   84,  85,  148 

Callinectes  sapidus,  99 
Cambarus  affinis,  88 

bai'tonii,  88 

blanflingii,  88 
Cancer  borealis,  104 

irroratus,  102 
Carcinus  maenas,  100 
C'ardita  borealis,  129 
Cephalopoda,  152 
Chalina  oculata,  29 
Chambered  nautilus,  157 
Chitonidw,  113 

Chrysodonuis  decemcostatus,  145 
Ciona  intestinalis,  169 
Cirratulus  graudis,  68 
Clam,  bloody,  127 

cod,  129 

giant,  121 

hard  shelled,  125 

hen,  123 

little  neck,  125 

long,  124 

nanninose,  124 

quahaug,  125 

razor,  125 

round, 125 

sand  bar,  127 

soft-shell,  124 

surf,  123 

swimming,  127 
Clams,  116 
Cliona  sulphurea,  28 
Condylactis  passiflora,  46 
Conklin,  E,  G  ,  151 
Coral,  eyed,  40 

false,  76 

fleshy,  42 

precious,  44 

star,  41 
Corallines,  74 


178 


INDEX 


Corals,  40 

Coronulii  diadema,  82 

Crab,  blue,  99 

edible,  99 

fiddler,  106 

ghost,  105 

green,  100 

gulf-weed,  101 

horseshoe,  52,  110 

Jonah,  104 

lady,  101 

imid,  102 

orchid,  108 

oyster,  104 

robber,  93 

rock,  78,  102 

spider,  108 

toad,  110 
Crabs,  98 

Crangon  vidgaris,  89,  91 
Cray-fishes,  87 
Crepidula,  149 

convexa,  151 

fornicata,  150 

plana,  151 
Cribrella  sanguinolenta,  54 
Crustaceans,  77 

relation  to  insects,  77 
Ctenodiscus  crispatus,  55 
Cuvieria  squamata,  61 
Cyanea  arctioa,  33 

Dactylometra  quinquecirra,  34 
Danais  archippus,  19 
Darwin,  Charles,  24 
Davenport,  C.  B.  and  G.  C,  23 
Davenport,  Mrs.  Gertrude  C.,  47 
Decker  shell,  149 
Devil-fish,  American,  163 
Diadema  setosum,  59 
Discosoma  nidita,  76 

Echinarachnius  parma,  HO 
Edwardsia  leidyi,  39,  47 
Eel-grass  hydroid,  37 
Enais  americana,  125 
Epizoanthus  americamis,  93 
Escharella  variabilis,  76 
Euglycera  americana,  68 
Eupagurus  bernhardus,  94 

longicarpus,  94 

pollicaris,  94 
Evolution,  law  of,  21 

Flat-worms,  62 
Flukes,  62 


Fulgiir  canaliculata,  141 
carica,  141 
perversa,  143 

Gasteropoda,  137 

Gastrula,  23 

Gecarcinus  laterallis,  108 

Gonionemus  mv;rbachii,  35 

Goode,  G.  B.,  24 

Gould,  A.  A.  and  Binney,  \V.  G.,  116,  152 

Grantia,  ciliata,  29 

Gribble,  97 

Haeckel,^  Ernst,  31 
Halcampa  producta,  46 
Hammatt,  Mrs.  M.  L.,  45 
Hargitt,  C.  W.,  31 
Herdman,  W.,  169 
Hermit  crab,  92 
Herrick.  Francis  H.,  85 
Hertwig,  Richard,  23 
Hippa  talpoida,  94 
Holothuria,  49 
Homarus  americanus,  83 
Huxley,  Thomas  H.,  88 
Hyas  coarctatus,  110 
Hyat,  Alpheus,  25 
Hydroid,  eel-grass,  37 
passion-flower,  37 
Hydroids,  30 

Instincts  of  animals,  19 

Janthina  fragilis,  149 
Jellyfishes,  30 

development  of,  31 

rain-bow,  39,  47 

star-spangled,  170 

speckled,  34 

thimble,  35 
Jingle  shell,  134 

Kingsley,  J.  S.,  23,  80,  157,  169 
Korschelt  and  Haider,  23,  139 
Kraken,  the,  163 

Lace  coralline,  75 
Lambe,  Lawrence  M.,  25 
Lamellibranchiata,  ]  16 
Lang,  Arnold,  24,  120 
Lepas  anatifera,  83 

fascicularis,  83 
Libinia  dubia,  109 

emarginata,  109 
Limnorea  lignorum,  97 
Limulus  polyphenms,  110 
Lithophagus,  131 


INDEX 


179 


Littorina  littorea,  1J8 

palliata,  149 
Lobster,  American,  83 

spiny,  85 
Loeb,  Jaques,  20 
Loligo  pealii,  161 
Lumbriconereis  opalina,  67 

tenuis,  07 
Lunatia  heros,  139 


llacrocheira  kanipferi,  108 
Mactra  solidissima,  123 
ilarine  Life,  distriliution  of,  17 
Marine  Zoology.  Textbooks  of,  23 
Mayer,  A.  G.,  31 
Mead,  A.  D.,  53 
Meckelia  ingens,  64 

rosea,  65 
Megalops,  99 

Melainpus  bidentatus,  148 
Meleagrina  margaritifera,  135 
Melicertum  campanula,  35 
Membranipora  pilosa,  75 
Metridium  marginatum,  17,  44 
Microciona  prolifera,  28 
Milky  cross,  35 

disk,  34 
Mnemiopsis  leidyi,  39,  47 
Modiola  modiolus,  130 

plicatula,  130 
Molgula  manhattensis,  170 
Mollusks,  113 

naked,  151 
Morgan,  (J  Lloyd,  20 
Moss-animals,  74 
Mussel,  bearded,  130 

edible,  129 

fresh-water,  132 

horse,  130 

marine,  129 

ribbed,  130      ^ 

rock-boring,  131 
Mussels,  116 
Mya  arenaria,  123 
Mysis  stenolepis,  92 
Mvtilus  edulis,  129 


Nagel  and  Parker,  19 
Nassa  obsoleta,  146 

trivlttata,  14" 
Nautilus,  chambered,  154,  157 

paper,  154,  164 

pearly,  157 

pompilius,  157 


Nereis  limbata,  66 

pelagica,  66 

virens,  66 
Neverita  duplicata,  139 
Nudibranchiata,  151 


Obelia  commissuralis,  38 
Octopus,  152 
Octopus  americanus,  163 
Octopus  bairdii,  164 
Ocypoda  arenaria,  105 
Ommastrephes  iUecebrosus,  161 
Operculum,  138 
Ophiopholis  aculeata,  56 

bell  is,  57 
Ophiura  Itrevispina,  56 
Orbicella  acropora,  40 
Orchestia  agiiis,  97 
Osphradiuin,  138 
Ostrea  edulis,  121 

virginica,  121 
Oyster,  American,  121 

Eiiropean,  121 

pearl,  135 
Oyster-drill.  146 
Oysters,  1 16 


Paguridae.  92 
Palaenioiiftes  vulgaris,  90 
Panopeus  depressus,  102 

herbstii,  102 
Panulirus  argus,  85 

interruptus,  86 
Parchment  shell,  73 
Passion- Hower  hydroid,  37 
Pearls,  136 
Pecten  irradians,  133 

island  icus,  134 
Penaeus  brazilensis,  91 

setiferus,  91 
Pennaria  tiarella,  37 
Pentaceros  reticulatus,  55 
Periwinkle,  148 
Phoxichilidium  maxillare,  111 
Physalia  arethusa,  31 
Pinna  miiricata,  131 
Pinnotheres  maculatum,  105 

ostreum,  104 
Planes  minutus,  102 
Platodes,  62 

Platyonichus  ocellatus,  101 
Pravvn,  common,  90 

snapping,  86 
PrawTis,  88 

Polyciriiis  eximius,  69 
Polyzoa,  74 


180 


INDEX 


Porifera,  25 
Porpita  linna?ana,  32 
Portuguese  Man-of-War,  31 
Portunus  sayi,  101 
Purpui-a  lapillus,  144 
Pycnogoaidse,  111 


Radula,  137 
Rathbun,  Mary  J.,  102 
Red  ciTist,  76 
Rhodactinia  davisii,  47 


Sagartia  leiicolena,  10,  45 

lucia^,  47 
Salpa,  167 
Sand-bug,  94 
Sand-dollar,  60 
Sand-fleas,  96 
Saville-Kent,  W.,  121 
Scallop,  Arctic,  134 

common,  133 
Sea-anemones,  40 

brown,  44 

cake,  48 

crimson,  47 

orange  streaked,  47 

parasitic,  47 

passion-flower,  46 

sand,  46 

white-armed,  45 
Sea-arrows,  159 
Sea-blubber,  33 
Sea  cuciunber  brittle,  60 

crimson,  61 

red,  61 
Sea  cuciunbers,  49 
Sea  fans,  44 
Sea-flower,  70 
Sea-mouse,  65 
Sea-plume,  38 
Sea-shigs,  151 
Sea-spiders,  111 
Sea-squirts,  165 
Sea  urchin,  green,  52,  59 

purple,  58 

stinging,  59 
Sea  urchins,  49 
Serpula  dianthus,  69 
Shell,  boat,  149 

jingle,  134 

parchment,  73 

razor,  132 
Ship-worm,  128 
Shrimp,  common,  89 

coral,  91 


edible,  91 

feather-footed,  92 

mantis,  95 
Shrimps,  88 
Siliqua  costata,  126 
Siphon, 115 
Slipper  limpets,  149 
Slugs,  137 
Smith,  H.  M.,  28 
Snail,  floating,  149 

mud-flat,  146 

rock,  144 

salt-marsh,  148 

sand-collar,  139 

sand-flat,  147 

sea-weed,  149 

ten  ribbed,  145 
Snails,  137 

Solenomya  velum,  127 
Spider  crabs,  108 
Spirol)ranchus  tricornis,  70 
Spirula,  154 
Spongia,  agricina,  27 

equina  gossypina,  27 

equina  ineandriformis,  27 

graniinea,  27 

officinalis  tubulifera,  27 
Sponge,  boring,  28 

finger,  29 

glove,  26 

grass,  27 

red,  27 

sheepswool,  27 

sulphur,  29 

urn,  29 

A-elvet,  27 

yellow,  27 
Sponges,  25 

commercial,  26 
Squid,  blunt-tailed,  161 

short-tailed,  161 

giant,  161 
Squids,  152 
Squilla  empiisa,  95 
Starfish,  blood,  54 

brittle,  56 

common,  50 

giant,  55 

mud,  55 

serpent,  56 
Starfishes,  49 
Staurophora  laciniata,  35 
Stebbing,  Thomas  R.  R  .  80 
Stenopus  hispidus,  91 
Stoichactis  helianthus,  48 
Strongylocentrotns  drobachiensis,  59 
Suberites  compacta,  29 


INDEX 


181 


Sycotypus  canaliculatus,  141 
Syllidge,  63 
Synapta  inhserens,  60 
roseola,  61 

Tadpole  tunicate,  166 
Talorchestia  longicornis,  97 
Tape  worms,  6- 
Tealia  crassicomis,  47 
Terebrattdina  septentrionalis,  73 
Teredo,  1^7 

navalis,  129 
Thamuocnidia  spectabilis,  37 
Trachydermon  apiculata,  113 
Tridacna  gigas,  121 
Trochophoie,  120 
Tuuicates,  166 

Uca  iiiinax,  107 

pugilator,  107 

pugnax,  107 
Unios,  133 
Urosalpinx  cinerea,  146 

Velella  mutica,  32 

Venus  uiercenaria,  125 

Verrill,  A.  E.,  24 

Verrill,  A.  E.  and  Smith,  S.  I.,  24,  135 

Verrill,  Miss  L.  L.,  47 


Wampum,  purple,  125 
Whelk,  channelled,  142 

english,  143 

giant,  141 

knobbed,  141 
WiUey,  Arthur,  169 
Wilson,  Edmund  B.,  23,  66,  112 
Wilson,  John,  130 
Wood-borer,  97 
Woodward  and  Tait,  120 
Worm,  acorn,  70 

blood-spot,  69 

clam,  65 

flat,  62 

four-jawed,  68 

fiinged,  68 

opal,  67 

palolo,  64 

pink  rilibon,  65 

read  thread,  67 

ribbon,  64 

shell,  69 

tape,  62 

tufted,  68 
Worms,  62 

Yerkes,  Robert,  20 

Zosea,  98 


\TEMBERS  of  the  ^New  York  Zoological  Society  are  entitled  to  tlie 
Annual  Reports  and  Quarterly  Bulletins  and  to  free  entrance  on 
closed  days  to  the  Zoological  Park  and  Aquarium.  Dues  for  annual 
members,  $10.  life  members,  $200.  Information  and  application 
forms  may  be  obtained  at  the  Aquarium,  and  at  the  office  of  the 
Society,  11  Wall  Street,  and  the  New  York  Zoological  Park,  New 
York  Citv. 


5^ulJiifation^ 


Paper,  $   .75 

.40 

.40 

.75 

.75 

1.00 

LOO 

1.25 


Paper, 
Cloth, 


Paper, 


First  Annual  Report 

Second 

Third 

Fourth 

Fifth 

Sixth 

Seventh 

Eighth 

Ninth 

Notes  on  Mountain  Sheep  of  North  America. 

(Hornaday)      ....... 

Destruction  of  Our  Birds  and  Mammals.      (Iloiiiaday) 
The  Caribou.     (Grant) " 

"  "  " Cloth 

The  Origin  and  Relationship  of  the  Large  Mammals 

OF  North  America.     (Grant)  ...  " 

The  Rocky  Mountain  Goat.     (Grant) 
Sea-Shore  Life.     (Mayer) 
Guide  Book:     New  York  Zoological  Park 
Bulletins  No.  5  to  No.  18         .         $  .15,  or  four  numbers  for 
Bulletin  No.  6  is  out  of  print. 
Book  of  A^iews,  20  pages,  5x7  Inches.     24  Illustrations 

"       "        "       24       "      7^x9      "  50 

"       "        "  (New)    "     9x11      "  50 

Postal  Cards,  Plain    Black  and  White,  5  for  8   .10 

Bromide  "         "  "        3    "  .10 

"       Colored        .         .         .        3    "  .10 

"       New  Color  Process       .        3    "  .10 


/a' 


;  .40 

1.00 
.60 
.00 
1.00 
1.00 
1.25 
1.25 
1.50 

.40 
.15 
.40 
.60 

1.00 
1.00 


.25 


.50 


- 

.25 

. 

.50 

. 

1.00 

3  for 

.25 

8    " 

.25 

8    " 

.25 

8    " 

.25